lib/doc/Reference.lyx

   1 #LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
   2 \lyxformat 276
   3 \begin_document
   4 \begin_header
   5 \textclass book
   6 \begin_preamble
   7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!!
   8 %
   9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that this document prints
  10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
  11 % parts of the manual may not print out as expected.  If you
  12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
  13 % the documentation team intead of messing around in here.  --jpw 4/97
  14
  15 \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}
  16
  17 %% Provides French double-quotes for one of the examples
  18 %%
  19 \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotleft}{%
  20 \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \ll\!\!\!}}
  21 }
  22 \ProvideTextCommandDefault{\guillemotright}{%
  23 \raisebox{0.27ex}{\ensuremath{\scriptscriptstyle \gg}}
  24 }
  25 \DeclareRobustCommand{\flqq}{%
  26   \ifmmode\hbox{\guillemotleft}\else\guillemotleft\fi}
  27 \DeclareRobustCommand{\frqq}{%
  28   \ifmmode\hbox{\guillemotright}\else\guillemotright\fi}
  29 %%
  30 %% End Preamble
  31 %%
  32 \end_preamble
  33 \language english
  34 \inputencoding default
  35 \font_roman default
  36 \font_sans default
  37 \font_typewriter default
  38 \font_default_family default
  39 \font_sc false
  40 \font_osf false
  41 \font_sf_scale 100
  42 \font_tt_scale 100
  43 \graphics none
  44 \float_placement !htb
  45 \paperfontsize default
  46 \spacing single
  47 \papersize default
  48 \use_geometry false
  49 \use_amsmath 0
  50 \use_esint 0
  51 \cite_engine basic
  52 \use_bibtopic false
  53 \paperorientation portrait
  54 \secnumdepth 3
  55 \tocdepth 3
  56 \paragraph_separation indent
  57 \defskip medskip
  58 \quotes_language english
  59 \papercolumns 1
  60 \papersides 2
  61 \paperpagestyle headings
  62 \tracking_changes false
  63 \output_changes false
  64 \end_header
  65
  66 \begin_body
  67
  68 \begin_layout Title
  69 LyX Reference Manual
  70 \end_layout
  71
  72 \begin_layout Author
  73 by the LyX Team
  74 \begin_inset Foot
  75 status collapsed
  76
  77 \begin_layout Standard
  78 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
  79 tion mailing list, <lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org>.
  80 \end_layout
  81
  82 \end_inset
  83
  84
  85 \end_layout
  86
  87 \begin_layout Standard
  88 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
  89 \end_inset
  90
  91
  92 \end_layout
  93
  94 \begin_layout Chapter
  95 Introduction
  96 \end_layout
  97
  98 \begin_layout Section
  99 About this Document
 100 \end_layout
 101
 102 \begin_layout Standard
 103 This is the LyX
 104 \emph default
 105
 106 \emph on
 107 Reference
 108 \emph default
 109
 110 \emph default
 111
 112 \emph on
 113 Manual
 114 \emph default
 115 .
 116
 117 \end_layout
 118
 119 \begin_layout Standard
 120 If you've looked at some of the other documentation, you might be expecting
 121  this section to be identical to all of the other opening sections in the
 122  other documentation files.
 123  The Reference Manual isn't like the other documents, and requires a somewhat
 124  different approach.
 125 \end_layout
 126
 127 \begin_layout Standard
 128 First, this file is big.
 129  It contains \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 130 well, everything.
 131  Or, it will, at some point.
 132  At the moment, though, it's still somewhat incomplete.
 133 \end_layout
 134
 135 \begin_layout Standard
 136 Second, to help you get started with this manual, we recommend that you
 137  have a look at the example entries.
 138  We'd also recommend not printing out the entire manual, but only those
 139  sections you happen to need.
 140  [This document is still a moving target, after all.]
 141 \end_layout
 142
 143 \begin_layout Standard
 144 Third, the entries in this manual follow a somewhat-modified version of
 145  the format described in the
 146 \emph default
 147
 148 \emph on
 149 Introduction
 150 \emph default
 151  manual.
 152  Most of these modifications are additions to what's been specified in the
 153  Style Sheet.
 154  So, if you intend to add an entry, make sure you read
 155 \family default
 156
 157 \family typewriter
 158 DocStyle.lyx
 159 \family default
 160  thoroughly! [You'll find it in the distribution in the
 161 \family default
 162
 163 \family typewriter
 164 development
 165 \family default
 166  subdirectory.]
 167 \end_layout
 168
 169 \begin_layout Standard
 170 NOTE: this document is, alas, very out of date.
 171  It is wrong in many places, and omits lots of information about newer versions
 172  of LyX.
 173 \end_layout
 174
 175 \begin_layout Section
 176 Organization
 177 \end_layout
 178
 179 \begin_layout Standard
 180 Each chapter is grouped around a central theme or topic.
 181  Chapter
 182 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
 183 reference "ch:user-interface"
 184 \end_inset
 185
 186  describes the user interface.
 187  Included are the tool bar, the various popups and which menu items and
 188  keys they are bound to.
 189  Chapter
 190 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
 191 reference "ch:functions"
 192 \end_inset
 193
 194  lists all of the bindable functions.
 195  You'll need this information if you want to alter the key bindings or create
 196  your own tool bar.
 197  Lastly, chapter
 198 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
 199 reference "ch:misc"
 200 \end_inset
 201
 202  is the Dreaded Miscellaneous! Basically, anything we couldn't figure out
 203  where to put ended up here.
 204 \end_layout
 205
 206 \begin_layout Standard
 207 The entries themselves are the subsections of each chapter.
 208  They are in alphabetical order for ease of access.
 209  The sections of each chapter have single purpose: to split up the chapter
 210  into more manageable chunks.
 211  They simply group the entries by letter, so, for example, there will be
 212  a section labelled
 213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 214 \end_inset
 215
 216 A-C,
 217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 218 \end_inset
 219
 220  another called
 221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 222 \end_inset
 223
 224 S,
 225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 226 \end_inset
 227
 228  and so on.
 229 \end_layout
 230
 231 \begin_layout Section
 232 A Sample Entry
 233 \end_layout
 234
 235 \begin_layout Standard
 236 This is a sample entry to the Reference Manual.
 237  It should help readers figure out how to use this manual, and show developers
 238  how to create entries.
 239 \end_layout
 240
 241 \begin_layout Standard
 242 The first thing to notice it the entry name.
 243  It's not in any special font.
 244  Now, according to the Style Sheet, function names should be in
 245 \family default
 246
 247 \family typewriter
 248 Typewriter
 249 \family default
 250  font and the names of popups in
 251 \family default
 252
 253 \family sans
 254 Sans\InsetSpace ~
 255 Serif
 256 \family default
 257 .
 258  If you check the chapters containing entries for the functions and popups,
 259  you'll see that those entries do indeed use this font convention\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 260 in the
 261  text itself.
 262  The names of the entries --- i.\InsetSpace ~
 263 e.\InsetSpace ~
 264 the subsection title --- is in the default
 265  font.
 266  Leave the entry titles in the default font.
 267 \end_layout
 268
 269 \begin_layout Subsection
 270 Example #1: Entries
 271 \end_layout
 272
 273 \begin_layout Description
 274 Default\InsetSpace ~
 275 Bindings:
 276 \end_layout
 277
 278 \begin_deeper
 279 \begin_layout List
 280 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 281
 282 \series bold
 283 Menu\InsetSpace ~
 284 -
 285 \series default
 286  Where in the menus you can find this thing.
 287  If the menu item just brings up a dialog box, put its name in as a
 288 \family default
 289
 290 \family sans
 291 \emph on
 292 Description
 293 \family default
 294 \emph default
 295  list.
 296  Also put in where on the panel the item in bound.
 297  Put the names of menus, popup buttons, etc.
 298  in
 299 \family default
 300
 301 \family sans
 302 Sans Serif
 303 \family default
 304
 305 to make it stand out from any other text.
 306  Underline the accelerator key, if any.
 307 \begin_inset Foot
 308 status collapsed
 309
 310 \begin_layout Standard
 311 In other words, this is just as described in the Style Sheet.
 312
 313 \end_layout
 314
 315 \end_inset
 316
 317  Example:
 318 \end_layout
 319
 320 \begin_deeper
 321 \begin_layout Standard
 322
 323 \family sans
 324 Menu
 325 \bar under
 326 N
 327 \bar default
 328 ame \SpecialChar \menuseparator
 329 SubMe
 330 \bar under
 331 n
 332 \bar default
 333 uName \SpecialChar \menuseparator
 334 I
 335 \bar under
 336 t
 337 \bar default
 338 emName
 339 \end_layout
 340
 341 \begin_layout Description
 342 Ding\InsetSpace ~
 343 a\InsetSpace ~
 344 Ling\InsetSpace ~
 345 Panel:
 346 \family default
 347
 348 \family sans
 349 ThisButton
 350 \end_layout
 351
 352 \end_deeper
 353 \begin_layout List
 354 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 355
 356 \series bold
 357 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
 358 -
 359 \series default
 360  Should describe the location on the bar and what the icon looks like.
 361  Keep it brief.
 362  Example:
 363 \end_layout
 364
 365 \begin_deeper
 366 \begin_layout Standard
 367 Fourth button from the left.
 368 \end_layout
 369
 370 \begin_layout Standard
 371 Hand with six fingers.
 372 \end_layout
 373
 374 \end_deeper
 375 \begin_layout List
 376 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 377
 378 \series bold
 379 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
 380 -
 381 \series default
 382  There will be either one or two paragraphs here.
 383  They should just contain a key sequence, and the name of the binding file.
 384  Put the name of the binding file in
 385 \family default
 386
 387 \family typewriter
 388 Typewriter
 389 \family default
 390  font, and the key sequence in
 391 \family default
 392
 393 \family sans
 394 Sans Serif
 395 \family default
 396  to make it stand out.
 397  If no binding file name is present, then that binding is standard in all
 398  of the binding files.
 399  Example:
 400 \end_layout
 401
 402 \begin_deeper
 403 \begin_layout Standard
 404
 405 \family sans
 406 C-M-p
 407 \family default
 408  in
 409 \family default
 410
 411 \family typewriter
 412 bindfile.bind
 413 \family default
 414 .
 415 \end_layout
 416
 417 \begin_layout Standard
 418
 419 \family sans
 420 M-9
 421 \end_layout
 422
 423 \end_deeper
 424 \end_deeper
 425 \begin_layout Paragraph
 426 Purpose:
 427 \end_layout
 428
 429 \begin_layout Standard
 430 The purpose of this entry is to describe these entries.
 431
 432 \end_layout
 433
 434 \begin_layout Standard
 435 Within an entry, the different parts are labelled
 436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 437 \end_inset
 438
 439 Default Bindings:
 440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 441 \end_inset
 442
 443 ,
 444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 445 \end_inset
 446
 447 Purpose
 448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 449 \end_inset
 450
 451 ,
 452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 453 \end_inset
 454
 455 Usage
 456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 457 \end_inset
 458
 459 ,
 460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 461 \end_inset
 462
 463 Examples
 464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 465 \end_inset
 466
 467 , and
 468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 469 \end_inset
 470
 471 See Also
 472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 473 \end_inset
 474
 475 .
 476  These are each paragraph headings.
 477  The
 478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 479 \end_inset
 480
 481 Menu-
 482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 483 \end_inset
 484
 485 ,
 486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 487 \end_inset
 488
 489 Toolbar
 490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 491 \end_inset
 492
 493 , and
 494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 495 \end_inset
 496
 497 Keyboard
 498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 499 \end_inset
 500
 501  parts of
 502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 503 \end_inset
 504
 505 Default Bindings:
 506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 507 \end_inset
 508
 509  are subparagraph headings.
 510  None of these should be numbered.
 511 \end_layout
 512
 513 \begin_layout Standard
 514 In a real entry, this will tell you about the item and what it's for.
 515 \end_layout
 516
 517 \begin_layout Paragraph
 518 Usage:
 519 \end_layout
 520
 521 \begin_layout Standard
 522 This entry will tell you how to use this item.
 523 \end_layout
 524
 525 \begin_layout Standard
 526 There won't always be one of these.
 527  In fact, any of the
 528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 529 \end_inset
 530
 531 standard
 532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 533 \end_inset
 534
 535  sections of an entry may be missing, especially if it's empty.
 536  For example, there are only 15 or so toolbar buttons, so most things won't
 537  have a default toolbar binding.
 538  Or, the author of an entry may prefer to put some of the
 539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 540 \end_inset
 541
 542 Usage
 543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 544 \end_inset
 545
 546  stuff under
 547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 548 \end_inset
 549
 550 Purpose
 551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 552 \end_inset
 553
 554  or
 555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 556 \end_inset
 557
 558 Examples
 559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 560 \end_inset
 561
 562 .
 563 \end_layout
 564
 565 \begin_layout Paragraph
 566 Examples:
 567 \end_layout
 568
 569 \begin_layout Standard
 570 This is an example example for an example entry.
 571 \end_layout
 572
 573 \begin_layout Standard
 574 Are you confused? Good.
 575  You came to the right place!
 576 \end_layout
 577
 578 \begin_layout Standard
 579 Unfortunately, this example entry has been kind of abstract.
 580  So, we'll give you a few more example entries.
 581 \end_layout
 582
 583 \begin_layout Paragraph
 584 See Also:
 585 \end_layout
 586
 587 \begin_layout Standard
 588 Example #2; Example #3.
 589 \end_layout
 590
 591 \begin_layout Standard
 592 [Notice that this isn't in any special font.
 593  ]
 594 \end_layout
 595
 596 \begin_layout Subsection
 597 Example #2: Bogosify
 598 \end_layout
 599
 600 \begin_layout Description
 601 Default\InsetSpace ~
 602 Bindings:
 603 \end_layout
 604
 605 \begin_deeper
 606 \begin_layout List
 607 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 608
 609 \series bold
 610 Menu\InsetSpace ~
 611 -
 612 \series default
 613
 614 \family default
 615
 616 \family sans
 617 \bar under
 618 B
 619 \bar default
 620 ogus\SpecialChar \menuseparator
 621 M
 622 \bar under
 623 u
 624 \bar default
 625 HaHa
 626 \end_layout
 627
 628 \begin_layout List
 629 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 630
 631 \series bold
 632 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
 633 -
 634 \series default
 635  First button from the left.
 636
 637 \end_layout
 638
 639 \begin_deeper
 640 \begin_layout Standard
 641 Bogus ball.
 642 \end_layout
 643
 644 \end_deeper
 645 \begin_layout List
 646 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 647
 648 \series bold
 649 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
 650 -
 651 \series default
 652
 653 \family default
 654
 655 \family sans
 656 C-F50
 657 \family default
 658  in
 659 \family default
 660
 661 \family typewriter
 662 bogus.bind
 663 \family default
 664 .
 665 \end_layout
 666
 667 \begin_deeper
 668 \begin_layout Standard
 669
 670 \family sans
 671 C-W-Help
 672 \family default
 673  in
 674 \family default
 675
 676 \family typewriter
 677 PCbogus.bind
 678 \family default
 679 .
 680 \end_layout
 681
 682 \end_deeper
 683 \end_deeper
 684 \begin_layout Paragraph
 685 Purpose:
 686 \end_layout
 687
 688 \begin_layout Standard
 689 This item puts extra bogosity in your documents by activating the bogofilter
 690  in BoGoTeX.
 691  Everyone needs a little bogosity in their writings.
 692  Otherwise, you risk boring your readers into a deep sleep.
 693  In fact, some science professors, scoffing at the usefulness of the BoGoTeX
 694  extensions, have written and even published articles in reputable journals
 695  that have been known to put readers into a coma! Don't believe me? Try
 696  reading just about any scientific paper!
 697 \end_layout
 698
 699 \begin_layout Paragraph
 700 Usage:
 701 \end_layout
 702
 703 \begin_layout Standard
 704 Just select the text to bogosify with the mouse, then use the keyboard bindings,
 705  toolbar button, or menu item for this function.
 706 \end_layout
 707
 708 \begin_layout Paragraph
 709 Examples:
 710 \end_layout
 711
 712 \begin_layout Standard
 713 Why, this entire entry is an example! It's totally bogus!
 714 \end_layout
 715
 716 \begin_layout Paragraph
 717 See Also:
 718 \end_layout
 719
 720 \begin_layout Standard
 721 BogoMIPS
 722 \end_layout
 723
 724 \begin_layout Subsection
 725 Example #3: Decat
 726 \end_layout
 727
 728 \begin_layout Description
 729 Default\InsetSpace ~
 730 Bindings:
 731 \end_layout
 732
 733 \begin_deeper
 734 \begin_layout List
 735 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 736
 737 \series bold
 738 Menu\InsetSpace ~
 739 -
 740 \series default
 741
 742 \family default
 743
 744 \family sans
 745 \bar under
 746 C
 747 \bar default
 748 uddly\SpecialChar \menuseparator
 749
 750 \bar under
 751 F
 752 \bar default
 753 eline
 754 \family default
 755  to bring up the
 756 \family default
 757
 758 \family sans
 759 Meow
 760 \family default
 761  dialog box.
 762 \end_layout
 763
 764 \begin_deeper
 765 \begin_layout Description
 766 Meow\InsetSpace ~
 767 Panel:
 768 \family default
 769
 770 \family sans
 771 Decat
 772 \family default
 773  button.
 774 \end_layout
 775
 776 \end_deeper
 777 \begin_layout List
 778 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 779
 780 \series bold
 781 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
 782 -
 783 \series default
 784  Button smack dab in the middle of everything.
 785 \end_layout
 786
 787 \begin_deeper
 788 \begin_layout Standard
 789 Kitty-cat.
 790 \end_layout
 791
 792 \end_deeper
 793 \begin_layout List
 794 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 795
 796 \series bold
 797 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
 798 -
 799 \series default
 800
 801 \family default
 802
 803 \family sans
 804 W-c W-a W-t
 805 \family default
 806
 807 in
 808 \family default
 809
 810 \family typewriter
 811 fuzzy.bind
 812 \family default
 813 .
 814 \end_layout
 815
 816 \end_deeper
 817 \begin_layout Paragraph
 818 Purpose:
 819 \end_layout
 820
 821 \begin_layout Standard
 822 The decat function fixes
 823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
 824 \end_inset
 825
 826 additions
 827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
 828 \end_inset
 829
 830  made by overly-helpful paws.
 831 \end_layout
 832
 833 \begin_layout Standard
 834 We all know how much cats
 835 \emph default
 836
 837 \emph on
 838 love
 839 \emph default
 840  computers, especially the laps that sit in front of them.
 841  However, a cat, being feline, must add its opinions to whatever you're
 842  typing.
 843  Or, your cat may simply decide to help you finish your work so you can
 844  get to more important matters, such as brushing and petting.
 845  The decat function is designed for just such moments.
 846 \end_layout
 847
 848 \begin_layout Paragraph
 849 Usage:
 850 \end_layout
 851
 852 \begin_layout Standard
 853 Select the text to decat while holding down all five mouse buttons, then
 854  use the keyboard bindings, toolbar button, or menu item for this function.
 855 \end_layout
 856
 857 \begin_layout Paragraph
 858 Examples:
 859 \end_layout
 860
 861 \begin_layout Standard
 862 A particular black and white cat once added the following:
 863 \end_layout
 864
 865 \begin_layout Quote
 866 sfd4rcxy45bb q43 tfd t43revcx
 867 \end_layout
 868
 869 \begin_layout Standard
 870 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
 871 to a document.
 872  Run through decat, it became:
 873 \end_layout
 874
 875 \begin_layout Quote
 876 Hey, bozo! Pay attention to me!
 877 \end_layout
 878
 879 \begin_layout Standard
 880 Another frisky kitty named Horatio added:
 881 \end_layout
 882
 883 \begin_layout Quote
 884 ';; msdam m-009243m laasd;mlk
 885 \end_layout
 886
 887 \begin_layout Standard
 888 to some text.
 889  Decat changed it to:
 890 \end_layout
 891
 892 \begin_layout Quote
 893 Can I beat up another dog?
 894 \end_layout
 895
 896 \begin_layout Standard
 897 [And if you believe that, I have a bridge in Brooklyn for sale\SpecialChar \ldots{}
 898 ]
 899 \end_layout
 900
 901 \begin_layout Paragraph
 902 See Also:
 903 \end_layout
 904
 905 \begin_layout Standard
 906 ASPCA; PETA; ECC; Any cat owner.
 907 \end_layout
 908
 909 \begin_layout Subsection
 910 Template
 911 \end_layout
 912
 913 \begin_layout Description
 914 Default\InsetSpace ~
 915 Bindings:
 916 \end_layout
 917
 918 \begin_deeper
 919 \begin_layout List
 920 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 921
 922 \series bold
 923 Menu\InsetSpace ~
 924 -
 925 \series default
 926
 927 \family default
 928
 929 \family sans
 930 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
 931 Item
 932 \end_layout
 933
 934 \begin_layout List
 935 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 936
 937 \series bold
 938 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
 939 -
 940 \series default
 941  Button # from the left (or right).
 942
 943 \end_layout
 944
 945 \begin_deeper
 946 \begin_layout Standard
 947 Brief description of button icon.
 948 \end_layout
 949
 950 \end_deeper
 951 \begin_layout List
 952 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
 953
 954 \series bold
 955 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
 956 -
 957 \series default
 958
 959 \family default
 960
 961 \family sans
 962 C-S-M-W-key
 963 \family default
 964  in
 965 \family default
 966
 967 \family typewriter
 968 file1.bind
 969 \family default
 970 .
 971 \end_layout
 972
 973 \begin_deeper
 974 \begin_layout Standard
 975
 976 \family sans
 977 C-S-M-W-key
 978 \family default
 979  in
 980 \family default
 981
 982 \family typewriter
 983 file2.bind
 984 \family default
 985 .
 986 \end_layout
 987
 988 \end_deeper
 989 \end_deeper
 990 \begin_layout Paragraph
 991 Purpose:
 992 \end_layout
 993
 994 \begin_layout Standard
 995 Description.
 996 \end_layout
 997
 998 \begin_layout Paragraph
 999 Usage:
1000 \end_layout
1001
1002 \begin_layout Standard
1003 Description.
1004 \end_layout
1005
1006 \begin_layout Paragraph
1007 Examples:
1008 \end_layout
1009
1010 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Examples.
1012 \end_layout
1013
1014 \begin_layout Paragraph
1015 See Also:
1016 \end_layout
1017
1018 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Other entries or documents.
1020  Separate many references by either a
1021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1022 \end_inset
1023
1024 ;
1025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1026 \end_inset
1027
1028  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1029 \end_layout
1030
1031 \begin_layout Chapter
1032 User Interface: The Popups
1033 \end_layout
1034
1035 \begin_layout Standard
1036
1037 \emph on
1038 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1039 name "ch:user-interface"
1040 \end_inset
1041
1042  Ed.
1043  Note: The chapter with a blow-by-blow description of what each popup does,
1044  which menu its bound to, and so on.
1045  Rather incomplete at the moment.-jw
1046 \end_layout
1047
1048 \begin_layout Section
1049 A-E
1050 \end_layout
1051
1052 \begin_layout Subsection
1053 Character Layout
1054 \end_layout
1055
1056 \begin_layout Description
1057 Default\InsetSpace ~
1058 Bindings:
1059 \end_layout
1060
1061 \begin_deeper
1062 \begin_layout List
1063 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1064
1065 \series bold
1066 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1067 -
1068 \series default
1069
1070 \family default
1071
1072 \family sans
1073 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1074 Item
1075 \end_layout
1076
1077 \begin_layout List
1078 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1079
1080 \series bold
1081 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1082 -
1083 \series default
1084  Button # from the left (or right).
1085
1086 \end_layout
1087
1088 \begin_deeper
1089 \begin_layout Standard
1090 Brief description of button icon.
1091 \end_layout
1092
1093 \end_deeper
1094 \begin_layout List
1095 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1096
1097 \series bold
1098 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1099 -
1100 \series default
1101
1102 \family default
1103
1104 \family sans
1105 C-S-M-W-key
1106 \family default
1107  in
1108 \family default
1109
1110 \family typewriter
1111 file1.bind
1112 \family default
1113 .
1114 \end_layout
1115
1116 \begin_deeper
1117 \begin_layout Standard
1118
1119 \family sans
1120 C-S-M-W-key
1121 \family default
1122  in
1123 \family default
1124
1125 \family typewriter
1126 file2.bind
1127 \family default
1128 .
1129 \end_layout
1130
1131 \end_deeper
1132 \end_deeper
1133 \begin_layout Paragraph
1134 Purpose:
1135 \end_layout
1136
1137 \begin_layout Standard
1138 Description.
1139 \end_layout
1140
1141 \begin_layout Paragraph
1142 Usage:
1143 \end_layout
1144
1145 \begin_layout Standard
1146 Description.
1147 \end_layout
1148
1149 \begin_layout Paragraph
1150 Examples:
1151 \end_layout
1152
1153 \begin_layout Standard
1154 Examples.
1155 \end_layout
1156
1157 \begin_layout Paragraph
1158 See Also:
1159 \end_layout
1160
1161 \begin_layout Standard
1162 Other entries or documents.
1163  Separate many references by either a
1164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \end_inset
1166
1167 ;
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 \end_inset
1170
1171  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1172 \end_layout
1173
1174 \begin_layout Subsection
1175 Decoration
1176 \end_layout
1177
1178 \begin_layout Description
1179 Default\InsetSpace ~
1180 Bindings:
1181 \end_layout
1182
1183 \begin_deeper
1184 \begin_layout List
1185 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1186
1187 \series bold
1188 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1189 -
1190 \series default
1191
1192 \family default
1193
1194 \family sans
1195 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1196 Item
1197 \end_layout
1198
1199 \begin_layout List
1200 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1201
1202 \series bold
1203 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1204 -
1205 \series default
1206  Button # from the left (or right).
1207
1208 \end_layout
1209
1210 \begin_deeper
1211 \begin_layout Standard
1212 Brief description of button icon.
1213 \end_layout
1214
1215 \end_deeper
1216 \begin_layout List
1217 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1218
1219 \series bold
1220 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1221 -
1222 \series default
1223
1224 \family default
1225
1226 \family sans
1227 C-S-M-W-key
1228 \family default
1229  in
1230 \family default
1231
1232 \family typewriter
1233 file1.bind
1234 \family default
1235 .
1236 \end_layout
1237
1238 \begin_deeper
1239 \begin_layout Standard
1240
1241 \family sans
1242 C-S-M-W-key
1243 \family default
1244  in
1245 \family default
1246
1247 \family typewriter
1248 file2.bind
1249 \family default
1250 .
1251 \end_layout
1252
1253 \end_deeper
1254 \end_deeper
1255 \begin_layout Paragraph
1256 Purpose:
1257 \end_layout
1258
1259 \begin_layout Standard
1260 Description.
1261 \end_layout
1262
1263 \begin_layout Paragraph
1264 Usage:
1265 \end_layout
1266
1267 \begin_layout Standard
1268 Description.
1269 \end_layout
1270
1271 \begin_layout Paragraph
1272 Examples:
1273 \end_layout
1274
1275 \begin_layout Standard
1276 Examples.
1277 \end_layout
1278
1279 \begin_layout Paragraph
1280 See Also:
1281 \end_layout
1282
1283 \begin_layout Standard
1284 Other entries or documents.
1285  Separate many references by either a
1286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1287 \end_inset
1288
1289 ;
1290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1291 \end_inset
1292
1293  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1294 \end_layout
1295
1296 \begin_layout Subsection
1297 Delimiter
1298 \end_layout
1299
1300 \begin_layout Description
1301 Default\InsetSpace ~
1302 Bindings:
1303 \end_layout
1304
1305 \begin_deeper
1306 \begin_layout List
1307 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1308
1309 \series bold
1310 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1311 -
1312 \series default
1313
1314 \family default
1315
1316 \family sans
1317 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1318 Item
1319 \end_layout
1320
1321 \begin_layout List
1322 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1323
1324 \series bold
1325 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1326 -
1327 \series default
1328  Button # from the left (or right).
1329
1330 \end_layout
1331
1332 \begin_deeper
1333 \begin_layout Standard
1334 Brief description of button icon.
1335 \end_layout
1336
1337 \end_deeper
1338 \begin_layout List
1339 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1340
1341 \series bold
1342 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1343 -
1344 \series default
1345
1346 \family default
1347
1348 \family sans
1349 C-S-M-W-key
1350 \family default
1351  in
1352 \family default
1353
1354 \family typewriter
1355 file1.bind
1356 \family default
1357 .
1358 \end_layout
1359
1360 \begin_deeper
1361 \begin_layout Standard
1362
1363 \family sans
1364 C-S-M-W-key
1365 \family default
1366  in
1367 \family default
1368
1369 \family typewriter
1370 file2.bind
1371 \family default
1372 .
1373 \end_layout
1374
1375 \end_deeper
1376 \end_deeper
1377 \begin_layout Paragraph
1378 Purpose:
1379 \end_layout
1380
1381 \begin_layout Standard
1382 Description.
1383 \end_layout
1384
1385 \begin_layout Paragraph
1386 Usage:
1387 \end_layout
1388
1389 \begin_layout Standard
1390 Description.
1391 \end_layout
1392
1393 \begin_layout Paragraph
1394 Examples:
1395 \end_layout
1396
1397 \begin_layout Standard
1398 Examples.
1399 \end_layout
1400
1401 \begin_layout Paragraph
1402 See Also:
1403 \end_layout
1404
1405 \begin_layout Standard
1406 Other entries or documents.
1407  Separate many references by either a
1408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1409 \end_inset
1410
1411 ;
1412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1413 \end_inset
1414
1415  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1416 \end_layout
1417
1418 \begin_layout Subsection
1419 Document Layout
1420 \end_layout
1421
1422 \begin_layout Description
1423 Default\InsetSpace ~
1424 Bindings:
1425 \end_layout
1426
1427 \begin_deeper
1428 \begin_layout List
1429 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1430
1431 \series bold
1432 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1433 -
1434 \series default
1435
1436 \family default
1437
1438 \family sans
1439 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1440 Item
1441 \end_layout
1442
1443 \begin_layout List
1444 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1445
1446 \series bold
1447 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1448 -
1449 \series default
1450  Button # from the left (or right).
1451
1452 \end_layout
1453
1454 \begin_deeper
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 Brief description of button icon.
1457 \end_layout
1458
1459 \end_deeper
1460 \begin_layout List
1461 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1462
1463 \series bold
1464 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1465 -
1466 \series default
1467
1468 \family default
1469
1470 \family sans
1471 C-S-M-W-key
1472 \family default
1473  in
1474 \family default
1475
1476 \family typewriter
1477 file1.bind
1478 \family default
1479 .
1480 \end_layout
1481
1482 \begin_deeper
1483 \begin_layout Standard
1484
1485 \family sans
1486 C-S-M-W-key
1487 \family default
1488  in
1489 \family default
1490
1491 \family typewriter
1492 file2.bind
1493 \family default
1494 .
1495 \end_layout
1496
1497 \end_deeper
1498 \end_deeper
1499 \begin_layout Paragraph
1500 Purpose:
1501 \end_layout
1502
1503 \begin_layout Standard
1504 Description.
1505 \end_layout
1506
1507 \begin_layout Paragraph
1508 Usage:
1509 \end_layout
1510
1511 \begin_layout Standard
1512 Description.
1513 \end_layout
1514
1515 \begin_layout Paragraph
1516 Examples:
1517 \end_layout
1518
1519 \begin_layout Standard
1520 Examples.
1521 \end_layout
1522
1523 \begin_layout Paragraph
1524 See Also:
1525 \end_layout
1526
1527 \begin_layout Standard
1528 Other entries or documents.
1529  Separate many references by either a
1530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1531 \end_inset
1532
1533 ;
1534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1535 \end_inset
1536
1537  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1538 \end_layout
1539
1540 \begin_layout Section
1541 F-H
1542 \end_layout
1543
1544 \begin_layout Subsection
1545 Figure
1546 \end_layout
1547
1548 \begin_layout Description
1549 Default\InsetSpace ~
1550 Bindings:
1551 \end_layout
1552
1553 \begin_deeper
1554 \begin_layout List
1555 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1556
1557 \series bold
1558 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1559 -
1560 \series default
1561
1562 \family default
1563
1564 \family sans
1565 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1566 Item
1567 \end_layout
1568
1569 \begin_layout List
1570 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1571
1572 \series bold
1573 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1574 -
1575 \series default
1576  Button # from the left (or right).
1577
1578 \end_layout
1579
1580 \begin_deeper
1581 \begin_layout Standard
1582 Brief description of button icon.
1583 \end_layout
1584
1585 \end_deeper
1586 \begin_layout List
1587 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1588
1589 \series bold
1590 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1591 -
1592 \series default
1593
1594 \family default
1595
1596 \family sans
1597 C-S-M-W-key
1598 \family default
1599  in
1600 \family default
1601
1602 \family typewriter
1603 file1.bind
1604 \family default
1605 .
1606 \end_layout
1607
1608 \begin_deeper
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1610
1611 \family sans
1612 C-S-M-W-key
1613 \family default
1614  in
1615 \family default
1616
1617 \family typewriter
1618 file2.bind
1619 \family default
1620 .
1621 \end_layout
1622
1623 \end_deeper
1624 \end_deeper
1625 \begin_layout Paragraph
1626 Purpose:
1627 \end_layout
1628
1629 \begin_layout Standard
1630 Description.
1631 \end_layout
1632
1633 \begin_layout Paragraph
1634 Usage:
1635 \end_layout
1636
1637 \begin_layout Standard
1638 Description.
1639 \end_layout
1640
1641 \begin_layout Paragraph
1642 Examples:
1643 \end_layout
1644
1645 \begin_layout Standard
1646 Examples.
1647 \end_layout
1648
1649 \begin_layout Paragraph
1650 See Also:
1651 \end_layout
1652
1653 \begin_layout Standard
1654 Other entries or documents.
1655  Separate many references by either a
1656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1657 \end_inset
1658
1659 ;
1660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1661 \end_inset
1662
1663  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1664 \end_layout
1665
1666 \begin_layout Subsection
1667 File browser
1668 \end_layout
1669
1670 \begin_layout Description
1671 Default\InsetSpace ~
1672 Bindings: There are actually several, since many different operations
1673  in LyX require a filename.
1674  Some of the more common functions which use a file browser have the following
1675  bindings:
1676 \end_layout
1677
1678 \begin_deeper
1679 \begin_layout List
1680 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1681
1682 \series bold
1683 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1684 -
1685 \series default
1686
1687 \family default
1688
1689 \family sans
1690 \bar under
1691 F
1692 \bar default
1693 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1694
1695 \bar under
1696 N
1697 \bar default
1698 ew
1699 \end_layout
1700
1701 \begin_deeper
1702 \begin_layout Standard
1703
1704 \family sans
1705 \bar under
1706 F
1707 \bar default
1708 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 New\InsetSpace ~
1710 from\InsetSpace ~
1711
1712 \bar under
1713 t
1714 \bar default
1715 emplate...
1716 \end_layout
1717
1718 \begin_layout Standard
1719
1720 \family sans
1721 \bar under
1722 F
1723 \bar default
1724 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1725
1726 \bar under
1727 O
1728 \bar default
1729 pen
1730 \end_layout
1731
1732 \begin_layout Standard
1733
1734 \family sans
1735 \bar under
1736 F
1737 \bar default
1738 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1739 Save\InsetSpace ~
1740
1741 \bar under
1742 A
1743 \bar default
1744 s
1745 \end_layout
1746
1747 \end_deeper
1748 \begin_layout List
1749 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1750
1751 \series bold
1752 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1753 -
1754 \series default
1755  Button # from the left (or right).
1756
1757 \end_layout
1758
1759 \begin_deeper
1760 \begin_layout Standard
1761 Brief description of button icon.
1762 \end_layout
1763
1764 \end_deeper
1765 \begin_layout List
1766 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1767
1768 \series bold
1769 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1770 -
1771 \series default
1772
1773 \family default
1774
1775 \family sans
1776 C-S-M-W-key
1777 \family default
1778  in
1779 \family default
1780
1781 \family typewriter
1782 file1.bind
1783 \family default
1784 .
1785 \end_layout
1786
1787 \begin_deeper
1788 \begin_layout Standard
1789
1790 \family sans
1791 C-S-M-W-key
1792 \family default
1793  in
1794 \family default
1795
1796 \family typewriter
1797 file2.bind
1798 \family default
1799 .
1800 \end_layout
1801
1802 \end_deeper
1803 \end_deeper
1804 \begin_layout Paragraph
1805 Purpose:
1806 \end_layout
1807
1808 \begin_layout Standard
1809 Description.
1810 \end_layout
1811
1812 \begin_layout Paragraph
1813 Usage:
1814 \end_layout
1815
1816 \begin_layout Standard
1817 Description.
1818 \end_layout
1819
1820 \begin_layout Paragraph
1821 Examples:
1822 \end_layout
1823
1824 \begin_layout Standard
1825 Examples.
1826 \end_layout
1827
1828 \begin_layout Paragraph
1829 See Also:
1830 \end_layout
1831
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1833 Other entries or documents.
1834  Separate many references by either a
1835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1836 \end_inset
1837
1838 ;
1839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1840 \end_inset
1841
1842  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1843 \end_layout
1844
1845 \begin_layout Subsection
1846 Find & Replace
1847 \end_layout
1848
1849 \begin_layout Description
1850 Default\InsetSpace ~
1851 Bindings:
1852 \end_layout
1853
1854 \begin_deeper
1855 \begin_layout List
1856 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1857
1858 \series bold
1859 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1860 -
1861 \series default
1862
1863 \family default
1864
1865 \family sans
1866 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1867 Item
1868 \end_layout
1869
1870 \begin_layout List
1871 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1872
1873 \series bold
1874 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
1875 -
1876 \series default
1877  Button # from the left (or right).
1878
1879 \end_layout
1880
1881 \begin_deeper
1882 \begin_layout Standard
1883 Brief description of button icon.
1884 \end_layout
1885
1886 \end_deeper
1887 \begin_layout List
1888 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1889
1890 \series bold
1891 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
1892 -
1893 \series default
1894
1895 \family default
1896
1897 \family sans
1898 C-S-M-W-key
1899 \family default
1900  in
1901 \family default
1902
1903 \family typewriter
1904 file1.bind
1905 \family default
1906 .
1907 \end_layout
1908
1909 \begin_deeper
1910 \begin_layout Standard
1911
1912 \family sans
1913 C-S-M-W-key
1914 \family default
1915  in
1916 \family default
1917
1918 \family typewriter
1919 file2.bind
1920 \family default
1921 .
1922 \end_layout
1923
1924 \end_deeper
1925 \end_deeper
1926 \begin_layout Paragraph
1927 Purpose:
1928 \end_layout
1929
1930 \begin_layout Standard
1931 Description.
1932 \end_layout
1933
1934 \begin_layout Paragraph
1935 Usage:
1936 \end_layout
1937
1938 \begin_layout Standard
1939 Description.
1940 \end_layout
1941
1942 \begin_layout Paragraph
1943 Examples:
1944 \end_layout
1945
1946 \begin_layout Standard
1947 Examples.
1948 \end_layout
1949
1950 \begin_layout Paragraph
1951 See Also:
1952 \end_layout
1953
1954 \begin_layout Standard
1955 Other entries or documents.
1956  Separate many references by either a
1957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1958 \end_inset
1959
1960 ;
1961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1962 \end_inset
1963
1964  or place in multiple paragraphs.
1965 \end_layout
1966
1967 \begin_layout Section
1968 I-J
1969 \end_layout
1970
1971 \begin_layout Subsection
1972 Include
1973 \end_layout
1974
1975 \begin_layout Description
1976 Default\InsetSpace ~
1977 Bindings:
1978 \end_layout
1979
1980 \begin_deeper
1981 \begin_layout List
1982 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1983
1984 \series bold
1985 Menu\InsetSpace ~
1986 -
1987 \series default
1988
1989 \family default
1990
1991 \family sans
1992 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1993 Item
1994 \end_layout
1995
1996 \begin_layout List
1997 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
1998
1999 \series bold
2000 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2001 -
2002 \series default
2003  Button # from the left (or right).
2004
2005 \end_layout
2006
2007 \begin_deeper
2008 \begin_layout Standard
2009 Brief description of button icon.
2010 \end_layout
2011
2012 \end_deeper
2013 \begin_layout List
2014 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2015
2016 \series bold
2017 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2018 -
2019 \series default
2020
2021 \family default
2022
2023 \family sans
2024 C-S-M-W-key
2025 \family default
2026  in
2027 \family default
2028
2029 \family typewriter
2030 file1.bind
2031 \family default
2032 .
2033 \end_layout
2034
2035 \begin_deeper
2036 \begin_layout Standard
2037
2038 \family sans
2039 C-S-M-W-key
2040 \family default
2041  in
2042 \family default
2043
2044 \family typewriter
2045 file2.bind
2046 \family default
2047 .
2048 \end_layout
2049
2050 \end_deeper
2051 \end_deeper
2052 \begin_layout Paragraph
2053 Purpose:
2054 \end_layout
2055
2056 \begin_layout Standard
2057 Description.
2058 \end_layout
2059
2060 \begin_layout Paragraph
2061 Usage:
2062 \end_layout
2063
2064 \begin_layout Standard
2065 Description.
2066 \end_layout
2067
2068 \begin_layout Paragraph
2069 Examples:
2070 \end_layout
2071
2072 \begin_layout Standard
2073 Examples.
2074 \end_layout
2075
2076 \begin_layout Paragraph
2077 See Also:
2078 \end_layout
2079
2080 \begin_layout Standard
2081 Other entries or documents.
2082  Separate many references by either a
2083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2084 \end_inset
2085
2086 ;
2087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2088 \end_inset
2089
2090  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2091 \end_layout
2092
2093 \begin_layout Subsection
2094 Insert Figure
2095 \end_layout
2096
2097 \begin_layout Description
2098 Default\InsetSpace ~
2099 Bindings:
2100 \end_layout
2101
2102 \begin_deeper
2103 \begin_layout List
2104 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2105
2106 \series bold
2107 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2108 -
2109 \series default
2110
2111 \family default
2112
2113 \family sans
2114 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2115 Item
2116 \end_layout
2117
2118 \begin_layout List
2119 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2120
2121 \series bold
2122 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2123 -
2124 \series default
2125  Button # from the left (or right).
2126
2127 \end_layout
2128
2129 \begin_deeper
2130 \begin_layout Standard
2131 Brief description of button icon.
2132 \end_layout
2133
2134 \end_deeper
2135 \begin_layout List
2136 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2137
2138 \series bold
2139 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2140 -
2141 \series default
2142
2143 \family default
2144
2145 \family sans
2146 C-S-M-W-key
2147 \family default
2148  in
2149 \family default
2150
2151 \family typewriter
2152 file1.bind
2153 \family default
2154 .
2155 \end_layout
2156
2157 \begin_deeper
2158 \begin_layout Standard
2159
2160 \family sans
2161 C-S-M-W-key
2162 \family default
2163  in
2164 \family default
2165
2166 \family typewriter
2167 file2.bind
2168 \family default
2169 .
2170 \end_layout
2171
2172 \end_deeper
2173 \end_deeper
2174 \begin_layout Paragraph
2175 Purpose:
2176 \end_layout
2177
2178 \begin_layout Standard
2179 Description.
2180 \end_layout
2181
2182 \begin_layout Paragraph
2183 Usage:
2184 \end_layout
2185
2186 \begin_layout Standard
2187 Description.
2188 \end_layout
2189
2190 \begin_layout Paragraph
2191 Examples:
2192 \end_layout
2193
2194 \begin_layout Standard
2195 Examples.
2196 \end_layout
2197
2198 \begin_layout Paragraph
2199 See Also:
2200 \end_layout
2201
2202 \begin_layout Standard
2203 Other entries or documents.
2204  Separate many references by either a
2205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2206 \end_inset
2207
2208 ;
2209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 \end_inset
2211
2212  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2213 \end_layout
2214
2215 \begin_layout Subsection
2216 Insert Reference
2217 \end_layout
2218
2219 \begin_layout Description
2220 Default\InsetSpace ~
2221 Bindings:
2222 \end_layout
2223
2224 \begin_deeper
2225 \begin_layout List
2226 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2227
2228 \series bold
2229 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2230 -
2231 \series default
2232
2233 \family default
2234
2235 \family sans
2236 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2237 Item
2238 \end_layout
2239
2240 \begin_layout List
2241 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2242
2243 \series bold
2244 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2245 -
2246 \series default
2247  Button # from the left (or right).
2248
2249 \end_layout
2250
2251 \begin_deeper
2252 \begin_layout Standard
2253 Brief description of button icon.
2254 \end_layout
2255
2256 \end_deeper
2257 \begin_layout List
2258 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2259
2260 \series bold
2261 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2262 -
2263 \series default
2264
2265 \family default
2266
2267 \family sans
2268 C-S-M-W-key
2269 \family default
2270  in
2271 \family default
2272
2273 \family typewriter
2274 file1.bind
2275 \family default
2276 .
2277 \end_layout
2278
2279 \begin_deeper
2280 \begin_layout Standard
2281
2282 \family sans
2283 C-S-M-W-key
2284 \family default
2285  in
2286 \family default
2287
2288 \family typewriter
2289 file2.bind
2290 \family default
2291 .
2292 \end_layout
2293
2294 \end_deeper
2295 \end_deeper
2296 \begin_layout Paragraph
2297 Purpose:
2298 \end_layout
2299
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 Description.
2302 \end_layout
2303
2304 \begin_layout Paragraph
2305 Usage:
2306 \end_layout
2307
2308 \begin_layout Standard
2309 Description.
2310 \end_layout
2311
2312 \begin_layout Paragraph
2313 Examples:
2314 \end_layout
2315
2316 \begin_layout Standard
2317 Examples.
2318 \end_layout
2319
2320 \begin_layout Paragraph
2321 See Also:
2322 \end_layout
2323
2324 \begin_layout Standard
2325 Other entries or documents.
2326  Separate many references by either a
2327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2328 \end_inset
2329
2330 ;
2331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2332 \end_inset
2333
2334  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2335 \end_layout
2336
2337 \begin_layout Subsection
2338 Insert Table
2339 \end_layout
2340
2341 \begin_layout Description
2342 Default\InsetSpace ~
2343 Bindings:
2344 \end_layout
2345
2346 \begin_deeper
2347 \begin_layout List
2348 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2349
2350 \series bold
2351 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2352 -
2353 \series default
2354
2355 \family default
2356
2357 \family sans
2358 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2359 Item
2360 \end_layout
2361
2362 \begin_layout List
2363 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2364
2365 \series bold
2366 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2367 -
2368 \series default
2369  Button # from the left (or right).
2370
2371 \end_layout
2372
2373 \begin_deeper
2374 \begin_layout Standard
2375 Brief description of button icon.
2376 \end_layout
2377
2378 \end_deeper
2379 \begin_layout List
2380 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2381
2382 \series bold
2383 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2384 -
2385 \series default
2386
2387 \family default
2388
2389 \family sans
2390 C-S-M-W-key
2391 \family default
2392  in
2393 \family default
2394
2395 \family typewriter
2396 file1.bind
2397 \family default
2398 .
2399 \end_layout
2400
2401 \begin_deeper
2402 \begin_layout Standard
2403
2404 \family sans
2405 C-S-M-W-key
2406 \family default
2407  in
2408 \family default
2409
2410 \family typewriter
2411 file2.bind
2412 \family default
2413 .
2414 \end_layout
2415
2416 \end_deeper
2417 \end_deeper
2418 \begin_layout Paragraph
2419 Purpose:
2420 \end_layout
2421
2422 \begin_layout Standard
2423 Description.
2424 \end_layout
2425
2426 \begin_layout Paragraph
2427 Usage:
2428 \end_layout
2429
2430 \begin_layout Standard
2431 Description.
2432 \end_layout
2433
2434 \begin_layout Paragraph
2435 Examples:
2436 \end_layout
2437
2438 \begin_layout Standard
2439 Examples.
2440 \end_layout
2441
2442 \begin_layout Paragraph
2443 See Also:
2444 \end_layout
2445
2446 \begin_layout Standard
2447 Other entries or documents.
2448  Separate many references by either a
2449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2450 \end_inset
2451
2452 ;
2453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2454 \end_inset
2455
2456  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2457 \end_layout
2458
2459 \begin_layout Subsection
2460 Itemize Bullet Selection
2461 \end_layout
2462
2463 \begin_layout Description
2464 Default\InsetSpace ~
2465 Bindings:
2466 \end_layout
2467
2468 \begin_deeper
2469 \begin_layout List
2470 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2471
2472 \series bold
2473 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2474 -
2475 \series default
2476
2477 \family default
2478
2479 \family sans
2480 \bar under
2481 L
2482 \bar default
2483 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2484
2485 \bar default
2486 \family default
2487
2488 \family sans
2489 \bar under
2490 D
2491 \bar default
2492 ocument
2493 \family default
2494
2495 to bring up the
2496 \series default
2497
2498 \series bold
2499 Document\InsetSpace ~
2500 Layout
2501 \series default
2502  popup.
2503 \end_layout
2504
2505 \begin_deeper
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Document\InsetSpace ~
2508 Layout:
2509 \family default
2510
2511 \family sans
2512 \bar under
2513 B
2514 \bar default
2515 ullet Shapes
2516 \end_layout
2517
2518 \end_deeper
2519 \begin_layout List
2520 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2521
2522 \series bold
2523 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2524 -
2525 \series default
2526  M-l i
2527 \end_layout
2528
2529 \end_deeper
2530 \begin_layout Paragraph
2531 Purpose:
2532 \end_layout
2533
2534 \begin_layout Standard
2535 Allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various levels of an
2536
2537 \family default
2538
2539 \family sans
2540 Itemize
2541 \family default
2542  layout on a per document basis.
2543 \end_layout
2544
2545 \begin_layout Paragraph
2546 Usage:
2547 \end_layout
2548
2549 \begin_layout Standard
2550 The popup provides you with a table of bullet shapes.
2551  A column of buttons on the left of the table provides access to the six
2552  different panels of bullet shapes.
2553  The row of buttons across the top is used to select which bullet depth
2554  you are changing.
2555  A text entry under the table shows the currently selected bullet shape's
2556  LaTeX equivalent and this can be edited if desired.
2557 \end_layout
2558
2559 \begin_layout Standard
2560 Select which bullet depth you want to change then select the bullet shape
2561  and size.
2562
2563 \family default
2564
2565 \family sans
2566 Ok
2567 \family default
2568  and
2569 \family default
2570
2571 \family sans
2572 Apply
2573 \family default
2574  will update the document.
2575  Changes will not be visible in LyX, but are visible when viewing the document
2576  using xdvi or ghostview.
2577 \end_layout
2578
2579 \begin_layout Paragraph
2580 See Also:
2581 \end_layout
2582
2583 \begin_layout Standard
2584 buffer-itemize-bullets-select;
2585 \end_layout
2586
2587 \begin_layout Standard
2588
2589 \emph on
2590 Itemize Bullet Selection
2591 \emph default
2592  in
2593 \emph default
2594
2595 \emph on
2596 Extended Features
2597 \emph default
2598 ;
2599 \end_layout
2600
2601 \begin_layout Standard
2602
2603 \family typewriter
2604 ItemizeBullets.lyx
2605 \family default
2606  in the examples directory.
2607 \end_layout
2608
2609 \begin_layout Subsection
2610 Key Mappings
2611 \end_layout
2612
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 Default\InsetSpace ~
2615 Bindings:
2616 \end_layout
2617
2618 \begin_deeper
2619 \begin_layout List
2620 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2621
2622 \series bold
2623 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2624 -
2625 \series default
2626
2627 \family default
2628
2629 \family sans
2630 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2631 Item
2632 \end_layout
2633
2634 \begin_layout List
2635 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2636
2637 \series bold
2638 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2639 -
2640 \series default
2641  Button # from the left (or right).
2642
2643 \end_layout
2644
2645 \begin_deeper
2646 \begin_layout Standard
2647 Brief description of button icon.
2648 \end_layout
2649
2650 \end_deeper
2651 \begin_layout List
2652 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2653
2654 \series bold
2655 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2656 -
2657 \series default
2658
2659 \family default
2660
2661 \family sans
2662 C-S-M-W-key
2663 \family default
2664  in
2665 \family default
2666
2667 \family typewriter
2668 file1.bind
2669 \family default
2670 .
2671 \end_layout
2672
2673 \begin_deeper
2674 \begin_layout Standard
2675
2676 \family sans
2677 C-S-M-W-key
2678 \family default
2679  in
2680 \family default
2681
2682 \family typewriter
2683 file2.bind
2684 \family default
2685 .
2686 \end_layout
2687
2688 \end_deeper
2689 \end_deeper
2690 \begin_layout Paragraph
2691 Purpose:
2692 \end_layout
2693
2694 \begin_layout Standard
2695 Description.
2696 \end_layout
2697
2698 \begin_layout Paragraph
2699 Usage:
2700 \end_layout
2701
2702 \begin_layout Standard
2703 Description.
2704 \end_layout
2705
2706 \begin_layout Paragraph
2707 Examples:
2708 \end_layout
2709
2710 \begin_layout Standard
2711 Examples.
2712 \end_layout
2713
2714 \begin_layout Paragraph
2715 See Also:
2716 \end_layout
2717
2718 \begin_layout Standard
2719 Other entries or documents.
2720  Separate many references by either a
2721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2722 \end_inset
2723
2724 ;
2725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2726 \end_inset
2727
2728  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2729 \end_layout
2730
2731 \begin_layout Section
2732 K-O
2733 \end_layout
2734
2735 \begin_layout Subsection
2736 LaTeX Log
2737 \end_layout
2738
2739 \begin_layout Description
2740 Default\InsetSpace ~
2741 Bindings:
2742 \end_layout
2743
2744 \begin_deeper
2745 \begin_layout List
2746 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2747
2748 \series bold
2749 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2750 -
2751 \series default
2752
2753 \family default
2754
2755 \family sans
2756 \bar under
2757 E
2758 \bar default
2759 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2760 Vie
2761 \bar under
2762 w
2763 \bar default
2764 \family default
2765
2766 \family sans
2767 \bar default
2768 LaTeX Log
2769 \end_layout
2770
2771 \begin_layout List
2772 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2773
2774 \series bold
2775 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2776 -
2777 \series default
2778
2779 \family default
2780
2781 \family sans
2782 M-e\InsetSpace ~
2783 w
2784 \end_layout
2785
2786 \end_deeper
2787 \begin_layout Paragraph
2788 Purpose:
2789 \end_layout
2790
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Displays the log file produced by LaTeX.
2793 \end_layout
2794
2795 \begin_layout Paragraph
2796 Usage:
2797 \end_layout
2798
2799 \begin_layout Standard
2800 Scroll through the log file using either the cursor keys or the scrollbars.
2801  The
2802 \family default
2803
2804 \family sans
2805 Update
2806 \family default
2807  button will refresh the popup with the log file contents.
2808 \end_layout
2809
2810 \begin_layout Paragraph
2811 See Also:
2812 \end_layout
2813
2814 \begin_layout Standard
2815 latex-view-log;
2816 \end_layout
2817
2818 \begin_layout Subsection
2819 LaTeX Options
2820 \end_layout
2821
2822 \begin_layout Description
2823 Default\InsetSpace ~
2824 Bindings:
2825 \end_layout
2826
2827 \begin_deeper
2828 \begin_layout List
2829 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2830
2831 \series bold
2832 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2833 -
2834 \series default
2835
2836 \family default
2837
2838 \family sans
2839 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2840 Item
2841 \end_layout
2842
2843 \begin_layout List
2844 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2845
2846 \series bold
2847 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2848 -
2849 \series default
2850  Button # from the left (or right).
2851
2852 \end_layout
2853
2854 \begin_deeper
2855 \begin_layout Standard
2856 Brief description of button icon.
2857 \end_layout
2858
2859 \end_deeper
2860 \begin_layout List
2861 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2862
2863 \series bold
2864 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2865 -
2866 \series default
2867
2868 \family default
2869
2870 \family sans
2871 C-S-M-W-key
2872 \family default
2873  in
2874 \family default
2875
2876 \family typewriter
2877 file1.bind
2878 \family default
2879 .
2880 \end_layout
2881
2882 \begin_deeper
2883 \begin_layout Standard
2884
2885 \family sans
2886 C-S-M-W-key
2887 \family default
2888  in
2889 \family default
2890
2891 \family typewriter
2892 file2.bind
2893 \family default
2894 .
2895 \end_layout
2896
2897 \end_deeper
2898 \end_deeper
2899 \begin_layout Paragraph
2900 Purpose:
2901 \end_layout
2902
2903 \begin_layout Standard
2904 Description.
2905 \end_layout
2906
2907 \begin_layout Paragraph
2908 Usage:
2909 \end_layout
2910
2911 \begin_layout Standard
2912 Description.
2913 \end_layout
2914
2915 \begin_layout Paragraph
2916 Examples:
2917 \end_layout
2918
2919 \begin_layout Standard
2920 Examples.
2921 \end_layout
2922
2923 \begin_layout Paragraph
2924 See Also:
2925 \end_layout
2926
2927 \begin_layout Standard
2928 Other entries or documents.
2929  Separate many references by either a
2930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2931 \end_inset
2932
2933 ;
2934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2935 \end_inset
2936
2937  or place in multiple paragraphs.
2938 \end_layout
2939
2940 \begin_layout Subsection
2941 Math Panel
2942 \end_layout
2943
2944 \begin_layout Description
2945 Default\InsetSpace ~
2946 Bindings:
2947 \end_layout
2948
2949 \begin_deeper
2950 \begin_layout List
2951 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2952
2953 \series bold
2954 Menu\InsetSpace ~
2955 -
2956 \series default
2957
2958 \family default
2959
2960 \family sans
2961 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2962 Item
2963 \end_layout
2964
2965 \begin_layout List
2966 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2967
2968 \series bold
2969 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
2970 -
2971 \series default
2972  Button # from the left (or right).
2973
2974 \end_layout
2975
2976 \begin_deeper
2977 \begin_layout Standard
2978 Brief description of button icon.
2979 \end_layout
2980
2981 \end_deeper
2982 \begin_layout List
2983 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
2984
2985 \series bold
2986 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
2987 -
2988 \series default
2989
2990 \family default
2991
2992 \family sans
2993 C-S-M-W-key
2994 \family default
2995  in
2996 \family default
2997
2998 \family typewriter
2999 file1.bind
3000 \family default
3001 .
3002 \end_layout
3003
3004 \begin_deeper
3005 \begin_layout Standard
3006
3007 \family sans
3008 C-S-M-W-key
3009 \family default
3010  in
3011 \family default
3012
3013 \family typewriter
3014 file2.bind
3015 \family default
3016 .
3017 \end_layout
3018
3019 \end_deeper
3020 \end_deeper
3021 \begin_layout Paragraph
3022 Purpose:
3023 \end_layout
3024
3025 \begin_layout Standard
3026 Description.
3027 \end_layout
3028
3029 \begin_layout Paragraph
3030 Usage:
3031 \end_layout
3032
3033 \begin_layout Standard
3034 Description.
3035 \end_layout
3036
3037 \begin_layout Paragraph
3038 Examples:
3039 \end_layout
3040
3041 \begin_layout Standard
3042 Examples.
3043 \end_layout
3044
3045 \begin_layout Paragraph
3046 See Also:
3047 \end_layout
3048
3049 \begin_layout Standard
3050 Other entries or documents.
3051  Separate many references by either a
3052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3053 \end_inset
3054
3055 ;
3056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3057 \end_inset
3058
3059  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3060 \end_layout
3061
3062 \begin_layout Subsection
3063 Matrix
3064 \end_layout
3065
3066 \begin_layout Description
3067 Default\InsetSpace ~
3068 Bindings:
3069 \end_layout
3070
3071 \begin_deeper
3072 \begin_layout List
3073 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3074
3075 \series bold
3076 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3077 -
3078 \series default
3079
3080 \family default
3081
3082 \family sans
3083 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3084 Item
3085 \end_layout
3086
3087 \begin_layout List
3088 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3089
3090 \series bold
3091 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3092 -
3093 \series default
3094  Button # from the left (or right).
3095
3096 \end_layout
3097
3098 \begin_deeper
3099 \begin_layout Standard
3100 Brief description of button icon.
3101 \end_layout
3102
3103 \end_deeper
3104 \begin_layout List
3105 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3106
3107 \series bold
3108 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3109 -
3110 \series default
3111
3112 \family default
3113
3114 \family sans
3115 C-S-M-W-key
3116 \family default
3117  in
3118 \family default
3119
3120 \family typewriter
3121 file1.bind
3122 \family default
3123 .
3124 \end_layout
3125
3126 \begin_deeper
3127 \begin_layout Standard
3128
3129 \family sans
3130 C-S-M-W-key
3131 \family default
3132  in
3133 \family default
3134
3135 \family typewriter
3136 file2.bind
3137 \family default
3138 .
3139 \end_layout
3140
3141 \end_deeper
3142 \end_deeper
3143 \begin_layout Paragraph
3144 Purpose:
3145 \end_layout
3146
3147 \begin_layout Standard
3148 Description.
3149 \end_layout
3150
3151 \begin_layout Paragraph
3152 Usage:
3153 \end_layout
3154
3155 \begin_layout Standard
3156 Description.
3157 \end_layout
3158
3159 \begin_layout Paragraph
3160 Examples:
3161 \end_layout
3162
3163 \begin_layout Standard
3164 Examples.
3165 \end_layout
3166
3167 \begin_layout Paragraph
3168 See Also:
3169 \end_layout
3170
3171 \begin_layout Standard
3172 Other entries or documents.
3173  Separate many references by either a
3174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3175 \end_inset
3176
3177 ;
3178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3179 \end_inset
3180
3181  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3182 \end_layout
3183
3184 \begin_layout Section
3185 P-Q
3186 \end_layout
3187
3188 \begin_layout Subsection
3189 Paper Layout
3190 \end_layout
3191
3192 \begin_layout Description
3193 Default\InsetSpace ~
3194 Bindings:
3195 \end_layout
3196
3197 \begin_deeper
3198 \begin_layout List
3199 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3200
3201 \series bold
3202 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3203 -
3204 \series default
3205
3206 \family default
3207
3208 \family sans
3209 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3210 Item
3211 \end_layout
3212
3213 \begin_layout List
3214 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3215
3216 \series bold
3217 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3218 -
3219 \series default
3220  Button # from the left (or right).
3221
3222 \end_layout
3223
3224 \begin_deeper
3225 \begin_layout Standard
3226 Brief description of button icon.
3227 \end_layout
3228
3229 \end_deeper
3230 \begin_layout List
3231 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3232
3233 \series bold
3234 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3235 -
3236 \series default
3237
3238 \family default
3239
3240 \family sans
3241 C-S-M-W-key
3242 \family default
3243  in
3244 \family default
3245
3246 \family typewriter
3247 file1.bind
3248 \family default
3249 .
3250 \end_layout
3251
3252 \begin_deeper
3253 \begin_layout Standard
3254
3255 \family sans
3256 C-S-M-W-key
3257 \family default
3258  in
3259 \family default
3260
3261 \family typewriter
3262 file2.bind
3263 \family default
3264 .
3265 \end_layout
3266
3267 \end_deeper
3268 \end_deeper
3269 \begin_layout Paragraph
3270 Purpose:
3271 \end_layout
3272
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3274 Description.
3275 \end_layout
3276
3277 \begin_layout Paragraph
3278 Usage:
3279 \end_layout
3280
3281 \begin_layout Standard
3282 Description.
3283 \end_layout
3284
3285 \begin_layout Paragraph
3286 Examples:
3287 \end_layout
3288
3289 \begin_layout Standard
3290 Examples.
3291 \end_layout
3292
3293 \begin_layout Paragraph
3294 See Also:
3295 \end_layout
3296
3297 \begin_layout Standard
3298 Other entries or documents.
3299  Separate many references by either a
3300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3301 \end_inset
3302
3303 ;
3304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3305 \end_inset
3306
3307  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3308 \end_layout
3309
3310 \begin_layout Subsection
3311 Paragraph Layout
3312 \end_layout
3313
3314 \begin_layout Description
3315 Default\InsetSpace ~
3316 Bindings:
3317 \end_layout
3318
3319 \begin_deeper
3320 \begin_layout List
3321 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3322
3323 \series bold
3324 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3325 -
3326 \series default
3327
3328 \family default
3329
3330 \family sans
3331 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3332 Item
3333 \end_layout
3334
3335 \begin_layout List
3336 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3337
3338 \series bold
3339 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3340 -
3341 \series default
3342  Button # from the left (or right).
3343
3344 \end_layout
3345
3346 \begin_deeper
3347 \begin_layout Standard
3348 Brief description of button icon.
3349 \end_layout
3350
3351 \end_deeper
3352 \begin_layout List
3353 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3354
3355 \series bold
3356 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3357 -
3358 \series default
3359
3360 \family default
3361
3362 \family sans
3363 C-S-M-W-key
3364 \family default
3365  in
3366 \family default
3367
3368 \family typewriter
3369 file1.bind
3370 \family default
3371 .
3372 \end_layout
3373
3374 \begin_deeper
3375 \begin_layout Standard
3376
3377 \family sans
3378 C-S-M-W-key
3379 \family default
3380  in
3381 \family default
3382
3383 \family typewriter
3384 file2.bind
3385 \family default
3386 .
3387 \end_layout
3388
3389 \end_deeper
3390 \end_deeper
3391 \begin_layout Paragraph
3392 Purpose:
3393 \end_layout
3394
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3396 Description.
3397 \end_layout
3398
3399 \begin_layout Paragraph
3400 Usage:
3401 \end_layout
3402
3403 \begin_layout Standard
3404 Description.
3405 \end_layout
3406
3407 \begin_layout Paragraph
3408 Examples:
3409 \end_layout
3410
3411 \begin_layout Standard
3412 Examples.
3413 \end_layout
3414
3415 \begin_layout Paragraph
3416 See Also:
3417 \end_layout
3418
3419 \begin_layout Standard
3420 Other entries or documents.
3421  Separate many references by either a
3422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3423 \end_inset
3424
3425 ;
3426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3427 \end_inset
3428
3429  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3430 \end_layout
3431
3432 \begin_layout Subsection
3433 Print
3434 \end_layout
3435
3436 \begin_layout Description
3437 Default\InsetSpace ~
3438 Bindings:
3439 \end_layout
3440
3441 \begin_deeper
3442 \begin_layout List
3443 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3444
3445 \series bold
3446 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3447 -
3448 \series default
3449
3450 \family default
3451
3452 \family sans
3453 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3454 Item
3455 \end_layout
3456
3457 \begin_layout List
3458 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3459
3460 \series bold
3461 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3462 -
3463 \series default
3464  Button # from the left (or right).
3465
3466 \end_layout
3467
3468 \begin_deeper
3469 \begin_layout Standard
3470 Brief description of button icon.
3471 \end_layout
3472
3473 \end_deeper
3474 \begin_layout List
3475 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3476
3477 \series bold
3478 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3479 -
3480 \series default
3481
3482 \family default
3483
3484 \family sans
3485 C-S-M-W-key
3486 \family default
3487  in
3488 \family default
3489
3490 \family typewriter
3491 file1.bind
3492 \family default
3493 .
3494 \end_layout
3495
3496 \begin_deeper
3497 \begin_layout Standard
3498
3499 \family sans
3500 C-S-M-W-key
3501 \family default
3502  in
3503 \family default
3504
3505 \family typewriter
3506 file2.bind
3507 \family default
3508 .
3509 \end_layout
3510
3511 \end_deeper
3512 \end_deeper
3513 \begin_layout Paragraph
3514 Purpose:
3515 \end_layout
3516
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3518 Description.
3519 \end_layout
3520
3521 \begin_layout Paragraph
3522 Usage:
3523 \end_layout
3524
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3526 Description.
3527 \end_layout
3528
3529 \begin_layout Paragraph
3530 Examples:
3531 \end_layout
3532
3533 \begin_layout Standard
3534 Examples.
3535 \end_layout
3536
3537 \begin_layout Paragraph
3538 See Also:
3539 \end_layout
3540
3541 \begin_layout Standard
3542 Other entries or documents.
3543  Separate many references by either a
3544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3545 \end_inset
3546
3547 ;
3548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3549 \end_inset
3550
3551  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3552 \end_layout
3553
3554 \begin_layout Subsection
3555 Quotes
3556 \end_layout
3557
3558 \begin_layout Description
3559 Default\InsetSpace ~
3560 Bindings:
3561 \end_layout
3562
3563 \begin_deeper
3564 \begin_layout List
3565 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3566
3567 \series bold
3568 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3569 -
3570 \series default
3571
3572 \family default
3573
3574 \family sans
3575 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3576 Item
3577 \end_layout
3578
3579 \begin_layout List
3580 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3581
3582 \series bold
3583 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3584 -
3585 \series default
3586  Button # from the left (or right).
3587
3588 \end_layout
3589
3590 \begin_deeper
3591 \begin_layout Standard
3592 Brief description of button icon.
3593 \end_layout
3594
3595 \end_deeper
3596 \begin_layout List
3597 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3598
3599 \series bold
3600 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3601 -
3602 \series default
3603
3604 \family default
3605
3606 \family sans
3607 C-S-M-W-key
3608 \family default
3609  in
3610 \family default
3611
3612 \family typewriter
3613 file1.bind
3614 \family default
3615 .
3616 \end_layout
3617
3618 \begin_deeper
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620
3621 \family sans
3622 C-S-M-W-key
3623 \family default
3624  in
3625 \family default
3626
3627 \family typewriter
3628 file2.bind
3629 \family default
3630 .
3631 \end_layout
3632
3633 \end_deeper
3634 \end_deeper
3635 \begin_layout Paragraph
3636 Purpose:
3637 \end_layout
3638
3639 \begin_layout Standard
3640 Description.
3641 \end_layout
3642
3643 \begin_layout Paragraph
3644 Usage:
3645 \end_layout
3646
3647 \begin_layout Standard
3648 Description.
3649 \end_layout
3650
3651 \begin_layout Paragraph
3652 Examples:
3653 \end_layout
3654
3655 \begin_layout Standard
3656 Examples.
3657 \end_layout
3658
3659 \begin_layout Paragraph
3660 See Also:
3661 \end_layout
3662
3663 \begin_layout Standard
3664 Other entries or documents.
3665  Separate many references by either a
3666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3667 \end_inset
3668
3669 ;
3670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3671 \end_inset
3672
3673  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3674 \end_layout
3675
3676 \begin_layout Section
3677 S
3678 \end_layout
3679
3680 \begin_layout Subsection
3681 Screen Options
3682 \end_layout
3683
3684 \begin_layout Description
3685 Default\InsetSpace ~
3686 Bindings:
3687 \end_layout
3688
3689 \begin_deeper
3690 \begin_layout List
3691 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3692
3693 \series bold
3694 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3695 -
3696 \series default
3697
3698 \family default
3699
3700 \family sans
3701 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3702 Item
3703 \end_layout
3704
3705 \begin_layout List
3706 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3707
3708 \series bold
3709 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3710 -
3711 \series default
3712  Button # from the left (or right).
3713
3714 \end_layout
3715
3716 \begin_deeper
3717 \begin_layout Standard
3718 Brief description of button icon.
3719 \end_layout
3720
3721 \end_deeper
3722 \begin_layout List
3723 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3724
3725 \series bold
3726 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3727 -
3728 \series default
3729
3730 \family default
3731
3732 \family sans
3733 C-S-M-W-key
3734 \family default
3735  in
3736 \family default
3737
3738 \family typewriter
3739 file1.bind
3740 \family default
3741 .
3742 \end_layout
3743
3744 \begin_deeper
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746
3747 \family sans
3748 C-S-M-W-key
3749 \family default
3750  in
3751 \family default
3752
3753 \family typewriter
3754 file2.bind
3755 \family default
3756 .
3757 \end_layout
3758
3759 \end_deeper
3760 \end_deeper
3761 \begin_layout Paragraph
3762 Purpose:
3763 \end_layout
3764
3765 \begin_layout Standard
3766 Description.
3767 \end_layout
3768
3769 \begin_layout Paragraph
3770 Usage:
3771 \end_layout
3772
3773 \begin_layout Standard
3774 Description.
3775 \end_layout
3776
3777 \begin_layout Paragraph
3778 Examples:
3779 \end_layout
3780
3781 \begin_layout Standard
3782 Examples.
3783 \end_layout
3784
3785 \begin_layout Paragraph
3786 See Also:
3787 \end_layout
3788
3789 \begin_layout Standard
3790 Other entries or documents.
3791  Separate many references by either a
3792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3793 \end_inset
3794
3795 ;
3796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3797 \end_inset
3798
3799  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3800 \end_layout
3801
3802 \begin_layout Subsection
3803 Send Document to Command
3804 \end_layout
3805
3806 \begin_layout Description
3807 Default\InsetSpace ~
3808 Bindings:
3809 \end_layout
3810
3811 \begin_deeper
3812 \begin_layout List
3813 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3814
3815 \series bold
3816 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3817 -
3818 \series default
3819
3820 \family default
3821
3822 \family sans
3823 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3824 Item
3825 \end_layout
3826
3827 \begin_layout List
3828 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3829
3830 \series bold
3831 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3832 -
3833 \series default
3834  Button # from the left (or right).
3835
3836 \end_layout
3837
3838 \begin_deeper
3839 \begin_layout Standard
3840 Brief description of button icon.
3841 \end_layout
3842
3843 \end_deeper
3844 \begin_layout List
3845 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3846
3847 \series bold
3848 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3849 -
3850 \series default
3851
3852 \family default
3853
3854 \family sans
3855 C-S-M-W-key
3856 \family default
3857  in
3858 \family default
3859
3860 \family typewriter
3861 file1.bind
3862 \family default
3863 .
3864 \end_layout
3865
3866 \begin_deeper
3867 \begin_layout Standard
3868
3869 \family sans
3870 C-S-M-W-key
3871 \family default
3872  in
3873 \family default
3874
3875 \family typewriter
3876 file2.bind
3877 \family default
3878 .
3879 \end_layout
3880
3881 \end_deeper
3882 \end_deeper
3883 \begin_layout Paragraph
3884 Purpose:
3885 \end_layout
3886
3887 \begin_layout Standard
3888 Description.
3889 \end_layout
3890
3891 \begin_layout Paragraph
3892 Usage:
3893 \end_layout
3894
3895 \begin_layout Standard
3896 Description.
3897 \end_layout
3898
3899 \begin_layout Paragraph
3900 Examples:
3901 \end_layout
3902
3903 \begin_layout Standard
3904 Examples.
3905 \end_layout
3906
3907 \begin_layout Paragraph
3908 See Also:
3909 \end_layout
3910
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3912 Other entries or documents.
3913  Separate many references by either a
3914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3915 \end_inset
3916
3917 ;
3918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3919 \end_inset
3920
3921  or place in multiple paragraphs.
3922 \end_layout
3923
3924 \begin_layout Subsection
3925 Spacing
3926 \end_layout
3927
3928 \begin_layout Description
3929 Default\InsetSpace ~
3930 Bindings:
3931 \end_layout
3932
3933 \begin_deeper
3934 \begin_layout List
3935 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3936
3937 \series bold
3938 Menu\InsetSpace ~
3939 -
3940 \series default
3941
3942 \family default
3943
3944 \family sans
3945 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3946 Item
3947 \end_layout
3948
3949 \begin_layout List
3950 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3951
3952 \series bold
3953 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
3954 -
3955 \series default
3956  Button # from the left (or right).
3957
3958 \end_layout
3959
3960 \begin_deeper
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 Brief description of button icon.
3963 \end_layout
3964
3965 \end_deeper
3966 \begin_layout List
3967 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
3968
3969 \series bold
3970 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
3971 -
3972 \series default
3973
3974 \family default
3975
3976 \family sans
3977 C-S-M-W-key
3978 \family default
3979  in
3980 \family default
3981
3982 \family typewriter
3983 file1.bind
3984 \family default
3985 .
3986 \end_layout
3987
3988 \begin_deeper
3989 \begin_layout Standard
3990
3991 \family sans
3992 C-S-M-W-key
3993 \family default
3994  in
3995 \family default
3996
3997 \family typewriter
3998 file2.bind
3999 \family default
4000 .
4001 \end_layout
4002
4003 \end_deeper
4004 \end_deeper
4005 \begin_layout Paragraph
4006 Purpose:
4007 \end_layout
4008
4009 \begin_layout Standard
4010 Description.
4011 \end_layout
4012
4013 \begin_layout Paragraph
4014 Usage:
4015 \end_layout
4016
4017 \begin_layout Standard
4018 Description.
4019 \end_layout
4020
4021 \begin_layout Paragraph
4022 Examples:
4023 \end_layout
4024
4025 \begin_layout Standard
4026 Examples.
4027 \end_layout
4028
4029 \begin_layout Paragraph
4030 See Also:
4031 \end_layout
4032
4033 \begin_layout Standard
4034 Other entries or documents.
4035  Separate many references by either a
4036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4037 \end_inset
4038
4039 ;
4040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4041 \end_inset
4042
4043  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4044 \end_layout
4045
4046 \begin_layout Subsection
4047 Spellchecker
4048 \end_layout
4049
4050 \begin_layout Description
4051 Default\InsetSpace ~
4052 Bindings:
4053 \end_layout
4054
4055 \begin_deeper
4056 \begin_layout List
4057 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4058
4059 \series bold
4060 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4061 -
4062 \series default
4063
4064 \family default
4065
4066 \family sans
4067 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4068 Item
4069 \end_layout
4070
4071 \begin_layout List
4072 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4073
4074 \series bold
4075 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
4076 -
4077 \series default
4078  Button # from the left (or right).
4079
4080 \end_layout
4081
4082 \begin_deeper
4083 \begin_layout Standard
4084 Brief description of button icon.
4085 \end_layout
4086
4087 \end_deeper
4088 \begin_layout List
4089 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4090
4091 \series bold
4092 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4093 -
4094 \series default
4095
4096 \family default
4097
4098 \family sans
4099 C-S-M-W-key
4100 \family default
4101  in
4102 \family default
4103
4104 \family typewriter
4105 file1.bind
4106 \family default
4107 .
4108 \end_layout
4109
4110 \begin_deeper
4111 \begin_layout Standard
4112
4113 \family sans
4114 C-S-M-W-key
4115 \family default
4116  in
4117 \family default
4118
4119 \family typewriter
4120 file2.bind
4121 \family default
4122 .
4123 \end_layout
4124
4125 \end_deeper
4126 \end_deeper
4127 \begin_layout Paragraph
4128 Purpose:
4129 \end_layout
4130
4131 \begin_layout Standard
4132 Description.
4133 \end_layout
4134
4135 \begin_layout Paragraph
4136 Usage:
4137 \end_layout
4138
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Description.
4141 \end_layout
4142
4143 \begin_layout Paragraph
4144 Examples:
4145 \end_layout
4146
4147 \begin_layout Standard
4148 Examples.
4149 \end_layout
4150
4151 \begin_layout Paragraph
4152 See Also:
4153 \end_layout
4154
4155 \begin_layout Standard
4156 Other entries or documents.
4157  Separate many references by either a
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4159 \end_inset
4160
4161 ;
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4163 \end_inset
4164
4165  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4166 \end_layout
4167
4168 \begin_layout Subsection
4169 Spellchecker Options
4170 \end_layout
4171
4172 \begin_layout Description
4173 Default\InsetSpace ~
4174 Bindings:
4175 \end_layout
4176
4177 \begin_deeper
4178 \begin_layout List
4179 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4180
4181 \series bold
4182 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4183 -
4184 \series default
4185
4186 \family default
4187
4188 \family sans
4189 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4190 Item
4191 \end_layout
4192
4193 \begin_layout List
4194 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4195
4196 \series bold
4197 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
4198 -
4199 \series default
4200  Button # from the left (or right).
4201
4202 \end_layout
4203
4204 \begin_deeper
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4206 Brief description of button icon.
4207 \end_layout
4208
4209 \end_deeper
4210 \begin_layout List
4211 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4212
4213 \series bold
4214 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4215 -
4216 \series default
4217
4218 \family default
4219
4220 \family sans
4221 C-S-M-W-key
4222 \family default
4223  in
4224 \family default
4225
4226 \family typewriter
4227 file1.bind
4228 \family default
4229 .
4230 \end_layout
4231
4232 \begin_deeper
4233 \begin_layout Standard
4234
4235 \family sans
4236 C-S-M-W-key
4237 \family default
4238  in
4239 \family default
4240
4241 \family typewriter
4242 file2.bind
4243 \family default
4244 .
4245 \end_layout
4246
4247 \end_deeper
4248 \end_deeper
4249 \begin_layout Paragraph
4250 Purpose:
4251 \end_layout
4252
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 Description.
4255 \end_layout
4256
4257 \begin_layout Paragraph
4258 Usage:
4259 \end_layout
4260
4261 \begin_layout Standard
4262 Description.
4263 \end_layout
4264
4265 \begin_layout Paragraph
4266 Examples:
4267 \end_layout
4268
4269 \begin_layout Standard
4270 Examples.
4271 \end_layout
4272
4273 \begin_layout Paragraph
4274 See Also:
4275 \end_layout
4276
4277 \begin_layout Standard
4278 Other entries or documents.
4279  Separate many references by either a
4280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4281 \end_inset
4282
4283 ;
4284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4285 \end_inset
4286
4287  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4288 \end_layout
4289
4290 \begin_layout Section
4291 T-Z
4292 \end_layout
4293
4294 \begin_layout Subsection
4295 Table Layout
4296 \end_layout
4297
4298 \begin_layout Description
4299 Default\InsetSpace ~
4300 Bindings:
4301 \end_layout
4302
4303 \begin_deeper
4304 \begin_layout List
4305 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4306
4307 \series bold
4308 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4309 -
4310 \series default
4311
4312 \family default
4313
4314 \family sans
4315 Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4316 Item
4317 \end_layout
4318
4319 \begin_layout List
4320 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4321
4322 \series bold
4323 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
4324 -
4325 \series default
4326  Button # from the left (or right).
4327
4328 \end_layout
4329
4330 \begin_deeper
4331 \begin_layout Standard
4332 Brief description of button icon.
4333 \end_layout
4334
4335 \end_deeper
4336 \begin_layout List
4337 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4338
4339 \series bold
4340 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4341 -
4342 \series default
4343
4344 \family default
4345
4346 \family sans
4347 C-S-M-W-key
4348 \family default
4349  in
4350 \family default
4351
4352 \family typewriter
4353 file1.bind
4354 \family default
4355 .
4356 \end_layout
4357
4358 \begin_deeper
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360
4361 \family sans
4362 C-S-M-W-key
4363 \family default
4364  in
4365 \family default
4366
4367 \family typewriter
4368 file2.bind
4369 \family default
4370 .
4371 \end_layout
4372
4373 \end_deeper
4374 \end_deeper
4375 \begin_layout Paragraph
4376 Purpose:
4377 \end_layout
4378
4379 \begin_layout Standard
4380 Description.
4381 \end_layout
4382
4383 \begin_layout Paragraph
4384 Usage:
4385 \end_layout
4386
4387 \begin_layout Standard
4388 Description.
4389 \end_layout
4390
4391 \begin_layout Paragraph
4392 Examples:
4393 \end_layout
4394
4395 \begin_layout Standard
4396 Examples.
4397 \end_layout
4398
4399 \begin_layout Paragraph
4400 See Also:
4401 \end_layout
4402
4403 \begin_layout Standard
4404 Other entries or documents.
4405  Separate many references by either a
4406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4407 \end_inset
4408
4409 ;
4410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4411 \end_inset
4412
4413  or place in multiple paragraphs.
4414 \end_layout
4415
4416 \begin_layout Subsection
4417 Table of Contents
4418 \end_layout
4419
4420 \begin_layout Description
4421 Default\InsetSpace ~
4422 Bindings:
4423 \end_layout
4424
4425 \begin_deeper
4426 \begin_layout List
4427 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4428
4429 \series bold
4430 Menu\InsetSpace ~
4431 -
4432 \series default
4433
4434 \family default
4435
4436 \family sans
4437 \bar under
4438 E
4439 \bar default
4440 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4441 T
4442 \bar under
4443 a
4444 \bar default
4445 ble\InsetSpace ~
4446 of\InsetSpace ~
4447 Contents
4448 \end_layout
4449
4450 \begin_layout List
4451 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4452
4453 \series bold
4454 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
4455 -
4456 \series default
4457
4458 \family default
4459
4460 \family sans
4461 M-e t
4462 \end_layout
4463
4464 \end_deeper
4465 \begin_layout Paragraph
4466 Purpose:
4467 \end_layout
4468
4469 \begin_layout Standard
4470 Displays the Table of Contents of the current document.
4471  Also allows rapid browsing and movement between sections.
4472 \end_layout
4473
4474 \begin_layout Paragraph
4475 Usage:
4476 \end_layout
4477
4478 \begin_layout Standard
4479 You can move about the table of contents using either the scrollbar or your
4480  cursor keys.
4481  Only two buttons are provided.
4482  A
4483 \family default
4484
4485 \family sans
4486 Close
4487 \family default
4488  button to close the popup and an
4489 \family default
4490
4491 \family sans
4492 Update
4493 \family default
4494  button to rebuild the table of contents.
4495  If you click on an entry with your mouse or move the selector using the
4496  cursor keys the document is moved so that that section is visible on screen.
4497  This allows rapid and simple navigation through your documents.
4498 \end_layout
4499
4500 \begin_layout Paragraph
4501 Examples:
4502 \end_layout
4503
4504 \begin_layout Standard
4505 Try it now.
4506 \end_layout
4507
4508 \begin_layout Paragraph
4509 See Also:
4510 \end_layout
4511
4512 \begin_layout Standard
4513 toc-insert; toc-view;
4514 \emph default
4515
4516 \emph on
4517 Table of Contents
4518 \emph default
4519  in
4520 \emph default
4521
4522 \emph on
4523 User Guide
4524 \end_layout
4525
4526 \begin_layout Chapter
4527 Bindable Functions
4528 \end_layout
4529
4530 \begin_layout Standard
4531 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4532 name "ch:functions"
4533 \end_inset
4534
4535 We have some quick, last minute notes for you about this chapter.
4536 \end_layout
4537
4538 \begin_layout Standard
4539 If a particular piece of an entry is missing, it's equivalent to saying,
4540
4541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4542 \end_inset
4543
4544 There is none.
4545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4546 \end_inset
4547
4548  For example, if, under
4549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4550 \end_inset
4551
4552
4553 \series bold
4554 Default Bindings
4555 \series default
4556
4557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4558 \end_inset
4559
4560  there was no
4561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4562 \end_inset
4563
4564
4565 \series bold
4566 Menu
4567 \series default
4568
4569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4570 \end_inset
4571
4572  item, it means there is no menu binding.
4573  Likewise, the guy who wrote the entry may have decided that the function's
4574  purpose is self-explanatory.
4575  So, there'd be no
4576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4577 \end_inset
4578
4579
4580 \series bold
4581 Purpose
4582 \series default
4583
4584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4585 \end_inset
4586
4587  section in the entry.
4588 \end_layout
4589
4590 \begin_layout Standard
4591 Hopefully, all of that is clear.
4592 \end_layout
4593
4594 \begin_layout Standard
4595 If you haven't noticed already, this is a
4596 \emph default
4597
4598 \emph on
4599 huge
4600 \emph default
4601  chapter.
4602  Your best bet for getting around in it is to open up the
4603 \family default
4604
4605 \family sans
4606 Table\InsetSpace ~
4607 of\InsetSpace ~
4608 Contents
4609 \family default
4610  browser.
4611  Select
4612 \family default
4613
4614 \family sans
4615 \bar under
4616 T
4617 \bar default
4618 able\InsetSpace ~
4619 of\InsetSpace ~
4620 Contents...
4621
4622 \family default
4623  from the
4624 \family default
4625
4626 \family sans
4627 \bar under
4628 E
4629 \bar default
4630 dit
4631 \family default
4632  menu.
4633 \end_layout
4634
4635 \begin_layout Standard
4636 Lastly, some credits:
4637 \end_layout
4638
4639 \begin_layout Standard
4640
4641 \noun on
4642 Alejandro Aguilar-Sierra
4643 \noun default
4644  wrote the math entries.
4645 \end_layout
4646
4647 \begin_layout Standard
4648
4649 \noun on
4650 Rich Fields
4651 \noun default
4652  wrote most of the entries in here.
4653 \end_layout
4654
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4656
4657 \noun on
4658 John Weiss
4659 \noun default
4660  edited this chapter.
4661 \end_layout
4662
4663 \begin_layout Section
4664 A
4665 \end_layout
4666
4667 \begin_layout Subsection
4668 accent-acute
4669 \end_layout
4670
4671 \begin_layout Description
4672 Default\InsetSpace ~
4673 Bindings: None.
4674 \end_layout
4675
4676 \begin_layout Paragraph
4677 Purpose:
4678 \end_layout
4679
4680 \begin_layout Standard
4681 To produce accented characters from the ISO-Latin-1 character set.
4682 \end_layout
4683
4684 \begin_layout Standard
4685 All of the commands of the form
4686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4687 \end_inset
4688
4689
4690 \family typewriter
4691 accent-xxxxxx
4692 \family default
4693 ,
4694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4695 \end_inset
4696
4697  are of the same type.
4698  Rather than repeat the same entry 17 times, we'll explain how all of the
4699
4700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4701 \end_inset
4702
4703
4704 \family typewriter
4705 accent-*
4706 \family default
4707
4708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4709 \end_inset
4710
4711  commands work.
4712 \end_layout
4713
4714 \begin_layout Paragraph
4715 Usage:
4716 \end_layout
4717
4718 \begin_layout Standard
4719 All of the
4720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4721 \end_inset
4722
4723
4724 \family typewriter
4725 accent-*
4726 \family default
4727
4728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4729 \end_inset
4730
4731  commands work like a
4732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4733 \end_inset
4734
4735 Compose
4736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4737 \end_inset
4738
4739  key.
4740  They add a particular accent to the next character typed.
4741  There are two ways to use these commands:
4742 \end_layout
4743
4744 \begin_layout Enumerate
4745 Direct Execution:
4746 \end_layout
4747
4748 \begin_deeper
4749 \begin_layout Enumerate
4750 Use the
4751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4752 \end_inset
4753
4754
4755 \family typewriter
4756 command-execute
4757 \family default
4758
4759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4760 \end_inset
4761
4762  key to enter the desired
4763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4764 \end_inset
4765
4766
4767 \family typewriter
4768 accent-*
4769 \family default
4770
4771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4772 \end_inset
4773
4774  command in the minibuffer.
4775 \end_layout
4776
4777 \begin_deeper
4778 \begin_layout Standard
4779 [See the entry for
4780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4781 \end_inset
4782
4783
4784 \family typewriter
4785 command-execute
4786 \family default
4787
4788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4789 \end_inset
4790
4791  if you don't know how to execute LyX commands directly.]
4792 \end_layout
4793
4794 \end_deeper
4795 \begin_layout Enumerate
4796 Next, type the letter you wish to accent.
4797 \end_layout
4798
4799 \end_deeper
4800 \begin_layout Enumerate
4801 Dead Keys
4802 \end_layout
4803
4804 \begin_deeper
4805 \begin_layout Enumerate
4806 Bind the desired
4807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4808 \end_inset
4809
4810
4811 \family typewriter
4812 accent-*
4813 \family default
4814
4815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4816 \end_inset
4817
4818  command to a keyboard key.
4819  Typically, you bind the command to the key that looks like the accent.
4820 \end_layout
4821
4822 \begin_deeper
4823 \begin_layout Standard
4824 For example, you'd bind
4825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4826 \end_inset
4827
4828
4829 \family typewriter
4830 accent-acute
4831 \family default
4832
4833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4834 \end_inset
4835
4836  to the apostrophe key (the ' ) and
4837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4838 \end_inset
4839
4840
4841 \family typewriter
4842 accent-circumflex
4843 \family default
4844
4845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4846 \end_inset
4847
4848  to the
4849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4850 \end_inset
4851
4852 ^
4853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4854 \end_inset
4855
4856  key (Shift-6 on a US keyboard).
4857 \end_layout
4858
4859 \begin_layout Standard
4860 [See the manual
4861 \family default
4862
4863 \family typewriter
4864 Customization.lyx
4865 \family default
4866  for information about binding keys.]
4867 \begin_inset Foot
4868 status collapsed
4869
4870 \begin_layout Standard
4871
4872 \emph on
4873 Editor's Note: I may change this and put an entry to the bind command in
4874  this manual.
4875  -jw
4876 \end_layout
4877
4878 \end_inset
4879
4880
4881 \end_layout
4882
4883 \end_deeper
4884 \begin_layout Enumerate
4885 Restart LyX if it's already running, so that the new bindings can take effect.
4886 \end_layout
4887
4888 \begin_layout Enumerate
4889 Type the dead-key, followed by the letter you wish to accent.
4890 \end_layout
4891
4892 \begin_deeper
4893 \begin_layout Standard
4894 Using our earlier example, if you type
4895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4896 \end_inset
4897
4898 ^
4899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4900 \end_inset
4901
4902  followed by the letter
4903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4904 \end_inset
4905
4906 e
4907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4908 \end_inset
4909
4910 , you'll produce the character
4911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4912 \end_inset
4913
4914 ê
4915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4916 \end_inset
4917
4918 .
4919 \end_layout
4920
4921 \end_deeper
4922 \end_deeper
4923 \begin_layout Standard
4924 To produce the accent by itself, hit the Space key instead of a character.
4925 \end_layout
4926
4927 \begin_layout Paragraph
4928 Examples:
4929 \end_layout
4930
4931 \begin_layout Standard
4932 This command produces the following accent:
4933 \end_layout
4934
4935 \begin_layout Standard
4936  ́
4937
4938 \end_layout
4939
4940 \begin_layout Standard
4941 Valid letters with an acute accent:
4942 \end_layout
4943
4944 \begin_layout Standard
4945 á é í ó ú ý Á É Í Ó Ú Ý ś
4946  ź
4947  Ś
4948  Ź
4949  ŕ
4950  ĺ
4951  ć
4952  ń
4953  Ŕ
4954  Ĺ
4955  Ć
4956  Ń
4957
4958 \end_layout
4959
4960 \begin_layout Paragraph
4961 See Also:
4962 \end_layout
4963
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 command-execute;
4966 \end_layout
4967
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 the key binding section in
4970 \family default
4971
4972 \family typewriter
4973 Customization.lyx
4974 \family default
4975  ;
4976 \end_layout
4977
4978 \begin_layout Standard
4979 accent-breve; accent-caron; accent-cedilla; accent-circle; accent-circumflex;
4980  accent-dot; accent-grave; accent-hungarian-umlaut; accent-macron; accent-specia
4981 l-caron; accent-tie; accent-tilde; accent-umlaut; accent-underbar; accent-underd
4982 ot.
4983 \end_layout
4984
4985 \begin_layout Subsection
4986 accent-breve
4987 \end_layout
4988
4989 \begin_layout Description
4990 Default\InsetSpace ~
4991 Bindings: None.
4992 \end_layout
4993
4994 \begin_layout Paragraph
4995 Examples:
4996 \end_layout
4997
4998 \begin_layout Standard
4999 This command produces the following accent:
5000 \end_layout
5001
5002 \begin_layout Standard
5003  ̆
5004
5005 \end_layout
5006
5007 \begin_layout Standard
5008 Valid letters with a breve accent:
5009 \end_layout
5010
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 ă
5013  ğ
5014  ŭ
5015  Ă
5016  Ğ
5017  Ŭ
5018
5019 \end_layout
5020
5021 \begin_layout Paragraph
5022 See Also:
5023 \end_layout
5024
5025 \begin_layout Standard
5026 accent-acute.
5027 \end_layout
5028
5029 \begin_layout Subsection
5030 accent-caron
5031 \end_layout
5032
5033 \begin_layout Description
5034 Default\InsetSpace ~
5035 Bindings: None.
5036 \end_layout
5037
5038 \begin_layout Paragraph
5039 Examples:
5040 \end_layout
5041
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 This command produces the following accent:
5044 \end_layout
5045
5046 \begin_layout Standard
5047  ̌
5048
5049 \end_layout
5050
5051 \begin_layout Standard
5052 Valid letters with a caron accent:
5053 \end_layout
5054
5055 \begin_layout Standard
5056 č
5057  š
5058  ž
5059  Č
5060  Š
5061  Ž
5062  ď
5063  ľ
5064  ň
5065  ř
5066  ť
5067  Ď
5068  Ľ
5069  Ň
5070  Ř
5071  Ť
5072  ě
5073  Ě
5074
5075 \end_layout
5076
5077 \begin_layout Paragraph
5078 See Also:
5079 \end_layout
5080
5081 \begin_layout Standard
5082 accent-acute.
5083 \end_layout
5084
5085 \begin_layout Subsection
5086 accent-cedilla
5087 \end_layout
5088
5089 \begin_layout Description
5090 Default\InsetSpace ~
5091 Bindings: None.
5092 \end_layout
5093
5094 \begin_layout Paragraph
5095 Examples:
5096 \end_layout
5097
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5099 This command produces the following accent:
5100 \end_layout
5101
5102 \begin_layout Standard
5103  ̧
5104
5105 \end_layout
5106
5107 \begin_layout Standard
5108 Valid letters with a cedilla accent:
5109 \end_layout
5110
5111 \begin_layout Standard
5112 ç Ç ģ
5113  ķ
5114  ļ
5115  ņ
5116  ŗ
5117  ş
5118  ţ
5119  Ģ
5120  Ķ
5121  Ļ
5122  Ņ
5123  Ŗ
5124  Ş
5125  Ţ
5126
5127 \end_layout
5128
5129 \begin_layout Paragraph
5130 See Also:
5131 \end_layout
5132
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5134 accent-acute.
5135 \end_layout
5136
5137 \begin_layout Subsection
5138 accent-circle
5139 \end_layout
5140
5141 \begin_layout Description
5142 Default\InsetSpace ~
5143 Bindings: None.
5144 \end_layout
5145
5146 \begin_layout Paragraph
5147 Examples:
5148 \end_layout
5149
5150 \begin_layout Standard
5151 This command produces the following accent:
5152 \end_layout
5153
5154 \begin_layout Standard
5155  ̊
5156
5157 \end_layout
5158
5159 \begin_layout Standard
5160 Valid letters with a circle accent:
5161 \end_layout
5162
5163 \begin_layout Standard
5164 å
5165  ů
5166  Å
5167  Ů
5168
5169 \end_layout
5170
5171 \begin_layout Paragraph
5172 See Also:
5173 \end_layout
5174
5175 \begin_layout Standard
5176 accent-acute.
5177 \end_layout
5178
5179 \begin_layout Subsection
5180 accent-circumflex
5181 \end_layout
5182
5183 \begin_layout Description
5184 Default\InsetSpace ~
5185 Bindings: None.
5186 \end_layout
5187
5188 \begin_layout Paragraph
5189 Examples:
5190 \end_layout
5191
5192 \begin_layout Standard
5193 This command produces the following accent:
5194 \end_layout
5195
5196 \begin_layout Standard
5197  ̂
5198
5199 \end_layout
5200
5201 \begin_layout Standard
5202 Valid letters with a circumflex accent:
5203 \end_layout
5204
5205 \begin_layout Standard
5206 â ê î ô û Â Ê Î Ô Û ĉ
5207  ĝ
5208  ĥ
5209  ȷ̂
5210  ŝ
5211  Ĉ
5212  Ĝ
5213  Ĥ
5214  Ĵ
5215  Ŝ
5216
5217 \end_layout
5218
5219 \begin_layout Paragraph
5220 See Also:
5221 \end_layout
5222
5223 \begin_layout Standard
5224 accent-acute.
5225 \end_layout
5226
5227 \begin_layout Subsection
5228 accent-dot
5229 \end_layout
5230
5231 \begin_layout Description
5232 Default\InsetSpace ~
5233 Bindings: None.
5234 \end_layout
5235
5236 \begin_layout Paragraph
5237 Examples:
5238 \end_layout
5239
5240 \begin_layout Standard
5241 This command produces the following accent:
5242 \end_layout
5243
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245  ̇
5246
5247 \end_layout
5248
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5250 Valid letters with a dot accent:
5251 \end_layout
5252
5253 \begin_layout Standard
5254 ė
5255  ı̇
5256  Ė
5257  İ
5258  ċ
5259  ġ
5260  ż
5261  Ċ
5262  Ġ
5263  Ż
5264
5265 \end_layout
5266
5267 \begin_layout Paragraph
5268 See Also:
5269 \end_layout
5270
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5272 accent-acute.
5273 \end_layout
5274
5275 \begin_layout Subsection
5276 accent-grave
5277 \end_layout
5278
5279 \begin_layout Description
5280 Default\InsetSpace ~
5281 Bindings: None.
5282 \end_layout
5283
5284 \begin_layout Paragraph
5285 Examples:
5286 \end_layout
5287
5288 \begin_layout Standard
5289 This command produces the following accent:
5290 \end_layout
5291
5292 \begin_layout Standard
5293  ̀
5294
5295 \end_layout
5296
5297 \begin_layout Standard
5298 Valid letters with a grave accent:
5299 \end_layout
5300
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 à è ì ò ù À È Ì Ò Ù
5303 \end_layout
5304
5305 \begin_layout Paragraph
5306 See Also:
5307 \end_layout
5308
5309 \begin_layout Standard
5310 accent-acute.
5311 \end_layout
5312
5313 \begin_layout Subsection
5314 accent-hungarian-umlaut
5315 \end_layout
5316
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Default\InsetSpace ~
5319 Bindings: None.
5320 \end_layout
5321
5322 \begin_layout Paragraph
5323 Examples:
5324 \end_layout
5325
5326 \begin_layout Standard
5327 This command produces the following accent:
5328 \end_layout
5329
5330 \begin_layout Standard
5331  ̋
5332
5333 \end_layout
5334
5335 \begin_layout Standard
5336 Valid letters with a hungarian umlaut accent:
5337 \end_layout
5338
5339 \begin_layout Standard
5340 ő
5341  ű
5342  Ő
5343  Ű
5344
5345 \end_layout
5346
5347 \begin_layout Paragraph
5348 See Also:
5349 \end_layout
5350
5351 \begin_layout Standard
5352 accent-acute.
5353 \end_layout
5354
5355 \begin_layout Subsection
5356 accent-macron
5357 \end_layout
5358
5359 \begin_layout Description
5360 Default\InsetSpace ~
5361 Bindings: None.
5362 \end_layout
5363
5364 \begin_layout Paragraph
5365 Examples:
5366 \end_layout
5367
5368 \begin_layout Standard
5369 This command produces the following accent:
5370 \end_layout
5371
5372 \begin_layout Standard
5373  ̄
5374
5375 \end_layout
5376
5377 \begin_layout Standard
5378 Valid letters with a macron accent:
5379 \end_layout
5380
5381 \begin_layout Standard
5382 ā
5383  ē
5384  ı̄
5385  ō
5386  ū
5387  Ā
5388  Ē
5389  Ī
5390  Ō
5391  Ū
5392
5393 \end_layout
5394
5395 \begin_layout Paragraph
5396 See Also:
5397 \end_layout
5398
5399 \begin_layout Standard
5400 accent-acute.
5401 \end_layout
5402
5403 \begin_layout Subsection
5404 accent-special-caron
5405 \end_layout
5406
5407 \begin_layout Description
5408 Default\InsetSpace ~
5409 Bindings: None.
5410 \end_layout
5411
5412 \begin_layout Paragraph
5413 Examples:
5414 \end_layout
5415
5416 \begin_layout Standard
5417 WARNING! THIS ACCENT COMMAND CURRENTLY CRASHES LyX! DO NOT USE!
5418 \end_layout
5419
5420 \begin_layout Standard
5421 This command produces the following accent:
5422 \end_layout
5423
5424 \begin_layout Standard
5425 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
5426
5427 \end_layout
5428
5429 \begin_layout Standard
5430 Some letters with a special caron accent:
5431 \end_layout
5432
5433 \begin_layout Standard
5434 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
5435
5436 \end_layout
5437
5438 \begin_layout Paragraph
5439 See Also:
5440 \end_layout
5441
5442 \begin_layout Standard
5443 accent-acute.
5444 \end_layout
5445
5446 \begin_layout Subsection
5447 accent-tie
5448 \end_layout
5449
5450 \begin_layout Description
5451 Default\InsetSpace ~
5452 Bindings: None.
5453 \end_layout
5454
5455 \begin_layout Paragraph
5456 Examples:
5457 \end_layout
5458
5459 \begin_layout Standard
5460 This command produces the following accent:
5461 \end_layout
5462
5463 \begin_layout Standard
5464  ͡
5465
5466 \end_layout
5467
5468 \begin_layout Standard
5469 Valid letters with a tie accent: None.
5470  Just the accent itself.
5471 \end_layout
5472
5473 \begin_layout Paragraph
5474 See Also:
5475 \end_layout
5476
5477 \begin_layout Standard
5478 accent-acute.
5479 \end_layout
5480
5481 \begin_layout Subsection
5482 accent-tilde
5483 \end_layout
5484
5485 \begin_layout Description
5486 Default\InsetSpace ~
5487 Bindings: None.
5488 \end_layout
5489
5490 \begin_layout Paragraph
5491 Examples:
5492 \end_layout
5493
5494 \begin_layout Standard
5495 This command produces the following accent:
5496 \end_layout
5497
5498 \begin_layout Standard
5499  ̃
5500
5501 \end_layout
5502
5503 \begin_layout Standard
5504 Valid letters with a tilde accent:
5505 \end_layout
5506
5507 \begin_layout Standard
5508 ñ Ñ ã ı̃
5509  õ ũ
5510  Ã Ĩ
5511  Õ Ũ
5512
5513 \end_layout
5514
5515 \begin_layout Paragraph
5516 See Also:
5517 \end_layout
5518
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5520 accent-acute.
5521 \end_layout
5522
5523 \begin_layout Subsection
5524 accent-umlaut
5525 \end_layout
5526
5527 \begin_layout Description
5528 Default\InsetSpace ~
5529 Bindings: None.
5530 \end_layout
5531
5532 \begin_layout Paragraph
5533 Examples:
5534 \end_layout
5535
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5537 This command produces the following accent:
5538 \end_layout
5539
5540 \begin_layout Standard
5541  ̈
5542
5543 \end_layout
5544
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5546 Some letters with an umlaut accent:
5547 \end_layout
5548
5549 \begin_layout Standard
5550 ä ë ï ö ü ÿ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü
5551 \end_layout
5552
5553 \begin_layout Paragraph
5554 See Also:
5555 \end_layout
5556
5557 \begin_layout Standard
5558 accent-acute.
5559 \end_layout
5560
5561 \begin_layout Subsection
5562 accent-underbar
5563 \end_layout
5564
5565 \begin_layout Description
5566 Default\InsetSpace ~
5567 Bindings: None.
5568 \end_layout
5569
5570 \begin_layout Paragraph
5571 Examples:
5572 \end_layout
5573
5574 \begin_layout Standard
5575 This command produces the following accent:
5576 \end_layout
5577
5578 \begin_layout Standard
5579  ̠
5580
5581 \end_layout
5582
5583 \begin_layout Standard
5584 Some letters with an underbar accent: None.
5585  Just the accent itself.
5586 \end_layout
5587
5588 \begin_layout Paragraph
5589 See Also:
5590 \end_layout
5591
5592 \begin_layout Standard
5593 accent-acute.
5594 \end_layout
5595
5596 \begin_layout Subsection
5597 accent-underdot
5598 \end_layout
5599
5600 \begin_layout Description
5601 Default\InsetSpace ~
5602 Bindings: None.
5603 \end_layout
5604
5605 \begin_layout Paragraph
5606 Examples:
5607 \end_layout
5608
5609 \begin_layout Standard
5610 This command produces the following accent:
5611 \end_layout
5612
5613 \begin_layout Standard
5614  ̣
5615
5616 \end_layout
5617
5618 \begin_layout Standard
5619 Valid letters with an underdot accent: None.
5620  Just the accent itself.
5621 \end_layout
5622
5623 \begin_layout Paragraph
5624 See Also:
5625 \end_layout
5626
5627 \begin_layout Standard
5628 accent-acute.
5629 \end_layout
5630
5631 \begin_layout Section
5632 B
5633 \end_layout
5634
5635 \begin_layout Subsection
5636 backward-select
5637 \end_layout
5638
5639 \begin_layout Description
5640 Default\InsetSpace ~
5641 Bindings:
5642 \end_layout
5643
5644 \begin_deeper
5645 \begin_layout List
5646 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5647
5648 \series bold
5649 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5650 -
5651 \series default
5652
5653 \family default
5654
5655 \family sans
5656 S-Left
5657 \family default
5658
5659 \end_layout
5660
5661 \end_deeper
5662 \begin_layout Paragraph
5663 Purpose:
5664 \end_layout
5665
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5667 Highlights a single character to the left of the current cursor location.
5668  If the cursor is at the left screen margin the cursor moves to the end
5669  of the previous line, and the whitespace in-between is selected.
5670  The selected text will be in reverse-video.
5671 \end_layout
5672
5673 \begin_layout Paragraph
5674 See Also:
5675 \end_layout
5676
5677 \begin_layout Standard
5678 char-backward;
5679 \end_layout
5680
5681 \begin_layout Standard
5682 forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-selec
5683 t; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
5684  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
5685 \end_layout
5686
5687 \begin_layout Subsection
5688 break-line
5689 \end_layout
5690
5691 \begin_layout Description
5692 Default\InsetSpace ~
5693 Bindings:
5694 \end_layout
5695
5696 \begin_deeper
5697 \begin_layout List
5698 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5699
5700 \series bold
5701 Menu\InsetSpace ~
5702 -
5703 \series default
5704
5705 \family default
5706
5707 \family sans
5708 \bar under
5709 I
5710 \bar default
5711 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5712 S
5713 \bar under
5714 p
5715 \bar default
5716 ecial\InsetSpace ~
5717 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5718
5719 \bar under
5720 L
5721 \bar default
5722 inebreak
5723 \end_layout
5724
5725 \begin_layout List
5726 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5727
5728 \series bold
5729 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5730 -
5731 \series default
5732
5733 \family default
5734
5735 \family sans
5736 C-Return
5737 \end_layout
5738
5739 \end_deeper
5740 \begin_layout Paragraph
5741 Purpose:
5742 \end_layout
5743
5744 \begin_layout Standard
5745 To forcibly split the current line without ending the current paragraph.
5746 \end_layout
5747
5748 \begin_layout Paragraph
5749 Usage:
5750 \end_layout
5751
5752 \begin_layout Standard
5753 This command has several purposes, depending on context.
5754  Its primary function is to manually end a line without ending the paragraph.
5755  This should only be done when you need some fine-tuning.
5756 \end_layout
5757
5758 \begin_layout Standard
5759 In math-mode, the
5760 \family default
5761
5762 \family typewriter
5763 break-line
5764 \family default
5765  command automagically turns a one-line equation into a multiline expression,
5766  inserting the new equation line as well as all alignment delimiters.
5767 \end_layout
5768
5769 \begin_layout Paragraph
5770 See Also:
5771 \end_layout
5772
5773 \begin_layout Standard
5774 break-paragraph; break-paragraph-keep-layout.
5775 \end_layout
5776
5777 \begin_layout Subsection
5778 break-paragraph
5779 \end_layout
5780
5781 \begin_layout Description
5782 Default\InsetSpace ~
5783 Bindings:
5784 \end_layout
5785
5786 \begin_deeper
5787 \begin_layout List
5788 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5789
5790 \series bold
5791 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5792 -
5793 \series default
5794
5795 \family default
5796
5797 \family sans
5798 Return
5799 \end_layout
5800
5801 \end_deeper
5802 \begin_layout Paragraph
5803 Purpose:
5804 \end_layout
5805
5806 \begin_layout Standard
5807 To terminate the current paragraph.
5808 \end_layout
5809
5810 \begin_layout Paragraph
5811 Usage:
5812 \end_layout
5813
5814 \begin_layout Standard
5815 This command does slightly different things, depending on context.
5816  Typically, it ends the current paragraph, breaks the current line, and
5817  starts a new paragraph in the
5818 \family default
5819
5820 \family sans
5821 Standard
5822 \family default
5823  paragraph environment on the next line.
5824  It also typically removes all environment nesting.
5825 \end_layout
5826
5827 \begin_layout Standard
5828 If you are in the middle of a paragraph,
5829 \family default
5830
5831 \family typewriter
5832 break-paragraph
5833 \family default
5834  splits it in two.
5835  If the paragraph is a list item, it creates a new list item in the process.
5836 \end_layout
5837
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 If you are at the end of a paragraph,
5840 \family default
5841
5842 \family typewriter
5843 break-paragraph
5844 \family default
5845  starts the new paragraph after the current one.
5846  If you are at the beginning of a paragraph, the new paragraph starts
5847 \emph default
5848
5849 \emph on
5850 before
5851 \emph default
5852  the current one.
5853 \end_layout
5854
5855 \begin_layout Standard
5856
5857 \family typewriter
5858 break-paragraph
5859 \family default
5860  may start the new paragraph in an environment other than
5861 \family default
5862
5863 \family sans
5864 Standard
5865 \family default
5866 , but the behavior is not consistent.
5867  For example, if you move to the middle of an
5868 \family default
5869
5870 \family sans
5871 Itemize
5872 \family default
5873  list, to the end of one of the items or the beginning of the next item,
5874
5875 \family default
5876
5877 \family typewriter
5878 break-paragraph
5879 \family default
5880  will not change the paragraph environment.
5881  It will still mess up the environment nesting, however.
5882 \end_layout
5883
5884 \begin_layout Paragraph
5885 Examples:
5886 \end_layout
5887
5888 \begin_layout Standard
5889 None.
5890  Your best bet is to just play with hitting return until you build an intuition
5891  for how this works.
5892 \end_layout
5893
5894 \begin_layout Paragraph
5895 See Also:
5896 \end_layout
5897
5898 \begin_layout Standard
5899 break-paragraph-keep-layout; break-line;
5900 \end_layout
5901
5902 \begin_layout Standard
5903 depth-decrement; depth-increment.
5904 \end_layout
5905
5906 \begin_layout Subsection
5907 break-paragraph-keep-layout
5908 \end_layout
5909
5910 \begin_layout Description
5911 Default\InsetSpace ~
5912 Bindings:
5913 \end_layout
5914
5915 \begin_deeper
5916 \begin_layout List
5917 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5918
5919 \series bold
5920 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5921 -
5922 \series default
5923
5924 \family default
5925
5926 \family sans
5927 M-Return
5928 \end_layout
5929
5930 \end_deeper
5931 \begin_layout Paragraph
5932 Purpose:
5933 \end_layout
5934
5935 \begin_layout Standard
5936 To terminate the current paragraph without changing the paragraph environment
5937  or nesting depth.
5938 \end_layout
5939
5940 \begin_layout Paragraph
5941 Usage:
5942 \end_layout
5943
5944 \begin_layout Standard
5945 Its usage is very much the same as
5946 \family default
5947
5948 \family typewriter
5949 break-paragraph
5950 \family default
5951 , with one important difference.
5952  The new paragraph
5953 \emph default
5954
5955 \emph on
5956 always
5957 \emph default
5958  has the same environment and nesting depth as the old one.
5959 \end_layout
5960
5961 \begin_layout Paragraph
5962 See Also:
5963 \end_layout
5964
5965 \begin_layout Standard
5966 break-paragraph; break-line;
5967 \end_layout
5968
5969 \begin_layout Standard
5970 depth-decrement; depth-increment.
5971 \end_layout
5972
5973 \begin_layout Subsection
5974 buffer-auto-save
5975 \end_layout
5976
5977 \begin_layout Description
5978 Default\InsetSpace ~
5979 Bindings:
5980 \end_layout
5981
5982 \begin_deeper
5983 \begin_layout List
5984 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
5985
5986 \series bold
5987 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
5988 -
5989 \series default
5990
5991 \family default
5992
5993 \family sans
5994 C-x a
5995 \family default
5996  or
5997 \family default
5998
5999 \family sans
6000 C-x C-a
6001 \family default
6002  in
6003 \family default
6004
6005 \family typewriter
6006 emacs.bind
6007 \family default
6008  only.
6009 \end_layout
6010
6011 \end_deeper
6012 \begin_layout Paragraph
6013 Purpose:
6014 \end_layout
6015
6016 \begin_layout Standard
6017 Forces an autosave on the current document.
6018 \end_layout
6019
6020 \begin_layout Paragraph
6021 Usage:
6022 \end_layout
6023
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 Backward compatibility.
6026  This function used to be the only way to undo any editing.
6027  With the advent of a true undo/redo function in LyX, forcibly autosaving
6028  a document doesn't have much use.
6029
6030 \emph default
6031
6032 \emph on
6033 (The undo-mechanism has been limited to 100 steps in the beta-version.)
6034 \end_layout
6035
6036 \begin_layout Paragraph
6037 See Also:
6038 \end_layout
6039
6040 \begin_layout Standard
6041 buffer-load-auto-save
6042 \end_layout
6043
6044 \begin_layout Subsection
6045 buffer-begin
6046 \end_layout
6047
6048 \begin_layout Description
6049 Default\InsetSpace ~
6050 Bindings:
6051 \end_layout
6052
6053 \begin_deeper
6054 \begin_layout List
6055 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6056
6057 \series bold
6058 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6059 -
6060 \series default
6061
6062 \family default
6063
6064 \family sans
6065 C-Home
6066 \family default
6067  in
6068 \family default
6069
6070 \family typewriter
6071 cua.bind
6072 \family default
6073 .
6074 \end_layout
6075
6076 \begin_deeper
6077 \begin_layout Standard
6078
6079 \family sans
6080 Home
6081 \family default
6082  in
6083 \family default
6084
6085 \family typewriter
6086 emacs.bind
6087 \family default
6088 .
6089 \end_layout
6090
6091 \end_deeper
6092 \end_deeper
6093 \begin_layout Paragraph
6094 Purpose:
6095 \end_layout
6096
6097 \begin_layout Standard
6098 Moves the cursor location to the top of the current buffer.
6099 \end_layout
6100
6101 \begin_layout Paragraph
6102 See Also:
6103 \end_layout
6104
6105 \begin_layout Standard
6106 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
6107  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-end.
6108 \end_layout
6109
6110 \begin_layout Subsection
6111 buffer-begin-select
6112 \end_layout
6113
6114 \begin_layout Description
6115 Default\InsetSpace ~
6116 Bindings:
6117 \end_layout
6118
6119 \begin_deeper
6120 \begin_layout List
6121 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6122
6123 \series bold
6124 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6125 -
6126 \series default
6127
6128 \family default
6129
6130 \family sans
6131 S-C-Home
6132 \family default
6133
6134 \end_layout
6135
6136 \end_deeper
6137 \begin_layout Paragraph
6138 Purpose:
6139 \end_layout
6140
6141 \begin_layout Standard
6142 Highlights text from the current cursor location to the top of the current
6143  buffer.
6144  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
6145 \end_layout
6146
6147 \begin_layout Paragraph
6148 See Also:
6149 \end_layout
6150
6151 \begin_layout Standard
6152 buffer-begin;
6153 \end_layout
6154
6155 \begin_layout Standard
6156 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
6157  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
6158  screen-down-select; buffer-end-select.
6159 \end_layout
6160
6161 \begin_layout Subsection
6162 buffer-chktex
6163 \end_layout
6164
6165 \begin_layout Description
6166 Default\InsetSpace ~
6167 Bindings:
6168 \end_layout
6169
6170 \begin_deeper
6171 \begin_layout List
6172 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6173
6174 \series bold
6175 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6176 -
6177 \series default
6178
6179 \family default
6180
6181 \family sans
6182 \bar under
6183 E
6184 \bar default
6185 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6186 C
6187 \bar under
6188 h
6189 \bar default
6190 eck TeX
6191 \end_layout
6192
6193 \begin_layout List
6194 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6195
6196 \series bold
6197 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6198 -
6199 \series default
6200
6201 \family default
6202
6203 \family sans
6204 M-e h
6205 \family default
6206  (standard).
6207 \end_layout
6208
6209 \end_deeper
6210 \begin_layout Paragraph
6211 Purpose:
6212 \end_layout
6213
6214 \begin_layout Standard
6215 Checks document for typographical errors.
6216 \end_layout
6217
6218 \begin_layout Paragraph
6219 Usage:
6220 \end_layout
6221
6222 \begin_layout Standard
6223 This function runs
6224 \family default
6225
6226 \family typewriter
6227 ChkTeX
6228 \family default
6229  on the document and inserts error boxes with the results.
6230  It is used to find common typographical errors.
6231 \end_layout
6232
6233 \begin_layout Paragraph
6234 See Also:
6235 \end_layout
6236
6237 \begin_layout Standard
6238 error-next; description in
6239 \emph default
6240
6241 \emph on
6242 Extended Features
6243 \emph default
6244 .
6245 \end_layout
6246
6247 \begin_layout Subsection
6248 buffer-close
6249 \end_layout
6250
6251 \begin_layout Description
6252 Default\InsetSpace ~
6253 Bindings:
6254 \end_layout
6255
6256 \begin_deeper
6257 \begin_layout List
6258 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6259
6260 \series bold
6261 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6262 -
6263 \series default
6264
6265 \family default
6266
6267 \family sans
6268 \bar under
6269 F
6270 \bar default
6271 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6272
6273 \bar under
6274 C
6275 \bar default
6276 lose
6277 \end_layout
6278
6279 \begin_layout List
6280 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6281
6282 \series bold
6283 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6284 -
6285 \series default
6286
6287 \family default
6288
6289 \family sans
6290 M-f c
6291 \family default
6292  (standard).
6293 \end_layout
6294
6295 \begin_deeper
6296 \begin_layout Standard
6297
6298 \family sans
6299 C-w
6300 \family default
6301  in
6302 \family default
6303
6304 \family typewriter
6305 cua.bind
6306 \family default
6307 .
6308 \newline
6309
6310 \family sans
6311 C-x k
6312 \family default
6313
6314 or
6315 \family default
6316
6317 \family sans
6318 C-x C-k
6319 \family default
6320  in
6321 \family default
6322
6323 \family typewriter
6324 emacs.bind.
6325 \end_layout
6326
6327 \end_deeper
6328 \end_deeper
6329 \begin_layout Paragraph
6330 Purpose:
6331 \end_layout
6332
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6334 Closes the current buffer.
6335  If changes have been made since it was first opened, or since the last
6336
6337 \family default
6338
6339 \family typewriter
6340 buffer-save
6341 \family default
6342  or
6343 \family default
6344
6345 \family typewriter
6346 buffer-save-as
6347 \family default
6348  command, you will be asked if you want to save the buffer to its file before
6349  closing the buffer.
6350 \end_layout
6351
6352 \begin_layout Paragraph
6353 See Also:
6354 \end_layout
6355
6356 \begin_layout Standard
6357 buffer-open.
6358 \end_layout
6359
6360 \begin_layout Subsection
6361 buffer-end
6362 \end_layout
6363
6364 \begin_layout Description
6365 Default\InsetSpace ~
6366 Bindings:
6367 \end_layout
6368
6369 \begin_deeper
6370 \begin_layout List
6371 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6372
6373 \series bold
6374 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6375 -
6376 \series default
6377
6378 \family default
6379
6380 \family sans
6381 C-End
6382 \family default
6383
6384 \family default
6385
6386 \family roman
6387 in
6388 \family default
6389
6390 \family typewriter
6391 cua.bind
6392 \family default
6393 .
6394 \newline
6395
6396 \family sans
6397 End
6398 \family default
6399  in
6400 \family default
6401
6402 \family typewriter
6403 emacs.bind
6404 \end_layout
6405
6406 \end_deeper
6407 \begin_layout Paragraph
6408 Purpose:
6409 \end_layout
6410
6411 \begin_layout Standard
6412 Moves both the screen display and the current cursor location to the end
6413  of the current buffer.
6414 \end_layout
6415
6416 \begin_layout Paragraph
6417 See Also:
6418 \end_layout
6419
6420 \begin_layout Standard
6421 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
6422  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin.
6423 \end_layout
6424
6425 \begin_layout Subsection
6426 buffer-end-select
6427 \end_layout
6428
6429 \begin_layout Description
6430 Default\InsetSpace ~
6431 Bindings:
6432 \end_layout
6433
6434 \begin_deeper
6435 \begin_layout List
6436 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6437
6438 \series bold
6439 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6440 -
6441 \series default
6442
6443 \family default
6444
6445 \family sans
6446 S-C-End
6447 \family default
6448
6449 \end_layout
6450
6451 \end_deeper
6452 \begin_layout Paragraph
6453 Purpose:
6454 \end_layout
6455
6456 \begin_layout Standard
6457 Selects text from the current cursor location to the bottom of the current
6458  buffer.
6459  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
6460 \end_layout
6461
6462 \begin_layout Paragraph
6463 See Also:
6464 \end_layout
6465
6466 \begin_layout Standard
6467 buffer-end-select;
6468 \end_layout
6469
6470 \begin_layout Standard
6471 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
6472  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
6473  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select.
6474 \end_layout
6475
6476 \begin_layout Subsection
6477 buffer-itemize-bullets-select
6478 \end_layout
6479
6480 \begin_layout Description
6481 Default\InsetSpace ~
6482 Bindings:
6483 \end_layout
6484
6485 \begin_deeper
6486 \begin_layout List
6487 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6488
6489 \series bold
6490 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6491 -
6492 \series default
6493
6494 \family default
6495
6496 \family sans
6497 \bar under
6498 L
6499 \bar default
6500 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6501
6502 \bar under
6503 D
6504 \bar default
6505 ocument
6506 \family default
6507
6508 to bring up the
6509 \series default
6510
6511 \series bold
6512 Document\InsetSpace ~
6513 Layout
6514 \series default
6515  popup.
6516 \end_layout
6517
6518 \begin_deeper
6519 \begin_layout Description
6520 Document\InsetSpace ~
6521 Layout:
6522 \family default
6523
6524 \family sans
6525 \bar under
6526 B
6527 \bar default
6528 ullet Shapes
6529 \end_layout
6530
6531 \end_deeper
6532 \begin_layout List
6533 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6534
6535 \series bold
6536 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6537 -
6538 \series default
6539  M-l d M-b
6540 \end_layout
6541
6542 \begin_deeper
6543 \begin_layout Standard
6544 M-l i
6545 \end_layout
6546
6547 \end_deeper
6548 \end_deeper
6549 \begin_layout Paragraph
6550 Purpose:
6551 \end_layout
6552
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Opens the document's
6555 \series default
6556
6557 \series bold
6558 Itemize\InsetSpace ~
6559 Bullet\InsetSpace ~
6560 Selection
6561 \series default
6562  popup which allows you to change the bullets that appear at the various
6563  levels of an
6564 \family default
6565
6566 \family sans
6567 Itemize
6568 \family default
6569  layout.
6570 \end_layout
6571
6572 \begin_layout Paragraph
6573 See Also:
6574 \end_layout
6575
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 Itemize Bullet Selection;
6578 \end_layout
6579
6580 \begin_layout Standard
6581
6582 \emph on
6583 Itemize Bullet Selection
6584 \emph default
6585  in
6586 \emph default
6587
6588 \emph on
6589 Extended Features
6590 \emph default
6591 ;
6592 \end_layout
6593
6594 \begin_layout Subsection
6595 buffer-load-auto-save
6596 \end_layout
6597
6598 \begin_layout Description
6599 Default\InsetSpace ~
6600 Bindings: None
6601 \end_layout
6602
6603 \begin_layout Paragraph
6604 Purpose:
6605 \end_layout
6606
6607 \begin_layout Standard
6608 Loads the autosave file.
6609 \end_layout
6610
6611 \begin_layout Paragraph
6612 Usage:
6613 \end_layout
6614
6615 \begin_layout Standard
6616 To invoke this function, you must use the
6617 \family default
6618
6619 \family typewriter
6620 command-execute
6621 \family default
6622  key to enter
6623 \family default
6624
6625 \family typewriter
6626 buffer-load-autosave
6627 \family default
6628  in the minibuffer.
6629 \end_layout
6630
6631 \begin_layout Standard
6632 Invoking this command once loads the autosave file (which has the suffix
6633
6634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6635 \end_inset
6636
6637
6638 \family typewriter
6639 .bak
6640 \family default
6641
6642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6643 \end_inset
6644
6645 ) in place of the current document.
6646  Invoking it two times in a row loads the autosave backup file (which has
6647  the
6648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6649 \end_inset
6650
6651
6652 \family typewriter
6653 .bak~
6654 \family default
6655
6656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6657 \end_inset
6658
6659  suffix) in place of the current document.
6660 \end_layout
6661
6662 \begin_layout Standard
6663 You cannot change the time interval between autosaves on the fly.
6664  The interval, in seconds, is set in the main
6665 \family default
6666
6667 \family typewriter
6668 lyxrc
6669 \family default
6670  file or in the user's local
6671 \family default
6672
6673 \family typewriter
6674 ${HOME}/.lyx/lyxrc
6675 \family default
6676 .
6677
6678 \end_layout
6679
6680 \begin_layout Paragraph
6681 See Also:
6682 \end_layout
6683
6684 \begin_layout Standard
6685 command-execute;
6686 \end_layout
6687
6688 \begin_layout Standard
6689 buffer-auto-save.
6690 \end_layout
6691
6692 \begin_layout Subsection
6693 buffer-new
6694 \end_layout
6695
6696 \begin_layout Description
6697 Default\InsetSpace ~
6698 Bindings:
6699 \end_layout
6700
6701 \begin_deeper
6702 \begin_layout List
6703 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6704
6705 \series bold
6706 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6707 -
6708 \series default
6709
6710 \family default
6711
6712 \family sans
6713 \bar under
6714 F
6715 \bar default
6716 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6717
6718 \bar under
6719 N
6720 \bar default
6721 ew
6722 \end_layout
6723
6724 \begin_layout List
6725 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6726
6727 \series bold
6728 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6729 -
6730 \series default
6731
6732 \family default
6733
6734 \family sans
6735 M-f n
6736 \family default
6737  (standard).
6738 \end_layout
6739
6740 \begin_deeper
6741 \begin_layout Standard
6742
6743 \family sans
6744 C-n
6745 \family default
6746  in
6747 \family default
6748
6749 \family typewriter
6750 cua.bind
6751 \family default
6752 .
6753 \end_layout
6754
6755 \begin_layout Standard
6756
6757 \family sans
6758 C-x d
6759 \family default
6760
6761 \family roman
6762 or
6763 \family default
6764
6765 \family sans
6766 C-x C-d
6767 \family default
6768  in
6769 \family default
6770
6771 \family typewriter
6772 emacs.bind
6773 \family default
6774 .
6775 \end_layout
6776
6777 \end_deeper
6778 \end_deeper
6779 \begin_layout Paragraph
6780 Purpose:
6781 \end_layout
6782
6783 \begin_layout Standard
6784 Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document.
6785 \end_layout
6786
6787 \begin_layout Paragraph
6788 Usage:
6789 \end_layout
6790
6791 \begin_layout Standard
6792 This function first opens a
6793 \family default
6794
6795 \family sans
6796 File Browser
6797 \family default
6798  window.
6799  You must now specify a new filename for the new document.
6800  You can use the
6801 \family default
6802
6803 \family sans
6804 File Browser
6805 \family default
6806  to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must
6807  be unique.
6808  The file cannot already exist.
6809 \end_layout
6810
6811 \begin_layout Paragraph
6812 See Also:
6813 \end_layout
6814
6815 \begin_layout Standard
6816 File Browser;
6817 \end_layout
6818
6819 \begin_layout Standard
6820 LyX Template Files;
6821 \end_layout
6822
6823 \begin_layout Standard
6824
6825 \emph on
6826 Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date.
6827  - jw
6828 \end_layout
6829
6830 \begin_layout Standard
6831 buffer-new-template; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
6832 \end_layout
6833
6834 \begin_layout Subsection
6835 buffer-new-template
6836 \end_layout
6837
6838 \begin_layout Description
6839 Default\InsetSpace ~
6840 Bindings:
6841 \end_layout
6842
6843 \begin_deeper
6844 \begin_layout List
6845 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6846
6847 \series bold
6848 Menu\InsetSpace ~
6849 -
6850 \series default
6851
6852 \family default
6853
6854 \family sans
6855 \bar under
6856 F
6857 \bar default
6858 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6859 New from
6860 \bar default
6861 \family default
6862
6863 \family sans
6864 \bar under
6865 t
6866 \bar default
6867 emplate
6868 \end_layout
6869
6870 \begin_layout List
6871 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
6872
6873 \series bold
6874 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
6875 -
6876 \series default
6877
6878 \family default
6879
6880 \family sans
6881 M-f t
6882 \family default
6883
6884 (standard).
6885 \end_layout
6886
6887 \begin_deeper
6888 \begin_layout Standard
6889
6890 \family sans
6891 C-N
6892 \family default
6893  in
6894 \family default
6895
6896 \family typewriter
6897 cua.bind
6898 \family default
6899 .
6900 \end_layout
6901
6902 \end_deeper
6903 \end_deeper
6904 \begin_layout Paragraph
6905 Purpose:
6906 \end_layout
6907
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 Opens a new buffer for a new LyX document with a template document.
6910 \end_layout
6911
6912 \begin_layout Paragraph
6913 Usage:
6914 \end_layout
6915
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6917 This function first opens a
6918 \family default
6919
6920 \family sans
6921 File Browser
6922 \family default
6923  window.
6924  You must now specify a new filename for the new document.
6925  You can use the
6926 \family default
6927
6928 \family sans
6929 File Browser
6930 \family default
6931  to choose the directory for the new file, but the file name itself must
6932  be unique.
6933  The file cannot already exist.
6934 \end_layout
6935
6936 \begin_layout Standard
6937 After you enter the filename and choose
6938 \family default
6939
6940 \family sans
6941 OK
6942 \family default
6943 , the
6944 \family default
6945
6946 \family sans
6947 File Browser
6948 \family default
6949  window opens again.
6950  This time, it has the title
6951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6952 \end_inset
6953
6954 Choose Template.
6955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6956 \end_inset
6957
6958  If you wish to use a LyX template file for this new document, use the
6959 \family default
6960
6961 \family sans
6962 File Browser
6963 \family default
6964  to choose one.
6965  Otherwise, hit the
6966 \family default
6967
6968 \family sans
6969 Cancel
6970 \family default
6971  button.
6972 \end_layout
6973
6974 \begin_layout Paragraph
6975 See Also:
6976 \end_layout
6977
6978 \begin_layout Standard
6979 File Browser;
6980 \end_layout
6981
6982 \begin_layout Standard
6983 LyX Template Files;
6984 \end_layout
6985
6986 \begin_layout Standard
6987
6988 \emph on
6989 Editor's Note: These first two will be added at a later date.
6990  - jw
6991 \end_layout
6992
6993 \begin_layout Standard
6994 buffer-new; buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
6995 \end_layout
6996
6997 \begin_layout Subsection
6998 buffer-open
6999 \end_layout
7000
7001 \begin_layout Description
7002 Default\InsetSpace ~
7003 Bindings:
7004 \end_layout
7005
7006 \begin_deeper
7007 \begin_layout List
7008 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7009
7010 \series bold
7011 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7012 -
7013 \series default
7014
7015 \family default
7016
7017 \family sans
7018 \bar under
7019 F
7020 \bar default
7021 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7022
7023 \bar under
7024 O
7025 \bar default
7026 pen
7027 \end_layout
7028
7029 \begin_layout List
7030 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7031
7032 \series bold
7033 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
7034 -
7035 \series default
7036  First button from the left.
7037
7038 \end_layout
7039
7040 \begin_deeper
7041 \begin_layout Standard
7042 File folder with an arrow.
7043
7044 \end_layout
7045
7046 \end_deeper
7047 \begin_layout List
7048 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7049
7050 \series bold
7051 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7052 -
7053 \series default
7054
7055 \family default
7056
7057 \family sans
7058 M-f o
7059 \family default
7060  (standard).
7061 \end_layout
7062
7063 \begin_deeper
7064 \begin_layout Standard
7065
7066 \family sans
7067 C-o
7068 \family default
7069  in
7070 \family default
7071
7072 \family typewriter
7073 cua.bind
7074 \family default
7075 .
7076 \end_layout
7077
7078 \begin_layout Standard
7079
7080 \family sans
7081 C-x f
7082 \family default
7083
7084 \family roman
7085 or
7086 \family default
7087
7088 \family sans
7089 C-x C-f
7090 \family default
7091  in
7092 \family default
7093
7094 \family typewriter
7095 emacs.bind
7096 \family default
7097 .
7098 \end_layout
7099
7100 \end_deeper
7101 \end_deeper
7102 \begin_layout Paragraph
7103 Purpose:
7104 \end_layout
7105
7106 \begin_layout Standard
7107 Opens an existing file and places it in a new buffer.
7108 \end_layout
7109
7110 \begin_layout Paragraph
7111 Usage:
7112 \end_layout
7113
7114 \begin_layout Standard
7115 This function opens a
7116 \family default
7117
7118 \family sans
7119 File Browser
7120 \family default
7121  window with the title
7122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7123 \end_inset
7124
7125 Document to Open.
7126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7127 \end_inset
7128
7129  Choose the file to open and hit
7130 \family default
7131
7132 \family sans
7133 O
7134 \family default
7135 K\SpecialChar \@.
7136
7137 \end_layout
7138
7139 \begin_layout Paragraph
7140 See Also:
7141 \end_layout
7142
7143 \begin_layout Standard
7144 File Browser; [
7145 \emph on
7146 Editor's Note: To be added.
7147  - jw
7148 \emph default
7149
7150 ]
7151 \end_layout
7152
7153 \begin_layout Standard
7154 buffer-open; buffer-close; buffer-write; buffer-write-as.
7155 \end_layout
7156
7157 \begin_layout Subsection
7158 buffer-previous
7159 \end_layout
7160
7161 \begin_layout Description
7162 Default\InsetSpace ~
7163 Bindings:
7164 \end_layout
7165
7166 \begin_deeper
7167 \begin_layout List
7168 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7169
7170 \series bold
7171 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7172 -
7173 \series default
7174
7175 \family default
7176
7177 \family sans
7178 M-d p
7179 \family default
7180  (standard).
7181 \end_layout
7182
7183 \begin_deeper
7184 \begin_layout Standard
7185
7186 \family sans
7187 C-x b
7188 \family default
7189
7190 or
7191 \family default
7192
7193 \family sans
7194 C-x C-b
7195 \family default
7196  in
7197 \family default
7198
7199 \family typewriter
7200 emacs.bind
7201 \family default
7202 .
7203 \end_layout
7204
7205 \end_deeper
7206 \end_deeper
7207 \begin_layout Paragraph
7208 Purpose:
7209 \end_layout
7210
7211 \begin_layout Standard
7212 Changes from the current document to another open and previously viewed
7213  document.
7214
7215 \end_layout
7216
7217 \begin_layout Paragraph
7218 Usage:
7219 \end_layout
7220
7221 \begin_layout Standard
7222 Self-explanatory.
7223 \end_layout
7224
7225 \begin_layout Standard
7226 If only one document is open,
7227 \family default
7228
7229 \family typewriter
7230 buffer-previous
7231 \family default
7232  has no effect.
7233 \end_layout
7234
7235 \begin_layout Standard
7236 If more than two documents are open,
7237 \family default
7238
7239 \family typewriter
7240 buffer-previous
7241 \family default
7242  switches to whichever document you were last working on.
7243 \end_layout
7244
7245 \begin_layout Standard
7246 You can also switch between open documents using the
7247 \family default
7248
7249 \family sans
7250 Documents
7251 \family default
7252  menu.
7253 \end_layout
7254
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7256 Using
7257 \family default
7258
7259 \family typewriter
7260 buffer-previous
7261 \family default
7262  several times in a row switches back and forth between two documents.
7263  This is useful for cutting and pasting between two different documents.
7264 \end_layout
7265
7266 \begin_layout Paragraph
7267 See Also:
7268 \end_layout
7269
7270 \begin_layout Standard
7271 Documents Menu.
7272  [
7273 \emph on
7274 Ed.
7275  Note - to be added.
7276  -jw
7277 \emph default
7278 ]
7279 \end_layout
7280
7281 \begin_layout Subsection
7282 buffer-print
7283 \end_layout
7284
7285 \begin_layout Description
7286 Default\InsetSpace ~
7287 Bindings:
7288 \end_layout
7289
7290 \begin_deeper
7291 \begin_layout List
7292 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7293
7294 \series bold
7295 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7296 -
7297 \series default
7298
7299 \family default
7300
7301 \family sans
7302 \bar under
7303 F
7304 \bar default
7305 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7306
7307 \bar under
7308 P
7309 \bar default
7310 rint
7311 \end_layout
7312
7313 \begin_layout List
7314 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7315
7316 \series bold
7317 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
7318 -
7319 \series default
7320  Button #3 from the left.
7321
7322 \end_layout
7323
7324 \begin_deeper
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 A stylized printer.
7327 \end_layout
7328
7329 \end_deeper
7330 \begin_layout List
7331 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7332
7333 \series bold
7334 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7335 -
7336 \series default
7337
7338 \family default
7339
7340 \family sans
7341 M-f p
7342 \family default
7343  (standard).
7344 \end_layout
7345
7346 \begin_deeper
7347 \begin_layout Standard
7348
7349 \family sans
7350 C-
7351 \family default
7352 p in
7353 \family default
7354
7355 \family typewriter
7356 cua.
7357 \family default
7358 bind.
7359 \end_layout
7360
7361 \end_deeper
7362 \end_deeper
7363 \begin_layout Paragraph
7364 Purpose:
7365 \end_layout
7366
7367 \begin_layout Standard
7368 Prints the current document.
7369 \end_layout
7370
7371 \begin_layout Paragraph
7372 Usage:
7373 \end_layout
7374
7375 \begin_layout Standard
7376 This function opens the
7377 \family default
7378
7379 \family sans
7380 Print
7381 \family default
7382  panel, which allows print control via buttons and typed inputs; a buffer
7383  can be printed either to a file or to a spooled print device.
7384  When printing to a printer, the printer name you specify in the
7385 \family default
7386
7387 \family sans
7388 Printer
7389 \family default
7390  box must be configured for
7391 \family default
7392
7393 \family typewriter
7394 dvips
7395 \family default
7396 .
7397 \begin_inset Foot
7398 status collapsed
7399
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 This is explained in greater detail in
7402 \family default
7403
7404 \family typewriter
7405 UserGuide.lyx
7406 \family default
7407 .
7408 \end_layout
7409
7410 \end_inset
7411
7412  Most systems have
7413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7414 \end_inset
7415
7416
7417 \family typewriter
7418 ps
7419 \family default
7420
7421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7422 \end_inset
7423
7424  as their default PostScript® printer, for which
7425 \family default
7426
7427 \family typewriter
7428 dvips
7429 \family default
7430  comes preconfigured.
7431 \end_layout
7432
7433 \begin_layout Paragraph
7434 See Also:
7435 \end_layout
7436
7437 \begin_layout Standard
7438 The section on dvips in
7439 \family default
7440
7441 \family typewriter
7442 UserGuide.lyx;
7443 \end_layout
7444
7445 \begin_layout Standard
7446 Print panel; [
7447 \emph on
7448 Ed.
7449  Note - To be added.
7450  - jw.
7451 \emph default
7452 ]
7453 \end_layout
7454
7455 \begin_layout Standard
7456 buffer-view; buffer-view-ps.
7457 \end_layout
7458
7459 \begin_layout Subsection
7460 buffer-typeset
7461 \end_layout
7462
7463 \begin_layout Description
7464 Default\InsetSpace ~
7465 Bindings:
7466 \end_layout
7467
7468 \begin_deeper
7469 \begin_layout List
7470 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7471
7472 \series bold
7473 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7474 -
7475 \series default
7476
7477 \family default
7478
7479 \family sans
7480 \bar under
7481 F
7482 \bar default
7483 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7484
7485 \bar under
7486 U
7487 \bar default
7488 pdate dvi
7489 \end_layout
7490
7491 \begin_layout List
7492 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7493
7494 \series bold
7495 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7496 -
7497 \series default
7498
7499 \family default
7500
7501 \family sans
7502 M-f u
7503 \family default
7504
7505 (standard).
7506 \end_layout
7507
7508 \begin_deeper
7509 \begin_layout Standard
7510
7511 \family sans
7512 C-D
7513 \family default
7514  in
7515 \family default
7516
7517 \family typewriter
7518 cua.bind
7519 \family default
7520 .
7521 \end_layout
7522
7523 \begin_layout Standard
7524
7525 \family sans
7526 C-x r, C-x t, C-x C-r,
7527 \family default
7528
7529 \family roman
7530 or
7531 \family default
7532
7533 \family sans
7534 C-x C-t
7535 \family default
7536
7537 in
7538 \family default
7539
7540 \family typewriter
7541 emacs.bind
7542 \family default
7543 .
7544 \end_layout
7545
7546 \end_deeper
7547 \end_deeper
7548 \begin_layout Paragraph
7549 Purpose:
7550 \end_layout
7551
7552 \begin_layout Standard
7553 Updates the dvi file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX).
7554 \end_layout
7555
7556 \begin_layout Paragraph
7557 Usage:
7558 \end_layout
7559
7560 \begin_layout Standard
7561 A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer,
7562  and the file is processed with LaTeX.
7563  LaTeX messages are posted to the screen of the parent window, and approximate
7564  LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error
7565  box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on
7566  the error-box.
7567 \end_layout
7568
7569 \begin_layout Paragraph
7570 See Also:
7571 \end_layout
7572
7573 \begin_layout Standard
7574 error-next; buffer-typeset-ps.
7575
7576 \end_layout
7577
7578 \begin_layout Subsection
7579 buffer-typeset-ps
7580 \end_layout
7581
7582 \begin_layout Description
7583 Default\InsetSpace ~
7584 Bindings:
7585 \end_layout
7586
7587 \begin_deeper
7588 \begin_layout List
7589 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7590
7591 \series bold
7592 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7593 -
7594 \series default
7595
7596 \family default
7597
7598 \family sans
7599 \bar under
7600 F
7601 \bar default
7602 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7603 Updat
7604 \bar under
7605 e
7606 \bar default
7607 \family default
7608
7609 \family sans
7610 \bar default
7611 PostScript
7612 \end_layout
7613
7614 \begin_layout List
7615 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7616
7617 \series bold
7618 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7619 -
7620 \series default
7621
7622 \family default
7623
7624 \family sans
7625 M-f e
7626 \family default
7627
7628 (standard).
7629 \end_layout
7630
7631 \begin_deeper
7632 \begin_layout Standard
7633
7634 \family sans
7635 C-T
7636 \family default
7637  in
7638 \family default
7639
7640 \family typewriter
7641 cua.bind
7642 \family default
7643 .
7644 \end_layout
7645
7646 \end_deeper
7647 \end_deeper
7648 \begin_layout Paragraph
7649 Purpose:
7650 \end_layout
7651
7652 \begin_layout Standard
7653 Updates the PostScript® file for the current buffer (runs LaTeX and dvips).
7654 \end_layout
7655
7656 \begin_layout Paragraph
7657 Usage:
7658 \end_layout
7659
7660 \begin_layout Standard
7661 A LaTeX scratch file is created, based on the contents of the current buffer,
7662  and the file is processed with LaTeX.
7663  Then, dvips is run to produce a PostScript® version scratch file.
7664  LaTeX messages are posted to the screen of the parent window, and approximate
7665  LaTeX error locations are marked within the current buffer with an error
7666  box; the text of the actual LaTeX error can be displayed by clicking on
7667  the error-box.
7668 \end_layout
7669
7670 \begin_layout Paragraph
7671 See Also:
7672 \end_layout
7673
7674 \begin_layout Standard
7675 error-next; buffer-typeset.
7676
7677 \end_layout
7678
7679 \begin_layout Subsection
7680 buffer-view
7681 \end_layout
7682
7683 \begin_layout Description
7684 Default\InsetSpace ~
7685 Bindings:
7686 \end_layout
7687
7688 \begin_deeper
7689 \begin_layout List
7690 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7691
7692 \series bold
7693 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7694 -
7695 \series default
7696
7697 \family default
7698
7699 \family sans
7700 \bar under
7701 F
7702 \bar default
7703 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7704 View\InsetSpace ~
7705 (
7706 \bar under
7707 x
7708 \bar default
7709 dvi)
7710 \end_layout
7711
7712 \begin_layout List
7713 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7714
7715 \series bold
7716 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7717 -
7718 \series default
7719
7720 \family default
7721
7722 \family sans
7723 M-f d
7724 \family default
7725  (standard).
7726 \end_layout
7727
7728 \begin_deeper
7729 \begin_layout Standard
7730
7731 \family sans
7732 C-d
7733 \family default
7734  in
7735 \family default
7736
7737 \family typewriter
7738 cua.bind
7739 \family default
7740 .
7741 \end_layout
7742
7743 \begin_layout Standard
7744
7745 \family sans
7746 C-x p
7747 \family default
7748
7749 or
7750 \family default
7751
7752 \family sans
7753 C-x C-p
7754 \family default
7755  in
7756 \family default
7757
7758 \family typewriter
7759 emacs.bind
7760 \family default
7761 .
7762 \end_layout
7763
7764 \end_deeper
7765 \end_deeper
7766 \begin_layout Paragraph
7767 Purpose:
7768 \end_layout
7769
7770 \begin_layout Standard
7771 Views the current buffer with the
7772 \family default
7773
7774 \family typewriter
7775 xdvi
7776 \family default
7777  program.
7778 \end_layout
7779
7780 \begin_layout Paragraph
7781 Usage:
7782 \end_layout
7783
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and a
7786 \family default
7787
7788 \family typewriter
7789 xdvi
7790 \family default
7791  process window is then automatically created with which you can view the
7792  resulting
7793 \family default
7794
7795 \family typewriter
7796 dvi
7797 \family default
7798  file.
7799  If
7800 \family typewriter
7801
7802 \family default
7803
7804 any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process stops
7805  at that point and control is returned to LyX.
7806 \end_layout
7807
7808 \begin_layout Paragraph
7809 See Also:
7810 \end_layout
7811
7812 \begin_layout Standard
7813 buffer-print; buffer-view-ps.
7814 \end_layout
7815
7816 \begin_layout Subsection
7817 buffer-view-ps
7818 \end_layout
7819
7820 \begin_layout Description
7821 Default\InsetSpace ~
7822 Bindings:
7823 \end_layout
7824
7825 \begin_deeper
7826 \begin_layout List
7827 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7828
7829 \series bold
7830 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7831 -
7832 \series default
7833
7834 \family default
7835
7836 \family sans
7837 \bar under
7838 F
7839 \bar default
7840 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7841 View\InsetSpace ~
7842 (
7843 \bar under
7844 g
7845 \bar default
7846 hostview)
7847 \end_layout
7848
7849 \begin_layout List
7850 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7851
7852 \series bold
7853 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7854 -
7855 \series default
7856
7857 \family default
7858
7859 \family sans
7860 M-f g
7861 \family default
7862  (standard).
7863 \end_layout
7864
7865 \begin_deeper
7866 \begin_layout Standard
7867
7868 \family sans
7869 C-t
7870 \family default
7871  in
7872 \family default
7873
7874 \family typewriter
7875 cua.bind
7876 \family default
7877 .
7878 \end_layout
7879
7880 \begin_layout Standard
7881
7882 \family sans
7883 C-x g
7884 \family default
7885
7886 or
7887 \family default
7888
7889 \family sans
7890 C-x C-g
7891 \family default
7892  in
7893 \family default
7894
7895 \family typewriter
7896 emacs.bind
7897 \family default
7898 .
7899 \end_layout
7900
7901 \end_deeper
7902 \end_deeper
7903 \begin_layout Paragraph
7904 Purpose:
7905 \end_layout
7906
7907 \begin_layout Standard
7908 Views the current buffer with the
7909 \family default
7910
7911 \family typewriter
7912 ghostview
7913 \family default
7914  program.
7915 \end_layout
7916
7917 \begin_layout Paragraph
7918 Usage:
7919 \end_layout
7920
7921 \begin_layout Standard
7922 A LaTeX scratch file is created and processed, and
7923 \family default
7924
7925 \family typewriter
7926 dvips
7927 \family default
7928
7929 is run on the resulting
7930 \family default
7931
7932 \family typewriter
7933 dvi
7934 \family default
7935
7936 file to create a scratch PostScript® file.
7937  A
7938 \family default
7939
7940 \family typewriter
7941 ghostview
7942 \family default
7943  process window is then automatically created in which you can view your
7944  work essentially in the same form as if it were printed.
7945  If
7946 \family typewriter
7947
7948 \family default
7949
7950 any of these programs are not installed on your system, the process stops
7951  at that point and control is returned to LyX.
7952 \end_layout
7953
7954 \begin_layout Paragraph
7955 See Also:
7956 \end_layout
7957
7958 \begin_layout Standard
7959 buffer-print; buffer-view.
7960 \end_layout
7961
7962 \begin_layout Subsection
7963 buffer-write
7964 \end_layout
7965
7966 \begin_layout Description
7967 Default\InsetSpace ~
7968 Bindings:
7969 \end_layout
7970
7971 \begin_deeper
7972 \begin_layout List
7973 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7974
7975 \series bold
7976 Menu\InsetSpace ~
7977 -
7978 \series default
7979
7980 \family default
7981
7982 \family sans
7983 \bar under
7984 F
7985 \bar default
7986 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7987
7988 \bar under
7989 S
7990 \bar default
7991 ave
7992 \end_layout
7993
7994 \begin_layout List
7995 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
7996
7997 \series bold
7998 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
7999 -
8000 \series default
8001
8002 \family default
8003
8004 \family sans
8005 M-f s
8006 \family default
8007  (standard).
8008 \end_layout
8009
8010 \begin_deeper
8011 \begin_layout Standard
8012
8013 \family sans
8014 C-s
8015 \family default
8016  in
8017 \family default
8018
8019 \family typewriter
8020 cua.bind
8021 \family default
8022 .
8023 \newline
8024
8025 \family sans
8026 C-x s
8027 \family default
8028
8029 or
8030 \family default
8031
8032 \family sans
8033 C-x C-x
8034 \family default
8035  in
8036 \family default
8037
8038 \family typewriter
8039 emacs.bind.
8040 \end_layout
8041
8042 \end_deeper
8043 \end_deeper
8044 \begin_layout Paragraph
8045 Purpose:
8046 \end_layout
8047
8048 \begin_layout Standard
8049 Writes (saves) the current document to the original filename.
8050 \end_layout
8051
8052 \begin_layout Paragraph
8053 See Also:
8054 \end_layout
8055
8056 \begin_layout Standard
8057 buffer-write-as.
8058 \end_layout
8059
8060 \begin_layout Subsection
8061 buffer-write-as
8062 \end_layout
8063
8064 \begin_layout Description
8065 Default\InsetSpace ~
8066 Bindings:
8067 \end_layout
8068
8069 \begin_deeper
8070 \begin_layout List
8071 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8072
8073 \series bold
8074 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8075 -
8076 \series default
8077
8078 \family default
8079
8080 \family sans
8081 \bar under
8082 F
8083 \bar default
8084 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8085 Save\InsetSpace ~
8086
8087 \bar under
8088 A
8089 \bar default
8090 s
8091 \end_layout
8092
8093 \begin_layout List
8094 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8095
8096 \series bold
8097 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8098 -
8099 \series default
8100
8101 \family default
8102
8103 \family sans
8104 M-f a
8105 \family default
8106  (standard).
8107 \end_layout
8108
8109 \begin_deeper
8110 \begin_layout Standard
8111
8112 \family sans
8113 C-S
8114 \family default
8115  in
8116 \family default
8117
8118 \family typewriter
8119 cua.bind
8120 \family default
8121 .
8122 \end_layout
8123
8124 \begin_layout Standard
8125
8126 \family sans
8127 C-x w
8128 \family default
8129
8130 or
8131 \family default
8132
8133 \family sans
8134 C-x C-w
8135 \family default
8136  in
8137 \family default
8138
8139 \family typewriter
8140 emacs.bind
8141 \family default
8142 .
8143 \end_layout
8144
8145 \end_deeper
8146 \end_deeper
8147 \begin_layout Paragraph
8148 Purpose:
8149 \end_layout
8150
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8152 Saves the current buffer to a different filename than that of the file originall
8153 y opened.
8154 \end_layout
8155
8156 \begin_layout Paragraph
8157 Usage:
8158 \end_layout
8159
8160 \begin_layout Standard
8161 This function opens an browser window that allows you to specify a new filename
8162  for the document.
8163 \end_layout
8164
8165 \begin_layout Paragraph
8166 See Also:
8167 \end_layout
8168
8169 \begin_layout Standard
8170 buffer-write.
8171 \end_layout
8172
8173 \begin_layout Section
8174 C-E
8175 \end_layout
8176
8177 \begin_layout Subsection
8178 cancel
8179 \end_layout
8180
8181 \begin_layout Description
8182 Default\InsetSpace ~
8183 Bindings:
8184 \end_layout
8185
8186 \begin_deeper
8187 \begin_layout List
8188 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8189
8190 \series bold
8191 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8192 -
8193 \series default
8194
8195 \family default
8196
8197 \family sans
8198 Escape
8199 \family default
8200  in
8201 \family default
8202
8203 \family typewriter
8204 cua.bind
8205 \family default
8206 .
8207 \end_layout
8208
8209 \begin_deeper
8210 \begin_layout Standard
8211
8212 \family sans
8213 C-g
8214 \family default
8215  in
8216 \family default
8217
8218 \family typewriter
8219 emacs.bind
8220 \family default
8221 .
8222 \end_layout
8223
8224 \end_deeper
8225 \end_deeper
8226 \begin_layout Paragraph
8227 Purpose:
8228 \end_layout
8229
8230 \begin_layout Standard
8231 General cancel.
8232  Cancels the selection of a meta-key selection, a drop-down menu, or a pop-up
8233  window.
8234  Cancels entry of commands in the minibuffer.
8235  Also leaves math-mode.
8236 \end_layout
8237
8238 \begin_layout Paragraph
8239 Usage:
8240 \end_layout
8241
8242 \begin_layout Standard
8243
8244 \family typewriter
8245 Cancel
8246 \family default
8247  is the primary method of leaving math mode.
8248  Also, if a meta-key selection has been started, (for instance,
8249 \family default
8250
8251 \family sans
8252 M-c
8253 \family default
8254 ), pressing the
8255 \family default
8256
8257 \family typewriter
8258 \series medium
8259 cancel
8260 \family default
8261 \series bold
8262
8263 \series default
8264
8265 \series medium
8266 key will abort the selection.
8267  Similarly, if a
8268 \series default
8269
8270 \family default
8271
8272 \family typewriter
8273 find-replace
8274 \family default
8275  window is open, placi
8276 \series medium
8277 ng the cursor in the window and executing the
8278 \family default
8279 \series default
8280
8281 \series medium
8282 \family typewriter
8283 cancel
8284 \family default
8285 \series default
8286
8287 \series medium
8288 \family default
8289 function will close the window, or if a drop-down menu has been selected,
8290
8291 \family default
8292 \series default
8293
8294 \series medium
8295 \family typewriter
8296 cancel
8297 \family default
8298 \series default
8299
8300 \series medium
8301 \family default
8302 will close the menu.
8303  Lastly, if you are entering a command in the minibuffer,
8304 \family default
8305 \series default
8306
8307 \series medium
8308 \family typewriter
8309 cancel
8310 \family default
8311 \series default
8312  will abort entry and leave the minibuffer.
8313 \end_layout
8314
8315 \begin_layout Paragraph
8316 See Also:
8317 \end_layout
8318
8319 \begin_layout Standard
8320 command-execute; find-replace; math-mode.
8321 \end_layout
8322
8323 \begin_layout Subsection
8324 char-backward
8325 \end_layout
8326
8327 \begin_layout Description
8328 Default\InsetSpace ~
8329 Bindings:
8330 \end_layout
8331
8332 \begin_deeper
8333 \begin_layout List
8334 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8335
8336 \series bold
8337 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8338 -
8339 \series default
8340
8341 \family default
8342
8343 \family sans
8344 Left
8345 \family default
8346  (standard).
8347 \end_layout
8348
8349 \begin_deeper
8350 \begin_layout Standard
8351
8352 \family sans
8353 C-b
8354 \family default
8355  in
8356 \family default
8357
8358 \family typewriter
8359 emacs.bind
8360 \family default
8361 .
8362 \end_layout
8363
8364 \end_deeper
8365 \end_deeper
8366 \begin_layout Paragraph
8367 Purpose:
8368 \end_layout
8369
8370 \begin_layout Standard
8371 Moves the cursor to the left by one character.
8372  At the beginning of the line the cursor will move to the end of the previous
8373  line.
8374 \end_layout
8375
8376 \begin_layout Paragraph
8377 See Also:
8378 \end_layout
8379
8380 \begin_layout Standard
8381 char-forward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward;
8382  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
8383  buffer-end.
8384 \end_layout
8385
8386 \begin_layout Subsection
8387 char-forward
8388 \end_layout
8389
8390 \begin_layout Description
8391 Default\InsetSpace ~
8392 Bindings:
8393 \end_layout
8394
8395 \begin_deeper
8396 \begin_layout List
8397 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8398
8399 \series bold
8400 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8401 -
8402 \series default
8403
8404 \family default
8405
8406 \family sans
8407 Right
8408 \family default
8409  (standard).
8410 \end_layout
8411
8412 \begin_deeper
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414
8415 \family sans
8416 C-f
8417 \family default
8418
8419 in
8420 \family default
8421
8422 \family typewriter
8423 emacs.bind.
8424 \end_layout
8425
8426 \end_deeper
8427 \end_deeper
8428 \begin_layout Paragraph
8429 Purpose:
8430 \end_layout
8431
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8433 Moves the cursor to the right by one character.
8434  At the end of the line the cursor will move to the beginning of the next
8435  line.
8436 \end_layout
8437
8438 \begin_layout Paragraph
8439 See Also:
8440 \end_layout
8441
8442 \begin_layout Standard
8443 char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end; tab-forward;
8444  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
8445  buffer-end.
8446 \end_layout
8447
8448 \begin_layout Subsection
8449 command-execute
8450 \end_layout
8451
8452 \begin_layout Description
8453 Default\InsetSpace ~
8454 Bindings:
8455 \end_layout
8456
8457 \begin_deeper
8458 \begin_layout List
8459 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8460
8461 \series bold
8462 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8463 -
8464 \series default
8465
8466 \family default
8467
8468 \family sans
8469 M-x
8470 \family default
8471  in
8472 \family default
8473
8474 \family typewriter
8475 cua.bind
8476 \family default
8477  and
8478 \family default
8479
8480 \family typewriter
8481 emacs.bind
8482 \family default
8483 .
8484 \end_layout
8485
8486 \end_deeper
8487 \begin_layout Paragraph
8488 Purpose:
8489 \end_layout
8490
8491 \begin_layout Standard
8492 Executes a LyX function.
8493 \end_layout
8494
8495 \begin_layout Paragraph
8496 Usage:
8497 \end_layout
8498
8499 \begin_layout Standard
8500 After you invoke
8501 \family default
8502
8503 \family typewriter
8504 command-execute
8505 \family default
8506 , a cursor will appear in the minibuffer.
8507  Type the name of a LyX function.
8508  If the function takes any arguments, you can type them in after the function
8509  name, using a space to separate the two.
8510  Then hit
8511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8512 \end_inset
8513
8514 Return.
8515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8516 \end_inset
8517
8518  You can use
8519 \family default
8520
8521 \family sans
8522 tab
8523 \family default
8524  to auto-complete commands.
8525 \end_layout
8526
8527 \begin_layout Paragraph
8528 Examples:
8529 \end_layout
8530
8531 \begin_layout Itemize
8532 Example #1:
8533 \end_layout
8534
8535 \begin_deeper
8536 \begin_layout Standard
8537 Click on the minibuffer with the mouse.
8538  Type
8539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8540 \end_inset
8541
8542 accent-acute
8543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8544 \end_inset
8545
8546  followed by the
8547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8548 \end_inset
8549
8550 Return
8551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8552 \end_inset
8553
8554  key.
8555  Now type the letter
8556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8557 \end_inset
8558
8559 u
8560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8561 \end_inset
8562
8563 .
8564  You should get the character
8565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8566 \end_inset
8567
8568 ú
8569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8570 \end_inset
8571
8572 .
8573 \end_layout
8574
8575 \end_deeper
8576 \begin_layout Itemize
8577 \noindent
8578 Example #2: Commands with Arguments:
8579 \end_layout
8580
8581 \begin_deeper
8582 \begin_layout Standard
8583 \noindent
8584 Type
8585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8586 \end_inset
8587
8588 M-x
8589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8590 \end_inset
8591
8592 .
8593  Now type
8594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8595 \end_inset
8596
8597 layout LyX-Code
8598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8599 \end_inset
8600
8601  followed by the
8602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8603 \end_inset
8604
8605 Return
8606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8607 \end_inset
8608
8609  key.
8610  The current paragraph will now be in the LyX-Code environment.
8611  You could have specified any other valid paragraph environment as an argument
8612  to the
8613 \family default
8614
8615 \family typewriter
8616 layout
8617 \family default
8618  command.
8619 \end_layout
8620
8621 \end_deeper
8622 \begin_layout Paragraph
8623 See Also:
8624 \end_layout
8625
8626 \begin_layout Standard
8627 accent-acute; layout.
8628 \end_layout
8629
8630 \begin_layout Subsection
8631 command-prefix
8632 \end_layout
8633
8634 \begin_layout Description
8635 Default\InsetSpace ~
8636 Bindings:
8637 \end_layout
8638
8639 \begin_deeper
8640 \begin_layout List
8641 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8642
8643 \series bold
8644 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8645 -
8646 \series default
8647  ?
8648 \end_layout
8649
8650 \begin_layout List
8651 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8652
8653 \series bold
8654 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
8655 -
8656 \series default
8657  ?
8658 \end_layout
8659
8660 \begin_layout List
8661 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8662
8663 \series bold
8664 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8665 -
8666 \series default
8667  ?
8668 \end_layout
8669
8670 \end_deeper
8671 \begin_layout Paragraph
8672 Purpose:
8673 \end_layout
8674
8675 \begin_layout Standard
8676 ?
8677 \end_layout
8678
8679 \begin_layout Paragraph
8680 Usage:
8681 \end_layout
8682
8683 \begin_layout Standard
8684 ?
8685 \end_layout
8686
8687 \begin_layout Paragraph
8688 Examples:
8689 \end_layout
8690
8691 \begin_layout Standard
8692 ?
8693 \end_layout
8694
8695 \begin_layout Paragraph
8696 See Also:
8697 \end_layout
8698
8699 \begin_layout Standard
8700 ?
8701 \end_layout
8702
8703 \begin_layout Subsection
8704 copy
8705 \end_layout
8706
8707 \begin_layout Description
8708 Default\InsetSpace ~
8709 Bindings:
8710 \end_layout
8711
8712 \begin_deeper
8713 \begin_layout List
8714 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8715
8716 \series bold
8717 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8718 -
8719 \series default
8720
8721 \family default
8722
8723 \family sans
8724 \bar under
8725 E
8726 \bar default
8727 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8728 C
8729 \bar under
8730 o
8731 \bar default
8732 py
8733 \end_layout
8734
8735 \begin_layout List
8736 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8737
8738 \series bold
8739 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
8740 -
8741 \series default
8742  Fifth button from the left.
8743 \end_layout
8744
8745 \begin_deeper
8746 \begin_layout Standard
8747 Two pages with a + sign.
8748 \end_layout
8749
8750 \end_deeper
8751 \begin_layout List
8752 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8753
8754 \series bold
8755 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8756 -
8757 \series default
8758
8759 \family default
8760
8761 \family sans
8762 M-e o
8763 \family default
8764  (standard).
8765 \end_layout
8766
8767 \begin_deeper
8768 \begin_layout Standard
8769
8770 \family sans
8771 C-c
8772 \family default
8773  or
8774 \family default
8775
8776 \family sans
8777 C-Insert
8778 \family default
8779
8780 in
8781 \family default
8782
8783 \family typewriter
8784 cua.bind
8785 \family default
8786 .
8787 \end_layout
8788
8789 \begin_layout Standard
8790
8791 \family sans
8792 M-w
8793 \family default
8794  in
8795 \family default
8796
8797 \family typewriter
8798 emacs.bind
8799 \family default
8800 .
8801 \end_layout
8802
8803 \end_deeper
8804 \end_deeper
8805 \begin_layout Paragraph
8806 Purpose:
8807 \end_layout
8808
8809 \begin_layout Standard
8810 Places a copy of the previously selected text into the paste buffer.
8811 \end_layout
8812
8813 \begin_layout Paragraph
8814 Usage:
8815 \end_layout
8816
8817 \begin_layout Standard
8818 Select text, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection commands,
8819  then either execute
8820 \family default
8821
8822 \family typewriter
8823 cut
8824 \family default
8825  by either following the menu commands or pressing the appropriate keystrokes.
8826 \end_layout
8827
8828 \begin_layout Paragraph
8829 See Also:
8830 \end_layout
8831
8832 \begin_layout Standard
8833 cut; paste.
8834 \end_layout
8835
8836 \begin_layout Subsection
8837 cut
8838 \end_layout
8839
8840 \begin_layout Description
8841 Default\InsetSpace ~
8842 Bindings:
8843 \end_layout
8844
8845 \begin_deeper
8846 \begin_layout List
8847 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8848
8849 \series bold
8850 Menu\InsetSpace ~
8851 -
8852 \series default
8853
8854 \family default
8855
8856 \family sans
8857 \bar under
8858 E
8859 \bar default
8860 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8861
8862 \bar under
8863 C
8864 \bar default
8865 ut
8866 \end_layout
8867
8868 \begin_layout List
8869 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8870
8871 \series bold
8872 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
8873 -
8874 \series default
8875  Sixth button from the left.
8876 \end_layout
8877
8878 \begin_deeper
8879 \begin_layout Standard
8880 An open pair of scissors.
8881 \end_layout
8882
8883 \end_deeper
8884 \begin_layout List
8885 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8886
8887 \series bold
8888 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8889 -
8890 \series default
8891
8892 \family default
8893
8894 \family sans
8895 M-e c
8896 \family default
8897  (standard).
8898 \end_layout
8899
8900 \begin_deeper
8901 \begin_layout Standard
8902
8903 \family sans
8904 C-x
8905 \family default
8906
8907 \family roman
8908 or
8909 \family default
8910
8911 \family sans
8912 S-Delete
8913 \family default
8914
8915 in
8916 \family default
8917
8918 \family typewriter
8919 cua.bind
8920 \family default
8921 .
8922 \end_layout
8923
8924 \begin_layout Standard
8925
8926 \family sans
8927 C-w
8928 \family default
8929
8930 in
8931 \family default
8932
8933 \family typewriter
8934 emacs.bind
8935 \family default
8936 .
8937 \end_layout
8938
8939 \end_deeper
8940 \end_deeper
8941 \begin_layout Paragraph
8942 Purpose:
8943 \end_layout
8944
8945 \begin_layout Standard
8946 Removes previously selected text and places the removed text into the copy
8947  paste buffer.
8948 \end_layout
8949
8950 \begin_layout Paragraph
8951 Usage:
8952 \end_layout
8953
8954 \begin_layout Standard
8955 Select text to be removed, either with the mouse cursor or by motion selection
8956  commands, then execute
8957 \family default
8958
8959 \family typewriter
8960 copy
8961 \family default
8962  by either following the menu commands, selecting the toolbar icon, or pressing
8963  the appropriate keystrokes.
8964 \end_layout
8965
8966 \begin_layout Paragraph
8967 See Also:
8968 \end_layout
8969
8970 \begin_layout Standard
8971 copy; paste.
8972 \end_layout
8973
8974 \begin_layout Subsection
8975 delete-backward
8976 \end_layout
8977
8978 \begin_layout Description
8979 Default\InsetSpace ~
8980 Bindings:
8981 \end_layout
8982
8983 \begin_deeper
8984 \begin_layout List
8985 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
8986
8987 \series bold
8988 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
8989 -
8990 \series default
8991
8992 \family default
8993
8994 \family sans
8995 Backspace
8996 \family default
8997  .
8998 \end_layout
8999
9000 \end_deeper
9001 \begin_layout Paragraph
9002 Purpose:
9003 \end_layout
9004
9005 \begin_layout Standard
9006 Deletes the character to the left of the cursor.
9007 \end_layout
9008
9009 \begin_layout Paragraph
9010 Usage:
9011 \end_layout
9012
9013 \begin_layout Standard
9014 Self-explanatory.
9015  If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, two things may happen.
9016  First, if the previous and current paragraph have the same type of paragraph
9017  environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs.
9018  If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not
9019 \begin_inset Foot
9020 status collapsed
9021
9022 \begin_layout Standard
9023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9024 \end_inset
9025
9026 most likely not
9027 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9028 \end_inset
9029
9030  means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved.
9031  Play around and see what happens.
9032 \end_layout
9033
9034 \end_inset
9035
9036  join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line.
9037 \end_layout
9038
9039 \begin_layout Paragraph
9040 See Also:
9041 \end_layout
9042
9043 \begin_layout Standard
9044 delete-forward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forward;
9045  line-delete-backward.
9046 \end_layout
9047
9048 \begin_layout Subsection
9049 delete-forward
9050 \end_layout
9051
9052 \begin_layout Description
9053 Default\InsetSpace ~
9054 Bindings:
9055 \end_layout
9056
9057 \begin_deeper
9058 \begin_layout List
9059 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9060
9061 \series bold
9062 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9063 -
9064 \series default
9065
9066 \family default
9067
9068 \family sans
9069 Delete
9070 \family default
9071  (standard).
9072 \newline
9073
9074 \family sans
9075 C-d
9076 \family default
9077  in
9078 \family default
9079
9080 \family typewriter
9081 emacs.bind
9082 \family default
9083 .
9084 \end_layout
9085
9086 \end_deeper
9087 \begin_layout Paragraph
9088 Purpose:
9089 \end_layout
9090
9091 \begin_layout Standard
9092 Deletes the character to the right of the cursor.
9093
9094 \end_layout
9095
9096 \begin_layout Paragraph
9097 Usage:
9098 \end_layout
9099
9100 \begin_layout Standard
9101 Self-explanatory.
9102  If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, two things may happen.
9103  First, if the next and current paragraph have the same type of paragraph
9104  environment, LyX joins the two paragraphs.
9105  If the two have different environment types, LyX will most likely not
9106 \begin_inset Foot
9107 status collapsed
9108
9109 \begin_layout Standard
9110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9111 \end_inset
9112
9113 most likely not
9114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9115 \end_inset
9116
9117  means that the action depends on the specific paragraph environments involved.
9118  Play around and see what happens.
9119 \end_layout
9120
9121 \end_inset
9122
9123  join them and simply move the cursor to the end of the preceding line.
9124 \end_layout
9125
9126 \begin_layout Paragraph
9127 See Also:
9128 \end_layout
9129
9130 \begin_layout Standard
9131 delete-backward; word-delete-forward; word-delete-backward; line-delete-forward;
9132  line-delete-backward.
9133 \end_layout
9134
9135 \begin_layout Subsection
9136 depth-decrement
9137 \end_layout
9138
9139 \begin_layout Description
9140 Default\InsetSpace ~
9141 Bindings:
9142 \end_layout
9143
9144 \begin_deeper
9145 \begin_layout List
9146 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9147
9148 \series bold
9149 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9150 -
9151 \series default
9152
9153 \family default
9154
9155 \family sans
9156 M-p Left
9157 \family default
9158
9159 (standard).
9160 \end_layout
9161
9162 \begin_deeper
9163 \begin_layout Standard
9164
9165 \family sans
9166 M-S-Left
9167 \family default
9168  in
9169 \family default
9170
9171 \family typewriter
9172 cua.bind
9173 \family default
9174 .
9175 \end_layout
9176
9177 \end_deeper
9178 \end_deeper
9179 \begin_layout Paragraph
9180 Purpose:
9181 \end_layout
9182
9183 \begin_layout Standard
9184 To decrease the paragraph environment depth.
9185 \end_layout
9186
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 \noindent
9189 To un-nest two nested paragraph environments.
9190 \end_layout
9191
9192 \begin_layout Paragraph
9193 Usage:
9194 \end_layout
9195
9196 \begin_layout Standard
9197 To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that
9198  paragraph and invoke
9199 \family default
9200
9201 \family typewriter
9202 depth-decrement
9203 \family default
9204 .
9205  If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group
9206  with the mouse and then invoke
9207 \family default
9208
9209 \family typewriter
9210 depth-decrement
9211 \family default
9212 .
9213
9214 \end_layout
9215
9216 \begin_layout Standard
9217 This command
9218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9219 \end_inset
9220
9221 wraps.
9222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9223 \end_inset
9224
9225  Namely, if you reach the outermost environment depth,
9226 \family default
9227
9228 \family typewriter
9229 depth-decrement
9230 \family default
9231  move the paragraph to the innermost environment depth.
9232 \end_layout
9233
9234 \begin_layout Paragraph
9235 See Also:
9236 \end_layout
9237
9238 \begin_layout Standard
9239 depth-next; depth-increment.
9240 \end_layout
9241
9242 \begin_layout Subsection
9243 depth-increment
9244 \end_layout
9245
9246 \begin_layout Description
9247 Default\InsetSpace ~
9248 Bindings:
9249 \end_layout
9250
9251 \begin_deeper
9252 \begin_layout List
9253 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9254
9255 \series bold
9256 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9257 -
9258 \series default
9259
9260 \family default
9261
9262 \family sans
9263 \bar under
9264 L
9265 \bar default
9266 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9267 Change\InsetSpace ~
9268 En
9269 \bar under
9270 v
9271 \bar default
9272 ironment\InsetSpace ~
9273 Depth
9274 \end_layout
9275
9276 \begin_layout List
9277 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9278
9279 \series bold
9280 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
9281 -
9282 \series default
9283  Fifth button from the right.
9284
9285 \end_layout
9286
9287 \begin_deeper
9288 \begin_layout Standard
9289 Icon indicates doubly indented text bounded by arrows.
9290 \end_layout
9291
9292 \end_deeper
9293 \begin_layout List
9294 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9295
9296 \series bold
9297 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9298 -
9299 \series default
9300
9301 \family default
9302
9303 \family sans
9304 M-p Right
9305 \family default
9306
9307 (standard).
9308 \end_layout
9309
9310 \begin_deeper
9311 \begin_layout Standard
9312
9313 \family sans
9314 M-S-Right
9315 \family default
9316  in
9317 \family default
9318
9319 \family typewriter
9320 cua.bind
9321 \family default
9322 .
9323 \end_layout
9324
9325 \end_deeper
9326 \end_deeper
9327 \begin_layout Paragraph
9328 Purpose:
9329 \end_layout
9330
9331 \begin_layout Standard
9332 To increase the paragraph environment depth.
9333 \end_layout
9334
9335 \begin_layout Standard
9336 \noindent
9337 To nest two paragraph environments.
9338 \end_layout
9339
9340 \begin_layout Paragraph
9341 Usage:
9342 \end_layout
9343
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9345 To change the depth of a single paragraph, simply move the cursor into that
9346  paragraph and invoke
9347 \family default
9348
9349 \family typewriter
9350 depth-increment
9351 \family default
9352 .
9353  If you want to change the depth of a group of paragraphs, select the group
9354  with the mouse and then invoke
9355 \family default
9356
9357 \family typewriter
9358 depth-increment
9359 \family default
9360 .
9361
9362 \end_layout
9363
9364 \begin_layout Standard
9365 This command
9366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9367 \end_inset
9368
9369 wraps.
9370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9371 \end_inset
9372
9373  Namely, if you reach the innermost environment depth,
9374 \family default
9375
9376 \family typewriter
9377 depth-increment
9378 \family default
9379  move the paragraph to the outermost environment depth.
9380 \end_layout
9381
9382 \begin_layout Paragraph
9383 See Also:
9384 \end_layout
9385
9386 \begin_layout Standard
9387 depth-decrement; depth-next.
9388 \end_layout
9389
9390 \begin_layout Subsection
9391 depth-next
9392 \end_layout
9393
9394 \begin_layout Description
9395 Default\InsetSpace ~
9396 Bindings:
9397 \end_layout
9398
9399 \begin_deeper
9400 \begin_layout List
9401 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9402
9403 \series bold
9404 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9405 -
9406 \series default
9407
9408 \family default
9409
9410 \family sans
9411 M-l v
9412 \family default
9413 .
9414 \end_layout
9415
9416 \end_deeper
9417 \begin_layout Paragraph
9418 Purpose:
9419 \end_layout
9420
9421 \begin_layout Standard
9422 This command is simply an alias for
9423 \family default
9424
9425 \family typewriter
9426 depth-increment
9427 \family default
9428 .
9429
9430 \end_layout
9431
9432 \begin_layout Paragraph
9433 See Also:
9434 \end_layout
9435
9436 \begin_layout Standard
9437 depth-increment.
9438 \end_layout
9439
9440 \begin_layout Subsection
9441 down
9442 \end_layout
9443
9444 \begin_layout Description
9445 Default\InsetSpace ~
9446 Bindings:
9447 \end_layout
9448
9449 \begin_deeper
9450 \begin_layout List
9451 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9452
9453 \series bold
9454 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9455 -
9456 \series default
9457
9458 \family default
9459
9460 \family sans
9461 Down
9462 \family default
9463  (standard).
9464 \end_layout
9465
9466 \begin_deeper
9467 \begin_layout Standard
9468
9469 \family sans
9470 C-n
9471 \family default
9472  in
9473 \family default
9474
9475 \family typewriter
9476 emacs.bind
9477 \family default
9478 .
9479 \end_layout
9480
9481 \end_deeper
9482 \end_deeper
9483 \begin_layout Paragraph
9484 Purpose:
9485 \end_layout
9486
9487 \begin_layout Standard
9488 Moves the cursor down one line.
9489  If the cursor starting-position is at the bottom of the screen-display,
9490  the buffer scrolls upward to display the new current line about 1/4 of
9491  the screen-height from the bottom of the screen.
9492 \end_layout
9493
9494 \begin_layout Paragraph
9495 See Also:
9496 \end_layout
9497
9498 \begin_layout Standard
9499 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
9500  tab-forward; up; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
9501 \end_layout
9502
9503 \begin_layout Subsection
9504 down-select
9505 \end_layout
9506
9507 \begin_layout Description
9508 Default\InsetSpace ~
9509 Bindings:
9510 \end_layout
9511
9512 \begin_deeper
9513 \begin_layout List
9514 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9515
9516 \series bold
9517 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9518 -
9519 \series default
9520
9521 \family default
9522
9523 \family sans
9524 S-Down
9525 \family default
9526
9527 \end_layout
9528
9529 \end_deeper
9530 \begin_layout Paragraph
9531 Purpose:
9532 \end_layout
9533
9534 \begin_layout Standard
9535 To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one
9536  line down.
9537  If the next line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply moves
9538  to the end of the next line.
9539 \end_layout
9540
9541 \begin_layout Paragraph
9542 See Also:
9543 \end_layout
9544
9545 \begin_layout Standard
9546 down;
9547 \end_layout
9548
9549 \begin_layout Standard
9550 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-s
9551 elect; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
9552  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
9553 \end_layout
9554
9555 \begin_layout Subsection
9556 drop-layouts-choice
9557 \end_layout
9558
9559 \begin_layout Description
9560 Default\InsetSpace ~
9561 Bindings:
9562 \end_layout
9563
9564 \begin_deeper
9565 \begin_layout List
9566 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9567
9568 \series bold
9569 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9570 -
9571 \series default
9572
9573 \family default
9574
9575 \family sans
9576 M-p c
9577 \family default
9578  (standard).
9579 \end_layout
9580
9581 \end_deeper
9582 \begin_layout Paragraph
9583 Purpose:
9584 \end_layout
9585
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9587 Opens up the combobox for selecting paragraph environments, which is to
9588  the left of the toolbar.
9589 \end_layout
9590
9591 \begin_layout Paragraph
9592 Usage:
9593 \end_layout
9594
9595 \begin_layout Standard
9596 Once the combobox is open, you can use the cursor keys to select a new paragraph
9597  environment.
9598  Hitting
9599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9600 \end_inset
9601
9602 Return
9603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9604 \end_inset
9605
9606  chooses the paragraph environment currently highlighted.
9607  Hitting
9608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9609 \end_inset
9610
9611 Escape
9612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9613 \end_inset
9614
9615  cancels the operation and closes the combobox.
9616 \end_layout
9617
9618 \begin_layout Paragraph
9619 See Also:
9620 \end_layout
9621
9622 \begin_layout Standard
9623 layout.
9624 \end_layout
9625
9626 \begin_layout Subsection
9627 error-next
9628 \end_layout
9629
9630 \begin_layout Description
9631 Default\InsetSpace ~
9632 Bindings:
9633 \end_layout
9634
9635 \begin_deeper
9636 \begin_layout List
9637 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9638
9639 \series bold
9640 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9641 -
9642 \series default
9643
9644 \family default
9645
9646 \family sans
9647 \bar under
9648 E
9649 \bar default
9650 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9651 Go\InsetSpace ~
9652 to\InsetSpace ~
9653
9654 \bar under
9655 E
9656 \bar default
9657 rror
9658 \end_layout
9659
9660 \begin_layout List
9661 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9662
9663 \series bold
9664 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9665 -
9666 \series default
9667
9668 \family default
9669
9670 \family sans
9671 M-e e
9672 \family default
9673  (standard).
9674 \end_layout
9675
9676 \begin_deeper
9677 \begin_layout Standard
9678
9679 \family sans
9680 C-g
9681 \family default
9682  in
9683 \family default
9684
9685 \family typewriter
9686 cua.bind
9687 \family default
9688 .
9689 \end_layout
9690
9691 \end_deeper
9692 \end_deeper
9693 \begin_layout Paragraph
9694 Purpose:
9695 \end_layout
9696
9697 \begin_layout Standard
9698 Find the next LaTeX error in the buffer.
9699
9700 \end_layout
9701
9702 \begin_layout Paragraph
9703 Usage:
9704 \end_layout
9705
9706 \begin_layout Standard
9707 You can only use this command under two conditions:
9708 \end_layout
9709
9710 \begin_layout Enumerate
9711 You've recently invoked
9712 \family default
9713
9714 \family typewriter
9715 buffer-typeset
9716 \family default
9717 ,
9718 \family default
9719
9720 \family typewriter
9721 buffer-typeset-ps
9722 \family default
9723 ,
9724 \family default
9725
9726 \family typewriter
9727 buffer-view
9728 \family default
9729 ,
9730 \family default
9731
9732 \family typewriter
9733 buffer-view-ps
9734 \family default
9735 ,
9736 \family default
9737
9738 \family typewriter
9739 buffer-chktex
9740 \family default
9741  or
9742 \family default
9743
9744 \family typewriter
9745 print
9746 \family default
9747  to run LaTeX on your document.
9748 \end_layout
9749
9750 \begin_layout Enumerate
9751 LaTeX found errors in the document.
9752 \end_layout
9753
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9755 If this happens, LyX will find the errors and mark them in the document
9756  with a box containing the word
9757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9758 \end_inset
9759
9760 Error
9761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9762 \end_inset
9763
9764 .
9765 \end_layout
9766
9767 \begin_layout Paragraph
9768 Examples:
9769 \end_layout
9770
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 It's not easy to provide an example for this one.
9773  If you don't know LaTeX, and never intend to insert any LaTeX code into
9774  your LyX documents, you might not need to worry about this command.
9775  It's here for those users who
9776 \emph default
9777
9778 \emph on
9779 do
9780 \emph default
9781  know LaTeX and might enter incorrect LaTeX code into their documents.
9782 \end_layout
9783
9784 \begin_layout Paragraph
9785 See Also:
9786 \end_layout
9787
9788 \begin_layout Standard
9789 buffer-typeset; buffer-typeset-ps; buffer-view; buffer-view-ps; buffer-chktex;
9790  print.
9791 \end_layout
9792
9793 \begin_layout Section
9794 F
9795 \end_layout
9796
9797 \begin_layout Subsection
9798 figure-insert
9799 \end_layout
9800
9801 \begin_layout Description
9802 Default\InsetSpace ~
9803 Bindings:
9804 \end_layout
9805
9806 \begin_deeper
9807 \begin_layout List
9808 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9809
9810 \series bold
9811 Menu\InsetSpace ~
9812 -
9813 \series default
9814
9815 \family default
9816
9817 \family sans
9818 \bar under
9819 I
9820 \bar default
9821 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9822 Fi
9823 \bar under
9824 g
9825 \bar default
9826 ure
9827 \end_layout
9828
9829 \begin_layout List
9830 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9831
9832 \series bold
9833 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
9834 -
9835 \series default
9836  Second button from the right.
9837 \newline
9838 A picture embedded in text.
9839 \end_layout
9840
9841 \begin_layout List
9842 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
9843
9844 \series bold
9845 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
9846 -
9847 \series default
9848
9849 \family default
9850
9851 \family sans
9852 M-i g
9853 \family default
9854
9855 \end_layout
9856
9857 \end_deeper
9858 \begin_layout Paragraph
9859 Purpose:
9860 \end_layout
9861
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9863 Insert graphics in the current document.
9864 \end_layout
9865
9866 \begin_layout Paragraph
9867 Usage:
9868 \end_layout
9869
9870 \begin_layout Standard
9871 This function opens the
9872 \family default
9873
9874 \family sans
9875 Figure
9876 \family default
9877  panel, which contains two options:
9878 \end_layout
9879
9880 \begin_layout Enumerate
9881 Encapsulated Postscript
9882 \end_layout
9883
9884 \begin_layout Enumerate
9885 Inlined EPS
9886 \end_layout
9887
9888 \begin_layout Standard
9889 You'll get slightly different behavior depending on which type you select.
9890 \begin_inset Foot
9891 status collapsed
9892
9893 \begin_layout Standard
9894 This panel previously had a third option,
9895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9896 \end_inset
9897
9898
9899 \family sans
9900 LaTeX or TeX
9901 \family default
9902
9903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9904 \end_inset
9905
9906 , for inclusion of LaTeX graphics.
9907  This function is now provided by means of the
9908 \family default
9909
9910 \family sans
9911 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9912 Include File menu entry.
9913 \end_layout
9914
9915 \end_inset
9916
9917
9918 \end_layout
9919
9920 \begin_layout Standard
9921 Placement is the difference in the two options.
9922
9923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9924 \end_inset
9925
9926
9927 \family sans
9928 Inlined EPS
9929 \family default
9930
9931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9932 \end_inset
9933
9934  inserts the graphics within the current line, as if it were a normal character.
9935  This can have remarkably bizarre results on the line spacing if the imported
9936  graphics is very tall.
9937  The other option,
9938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9939 \end_inset
9940
9941
9942 \family sans
9943 Encapsulated Postscript
9944 \family default
9945
9946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9947 \end_inset
9948
9949 , breaks the current line on either side of the figure, separating it from
9950  the text.
9951 \end_layout
9952
9953 \begin_layout Standard
9954 Note that this function merely creates a box for the appropriate graphics.
9955  You must still choose the file to import.
9956  For PostScript® files, double click on the box, which will initially contain
9957  only the letter
9958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9959 \end_inset
9960
9961 F
9962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9963 \end_inset
9964
9965 , to open the
9966 \family default
9967
9968 \family sans
9969 EPS Figure
9970 \family default
9971  panel.
9972  You can now use the options in the
9973 \family default
9974
9975 \family sans
9976 EPS Panel
9977 \family default
9978
9979 to select and even display an encapsulated PostScript® file.
9980
9981 \end_layout
9982
9983 \begin_layout Standard
9984
9985 \end_layout
9986
9987 \begin_layout Paragraph
9988 Examples:
9989 \end_layout
9990
9991 \begin_layout Standard
9992 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9993 \end_inset
9994
9995
9996 \end_layout
9997
9998 \begin_layout Standard
9999 Currently, none provided.
10000  This will change at some point in the future.
10001 \end_layout
10002
10003 \begin_layout Paragraph
10004 See Also:
10005 \end_layout
10006
10007 \begin_layout Standard
10008 EPS Figure panel.
10009  [
10010 \emph on
10011 Ed.
10012  Note - To be added.
10013  - jw.
10014 \emph default
10015 ]
10016 \end_layout
10017
10018 \begin_layout Subsection
10019 find-replace
10020 \end_layout
10021
10022 \begin_layout Description
10023 Default\InsetSpace ~
10024 Bindings:
10025 \end_layout
10026
10027 \begin_deeper
10028 \begin_layout List
10029 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10030
10031 \series bold
10032 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10033 -
10034 \series default
10035
10036 \family default
10037
10038 \family sans
10039 \bar under
10040 E
10041 \bar default
10042 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10043
10044 \bar under
10045 F
10046 \bar default
10047 ind\InsetSpace ~
10048 &\InsetSpace ~
10049 Replace
10050 \end_layout
10051
10052 \begin_layout List
10053 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10054
10055 \series bold
10056 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10057 -
10058 \series default
10059
10060 \family default
10061
10062 \family sans
10063 M-e f
10064 \family default
10065  (standard)
10066 \newline
10067
10068 \family sans
10069 C-f
10070 \family default
10071  in
10072 \family default
10073
10074 \family typewriter
10075 cua.bind
10076 \family default
10077
10078 \family roman
10079 or
10080 \family typewriter
10081
10082 \newline
10083
10084 \family sans
10085 C-s
10086 \family default
10087
10088 and
10089 \family default
10090
10091 \family sans
10092 M-%
10093 \family default
10094
10095 \family default
10096
10097 \family roman
10098 in
10099 \family default
10100
10101 \family typewriter
10102 emacs.bind.
10103 \end_layout
10104
10105 \end_deeper
10106 \begin_layout Paragraph
10107 Purpose:
10108 \end_layout
10109
10110 \begin_layout Standard
10111 To search for text and, if desired, replace it with other text.
10112 \end_layout
10113
10114 \begin_layout Paragraph
10115 Usage:
10116 \end_layout
10117
10118 \begin_layout Standard
10119 Invoking this command opens the
10120 \family default
10121
10122 \family sans
10123 Find\InsetSpace ~
10124 &\InsetSpace ~
10125 Replace
10126 \family default
10127  panel.
10128  All searches start at the current cursor position.
10129  The target text is placed in the
10130 \family default
10131
10132 \family sans
10133
10134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10135 \end_inset
10136
10137 find
10138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10139 \end_inset
10140
10141
10142 \family default
10143  box.
10144  The two arrow buttons choose the search direction.
10145  If LyX finds the text, the cursor moves to the text and remains at the
10146  new position.
10147  The target text may be optionally replaced with alternate text placed in
10148
10149 \family default
10150
10151 \family roman
10152 the
10153 \family default
10154
10155 \family sans
10156
10157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10158 \end_inset
10159
10160 replace
10161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10162 \end_inset
10163
10164
10165 \family default
10166  box.
10167 \end_layout
10168
10169 \begin_layout Standard
10170 The search is not case sensitive unless you have checked the
10171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10172 \end_inset
10173
10174 case sensitive
10175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10176 \end_inset
10177
10178  button.
10179  If you check the
10180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10181 \end_inset
10182
10183 Match word
10184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10185 \end_inset
10186
10187  button, then the search will only match on complete words, so
10188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10189 \end_inset
10190
10191 Manual
10192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10193 \end_inset
10194
10195  will not be found, when searching for
10196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10197 \end_inset
10198
10199 Manuals
10200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10201 \end_inset
10202
10203 .
10204 \end_layout
10205
10206 \begin_layout Paragraph
10207 See Also:
10208 \end_layout
10209
10210 \begin_layout Standard
10211 TBD\SpecialChar \@.
10212
10213 \end_layout
10214
10215 \begin_layout Subsection
10216 font-bold
10217 \end_layout
10218
10219 \begin_layout Description
10220 Default\InsetSpace ~
10221 Bindings:
10222 \end_layout
10223
10224 \begin_deeper
10225 \begin_layout List
10226 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10227
10228 \series bold
10229 Menu\InsetSpace ~
10230 -
10231 \series default
10232
10233 \family default
10234
10235 \family sans
10236 \bar under
10237 L
10238 \bar default
10239 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10240
10241 \bar under
10242 B
10243 \bar default
10244 old\InsetSpace ~
10245 Style
10246 \family default
10247  and
10248 \end_layout
10249
10250 \begin_deeper
10251 \begin_layout Standard
10252
10253 \family sans
10254 \bar under
10255 L
10256 \bar default
10257 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10258
10259 \bar under
10260 C
10261 \bar default
10262 haracter...
10263
10264 \family default
10265  to open the
10266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10267 \end_inset
10268
10269
10270 \family sans
10271 Character Layout
10272 \family default
10273
10274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10275 \end_inset
10276
10277  popup
10278 \end_layout
10279
10280 \begin_layout Description
10281 Character\InsetSpace ~
10282 Layout: option
10283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10284 \end_inset
10285
10286
10287 \family sans
10288 Bold
10289 \family default
10290
10291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10292 \end_inset
10293
10294  from the
10295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10296 \end_inset
10297
10298
10299 \family sans
10300 Series
10301 \family default
10302
10303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10304 \end_inset
10305
10306  list
10307 \end_layout
10308
10309 \end_deeper
10310 \begin_layout List
10311 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
10312
10313 \series bold
10314 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
10315 -
10316 \series default
10317
10318 \family default
10319
10320 \family sans
10321 M-l\InsetSpace ~
10322 c
10323 \family default
10324  [to open the
10325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10326 \end_inset
10327
10328
10329 \family sans
10330 Character Layout
10331 \family default
10332
10333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10334 \end_inset
10335
10336  popup]
10337 \end_layout
10338
10339 \begin_deeper
10340 \begin_layout Standard
10341
10342 \family sans
10343 M-l\InsetSpace ~
10344 b
10345 \family default
10346 , or
10347 \family default
10348
10349 \family sans
10350 M-c\InsetSpace ~
10351 b
10352 \family default
10353  (standard)
10354 \end_layout
10355
10356 \begin_layout Standard
10357
10358 \family sans
10359 C-b
10360 \family default
10361
10362 in
10363 \family default
10364
10365 \family typewriter
10366 cua.bind
10367 \family sans
10368 .
10369 \end_layout
10370
10371 \end_deeper
10372 \end_deeper
10373 \begin_layout Paragraph
10374 Purpose:
10375 \end_layout
10376
10377 \begin_layout Standard
10378 Changes the font to an emboldened series or, if the font is already emboldened,
10379  reverts to the default series.
10380 \end_layout
10381
10382 \begin_layout Paragraph
10383 Usage:
10384 \end_layout
10385
10386 \begin_layout Standard
10387 Rather than repeat the same thing for all 9 font selection functions, we'll
10388  describe the generic behavior of the font functions here.
10389  Some of the font commands have a toolbar button, others have a menu selection.
10390  All of them are in the
10391 \family default
10392
10393 \family sans
10394 Character Layout
10395 \family default
10396  popup.
10397 \end_layout
10398
10399 \begin_layout Standard
10400 All of the font commands do the following to words:
10401 \end_layout
10402
10403 \begin_layout Enumerate
10404 If the cursor is in the middle of a word [between two whitespaces], the
10405  entire word changes to the new font.
10406 \end_layout
10407
10408 \begin_layout Enumerate
10409 If the cursor is at the beginning or end of a word, the font commands only
10410  affect any subsequently typed text.
10411 \end_layout
10412
10413 \begin_layout Enumerate
10414 You can also tack text in a different font onto a word.
10415  Just move the cursor out of the word to shut off the font, otherwise, you'll
10416  change the whole word into a single font.
10417 \end_layout
10418
10419 \begin_layout Standard
10420 You can also change the font of a block of text by selecting it with the
10421  mouse [or with the keyboard] and then invoking the font command.
10422 \end_layout
10423
10424 \begin_layout Standard
10425 Eight of the font commands,
10426 \family default
10427
10428 \family typewriter
10429 font-code
10430 \family default
10431 ,
10432 \family default
10433
10434 \family typewriter
10435 font-emph
10436 \family default
10437 ,
10438 \family default
10439
10440 \family typewriter
10441 font-roman
10442 \family default
10443 ,
10444 \family default
10445
10446 \family typewriter
10447 font-sans
10448 \family default
10449 ,
10450 \family default
10451
10452 \family typewriter
10453 font-size
10454 \family default
10455 ,
10456 \family default
10457
10458 \family typewriter
10459 font-smallcaps
10460 \family default
10461 ,
10462 \family default
10463
10464 \family typewriter
10465 font-underline
10466 \family default
10467 , and
10468 \family default
10469
10470 \family typewriter
10471 font-bold
10472 \family default
10473 , are toggles.
10474  They will remove a font if text is already in it and deactivate a font
10475  if it's active.
10476 \end_layout
10477
10478 \begin_layout Standard
10479 LyX automatically uses the font of the word next to the cursor.
10480  If the cursor is in the middle of a word, it uses the font of the text
10481  to the right of the cursor.
10482 \end_layout
10483
10484 \begin_layout Standard
10485 One last thing: we've provided this function because LaTeX has a bold font
10486  series.
10487  We know that many users are used to using boldface for emphasis, and you
10488  can make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct command
10489  in the LaTeX preamble.
10490  However, we suggest that you use
10491 \family default
10492
10493 \family typewriter
10494 font-emph
10495 \family default
10496  to emphasize any text and only use
10497 \family default
10498
10499 \family typewriter
10500 font-bold
10501 \family default
10502  when appropriate.
10503 \begin_inset Foot
10504 status collapsed
10505
10506 \begin_layout Standard
10507 For example, to make reference to a vector in the body of the text, many
10508  mathematician use a bold series.
10509 \end_layout
10510
10511 \end_inset
10512
10513
10514 \end_layout
10515
10516 \begin_layout Paragraph
10517 Examples:
10518 \end_layout
10519
10520 \begin_layout Standard
10521 This is an example of a bold font series:
10522 \end_layout
10523
10524 \begin_layout Quotation
10525
10526 \series bold
10527 This is bold text.
10528 \end_layout
10529
10530 \begin_layout Standard
10531 Suppose you have this sentence:
10532 \end_layout
10533
10534 \begin_layout Quotation
10535 Here is some text.
10536 \end_layout
10537
10538 \begin_layout Standard
10539 If you put the cursor in the word
10540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10541 \end_inset
10542
10543 some
10544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10545 \end_inset
10546
10547  and invoke
10548 \family default
10549
10550 \family typewriter
10551 font-bold
10552 \family default
10553 , you get:
10554 \end_layout
10555
10556 \begin_layout Quotation
10557 Here is
10558 \series default
10559
10560 \series bold
10561 some
10562 \series default
10563  text.
10564 \end_layout
10565
10566 \begin_layout Standard
10567 If you take the first example, select the words
10568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10569 \end_inset
10570
10571 This is,
10572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10573 \end_inset
10574
10575  and invoke
10576 \family default
10577
10578 \family typewriter
10579 font-bold
10580 \family default
10581 , you get:
10582 \end_layout
10583
10584 \begin_layout Quotation
10585
10586 \series medium
10587 This is
10588 \series default
10589
10590 \series bold
10591 bold text.
10592 \end_layout
10593
10594 \begin_layout Standard
10595 Now put the cursor at the end of the word
10596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10597 \end_inset
10598
10599 text.
10600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10601 \end_inset
10602
10603  Delete the period, invoke
10604 \family default
10605
10606 \family typewriter
10607 font-bold
10608 \family default
10609 , and type in some text.
10610  You'll get:
10611 \end_layout
10612
10613 \begin_layout Quotation
10614 This is
10615 \series default
10616
10617 \series bold
10618 bold text
10619 \series default
10620
10621 \series medium
10622 and this is not.
10623 \end_layout
10624
10625 \begin_layout Standard
10626 If you take the sentence,
10627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10628 \end_inset
10629
10630 Here is some text,
10631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10632 \end_inset
10633
10634  put the cursor before the
10635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10636 \end_inset
10637
10638 t
10639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10640 \end_inset
10641
10642  in the word
10643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10644 \end_inset
10645
10646 text
10647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10648 \end_inset
10649
10650 , invoke
10651 \family default
10652
10653 \family typewriter
10654 font-bold
10655 \family default
10656 , and type in some text, you'll get:
10657 \end_layout
10658
10659 \begin_layout Quotation
10660 Here is some
10661 \series default
10662
10663 \series bold
10664 newly added
10665 \series default
10666
10667 text.
10668 \end_layout
10669
10670 \begin_layout Standard
10671 Now put the cursor after the
10672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10673 \end_inset
10674
10675 d
10676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10677 \end_inset
10678
10679  in
10680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10681 \end_inset
10682
10683 added
10684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10685 \end_inset
10686
10687 , and type
10688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10689 \end_inset
10690
10691  funky
10692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10693 \end_inset
10694
10695  [it's important that you type the spaces, too].
10696  You'll get:
10697 \end_layout
10698
10699 \begin_layout Quotation
10700 Here is some
10701 \series default
10702
10703 \series bold
10704 newly added funky
10705 \series default
10706
10707 text.
10708 \end_layout
10709
10710 \begin_layout Standard
10711 Lastly, we'll demonstrate mixed fonts.
10712  Again, start with the sentence,
10713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10714 \end_inset
10715
10716 Here is some text.
10717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10718 \end_inset
10719
10720  We can do the following:
10721 \end_layout
10722
10723 \begin_layout Quotation
10724 Here is some
10725 \series bold
10726 thing
10727 \series default
10728
10729 \series default
10730
10731 \series bold
10732 bold
10733 \series default
10734 text.
10735 \end_layout
10736
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10738 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10739 by 1) placing the cursor after the
10740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10741 \end_inset
10742
10743 e
10744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10745 \end_inset
10746
10747  in
10748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10749 \end_inset
10750
10751 some
10752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10753 \end_inset
10754
10755 ; 2) invoking
10756 \family default
10757
10758 \family typewriter
10759 font-bold
10760 \family default
10761 ; 3) typing
10762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10763 \end_inset
10764
10765 thing
10766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10767 \end_inset
10768
10769 ; 4) placing the cursor before the
10770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10771 \end_inset
10772
10773 t
10774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10775 \end_inset
10776
10777  in
10778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10779 \end_inset
10780
10781 text
10782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10783 \end_inset
10784
10785 ; 5) invoking
10786 \family default
10787
10788 \family typewriter
10789 font-bold
10790 \family default
10791 ; 6) typing
10792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10793 \end_inset
10794
10795 bold
10796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10797 \end_inset
10798
10799 ; and 7) moving the cursor out of the word.
10800
10801 \end_layout
10802
10803 \begin_layout Standard
10804 The last step automatically shuts off the bold font.
10805  LyX automatically uses the font of the current word [the word next to the
10806  cursor].
10807  If you had not moved the cursor, but instead tried to turn off bold font
10808  by invoking
10809 \family default
10810
10811 \family typewriter
10812 font-bold
10813 \family default
10814  again,
10815 \end_layout
10816
10817 \begin_layout Quotation
10818 Here is some
10819 \series bold
10820 thing
10821 \series default
10822
10823 \series default
10824
10825 \series bold
10826 boldtext
10827 \series default
10828 .
10829 \end_layout
10830
10831 \begin_layout Standard
10832 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10833 would have been the result.
10834  If you'd tried to turn off bold font by invoking
10835 \family default
10836
10837 \family typewriter
10838 font-default
10839 \family default
10840 ,
10841 \end_layout
10842
10843 \begin_layout Quotation
10844 Here is some
10845 \series bold
10846 thing
10847 \series default
10848  boldtext.
10849 \end_layout
10850
10851 \begin_layout Standard
10852 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
10853 would have been the result.
10854  Now let's return to:
10855 \end_layout
10856
10857 \begin_layout Quotation
10858 Here is some
10859 \series bold
10860 thing
10861 \series default
10862
10863 \series default
10864
10865 \series bold
10866 bold
10867 \series default
10868 text.
10869 \end_layout
10870
10871 \begin_layout Standard
10872 We'll try adding text in the middle of the words.
10873  Put the cursor between the
10874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10875 \end_inset
10876
10877 e
10878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10879 \end_inset
10880
10881  and the
10882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10883 \end_inset
10884
10885 t
10886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10887 \end_inset
10888
10889  in
10890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10891 \end_inset
10892
10893 some
10894 \series bold
10895 thing
10896 \series default
10897
10898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10899 \end_inset
10900
10901 , type
10902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10903 \end_inset
10904
10905 ly
10906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10907 \end_inset
10908
10909 , move the cursor between the
10910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10911 \end_inset
10912
10913 d
10914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10915 \end_inset
10916
10917  and
10918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10919 \end_inset
10920
10921 t
10922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10923 \end_inset
10924
10925  in
10926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10927 \end_inset
10928
10929
10930 \series bold
10931 bold
10932 \series default
10933 text
10934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10935 \end_inset
10936
10937 , and type
10938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10939 \end_inset
10940
10941 old
10942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10943 \end_inset
10944
10945 .
10946  This is what you'll get:
10947 \end_layout
10948
10949 \begin_layout Quotation
10950 Here is some
10951 \series bold
10952 lything
10953 \series default
10954
10955 \series default
10956
10957 \series bold
10958 bold
10959 \series default
10960 oldtext.
10961 \end_layout
10962
10963 \begin_layout Standard
10964 \begin_inset VSpace 0.78cm
10965 \end_inset
10966
10967
10968 \end_layout
10969
10970 \begin_layout Standard
10971 Hopefully, these examples helped you understand how the font commands work.
10972  All 9 commands listed below in
10973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10974 \end_inset
10975
10976
10977 \emph on
10978 See Also
10979 \emph default
10980
10981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10982 \end_inset
10983
10984  work the same way, so the above examples hold for them, too.
10985 \end_layout
10986
10987 \begin_layout Paragraph
10988 See Also:
10989 \end_layout
10990
10991 \begin_layout Standard
10992 Character Layout popup; [
10993 \emph on
10994 Ed.
10995  note - to be added.
10996  -jw
10997 \emph default
10998 ]
10999 \end_layout
11000
11001 \begin_layout Standard
11002 font-bold; font-code; font-default; font-emph; font-roman; font-sans; font-size;
11003  font-smallcaps; font-underline.
11004 \end_layout
11005
11006 \begin_layout Subsection
11007 font-code
11008 \end_layout
11009
11010 \begin_layout Description
11011 Default\InsetSpace ~
11012 Bindings:
11013 \end_layout
11014
11015 \begin_deeper
11016 \begin_layout List
11017 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11018
11019 \series bold
11020 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11021 -
11022 \series default
11023
11024 \family default
11025
11026 \family sans
11027 \bar under
11028 L
11029 \bar default
11030 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11031
11032 \bar under
11033 C
11034 \bar default
11035 haracter...
11036
11037 \family default
11038  to open the
11039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11040 \end_inset
11041
11042
11043 \family sans
11044 Character Layout
11045 \family default
11046
11047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11048 \end_inset
11049
11050  popup
11051 \end_layout
11052
11053 \begin_deeper
11054 \begin_layout Description
11055 CharacterLayout: option
11056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11057 \end_inset
11058
11059
11060 \family sans
11061 Typewriter
11062 \family default
11063
11064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11065 \end_inset
11066
11067  from the
11068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11069 \end_inset
11070
11071
11072 \family sans
11073 Family
11074 \family default
11075
11076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11077 \end_inset
11078
11079  list
11080 \end_layout
11081
11082 \end_deeper
11083 \begin_layout List
11084 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11085
11086 \series bold
11087 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11088 -
11089 \series default
11090
11091 \family default
11092
11093 \family sans
11094 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11095 c
11096 \family default
11097  [to open the
11098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11099 \end_inset
11100
11101
11102 \family sans
11103 Character Layout
11104 \family default
11105
11106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11107 \end_inset
11108
11109  popup]
11110 \end_layout
11111
11112 \begin_deeper
11113 \begin_layout Standard
11114
11115 \family sans
11116 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11117 p
11118 \family default
11119  (standard)
11120 \end_layout
11121
11122 \begin_layout Standard
11123
11124 \family sans
11125 C-P
11126 \family default
11127  in
11128 \family default
11129
11130 \family typewriter
11131 cua.bind
11132 \family default
11133 .
11134 \end_layout
11135
11136 \end_deeper
11137 \end_deeper
11138 \begin_layout Paragraph
11139 Purpose:
11140 \end_layout
11141
11142 \begin_layout Standard
11143 Changes the font to the typewriter family, or, if the font is already in
11144  this family, reverts to the default family.
11145 \end_layout
11146
11147 \begin_layout Paragraph
11148 Usage:
11149 \end_layout
11150
11151 \begin_layout Standard
11152 A lot of the usage for
11153 \family default
11154
11155 \family typewriter
11156 font-code
11157 \family default
11158  works the same way as
11159 \family default
11160
11161 \family typewriter
11162 font-bold
11163 \family default
11164 , so see the entry for
11165 \family default
11166
11167 \family typewriter
11168 font-bold
11169 \family default
11170  to get an idea for how to use
11171 \family default
11172
11173 \family typewriter
11174 font-code
11175 \family default
11176 .
11177 \end_layout
11178
11179 \begin_layout Standard
11180 Note that
11181 \family default
11182
11183 \family typewriter
11184 font-code
11185 \family default
11186  shuts off
11187 \family default
11188
11189 \family typewriter
11190 font-roman
11191 \family default
11192  and
11193 \family default
11194
11195 \family typewriter
11196 font-sans
11197 \family default
11198  if either of these families is active.
11199 \end_layout
11200
11201 \begin_layout Paragraph
11202 Examples:
11203 \end_layout
11204
11205 \begin_layout Standard
11206 Here is an example of the typewriter font family, which
11207 \family default
11208
11209 \family typewriter
11210 font-code
11211 \family default
11212  selects:
11213 \end_layout
11214
11215 \begin_layout Standard
11216
11217 \family typewriter
11218 This is Typewriter font.
11219 \end_layout
11220
11221 \begin_layout Paragraph
11222 See Also:
11223 \end_layout
11224
11225 \begin_layout Standard
11226 Character Layout popup; [
11227 \emph on
11228 Ed.
11229  note - to be added.
11230  -jw
11231 \emph default
11232 ]
11233 \end_layout
11234
11235 \begin_layout Standard
11236 font-bold; font-roman; font-sans.
11237 \end_layout
11238
11239 \begin_layout Subsection
11240 font-default
11241 \end_layout
11242
11243 \begin_layout Description
11244 Default\InsetSpace ~
11245 Bindings:
11246 \end_layout
11247
11248 \begin_deeper
11249 \begin_layout List
11250 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11251
11252 \series bold
11253 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11254 -
11255 \series default
11256
11257 \family default
11258
11259 \family sans
11260 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11261 Space
11262 \family default
11263
11264 \end_layout
11265
11266 \end_deeper
11267 \begin_layout Paragraph
11268 Purpose:
11269 \end_layout
11270
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11272 Changes the font to the default font.
11273
11274 \end_layout
11275
11276 \begin_layout Paragraph
11277 Usage:
11278 \end_layout
11279
11280 \begin_layout Standard
11281 A lot of the usage for
11282 \family default
11283
11284 \family typewriter
11285 font-default
11286 \family default
11287  works the same way as
11288 \family default
11289
11290 \family typewriter
11291 font-bold
11292 \family default
11293 , so see the entry for
11294 \family default
11295
11296 \family typewriter
11297 font-bold
11298 \family default
11299  to get an idea for how to use
11300 \family default
11301
11302 \family typewriter
11303 font-default
11304 \family default
11305 .
11306 \end_layout
11307
11308 \begin_layout Paragraph
11309 Examples:
11310 \end_layout
11311
11312 \begin_layout Standard
11313 Suppose you had this mess in your text:
11314 \end_layout
11315
11316 \begin_layout Quotation
11317 Hel
11318 \family sans
11319 lo I
11320 \emph on
11321 'm
11322 \family default
11323 \emph default
11324
11325 \emph on
11326 \family typewriter
11327 a re
11328 \emph default
11329 all
11330 \series bold
11331 y wei
11332 \family sans
11333 rd
11334 \emph default
11335 \series default
11336 \family default
11337
11338 \series bold
11339 \family sans
11340 \emph on
11341 sent
11342 \family default
11343 \series default
11344 \emph default
11345 en
11346 \emph on
11347 ce and
11348 \noun on
11349 my na
11350 \series bold
11351 me
11352 \series default
11353 \emph default
11354  is
11355 \family default
11356
11357 \family sans
11358 D
11359 \series bold
11360 e
11361 \emph on
11362 l
11363 \family default
11364 ir
11365 \family typewriter
11366 i
11367 \series medium
11368 u
11369 \emph default
11370 m
11371 \family default
11372 \series default
11373 .
11374 \end_layout
11375
11376 \begin_layout Standard
11377 Select this text and invoke
11378 \family default
11379
11380 \family typewriter
11381 font-default
11382 \family default
11383 .
11384  You'll change it to:
11385 \end_layout
11386
11387 \begin_layout Quotation
11388 Hello I'm a really weird sentence and my name is Delirium.
11389 \end_layout
11390
11391 \begin_layout Paragraph
11392 See Also:
11393 \end_layout
11394
11395 \begin_layout Standard
11396 Character Layout popup; [
11397 \emph on
11398 Ed.
11399  note - to be added.
11400  -jw
11401 \emph default
11402 ]
11403 \end_layout
11404
11405 \begin_layout Standard
11406 font-bold.
11407 \end_layout
11408
11409 \begin_layout Subsection
11410 font-emph
11411 \end_layout
11412
11413 \begin_layout Description
11414 Default\InsetSpace ~
11415 Bindings:
11416 \end_layout
11417
11418 \begin_deeper
11419 \begin_layout List
11420 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11421
11422 \series bold
11423 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11424 -
11425 \series default
11426
11427 \family default
11428
11429 \family sans
11430 \bar under
11431 L
11432 \bar default
11433 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11434
11435 \bar under
11436 E
11437 \bar default
11438 mphasize\InsetSpace ~
11439 Style
11440 \family default
11441  and
11442 \end_layout
11443
11444 \begin_deeper
11445 \begin_layout Standard
11446
11447 \family sans
11448 \bar under
11449 L
11450 \bar default
11451 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11452
11453 \bar under
11454 C
11455 \bar default
11456 haracter...
11457
11458 \family default
11459  to open the
11460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11461 \end_inset
11462
11463
11464 \family sans
11465 Character Layout
11466 \family default
11467
11468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11469 \end_inset
11470
11471  popup
11472 \end_layout
11473
11474 \begin_layout Description
11475 CharacterLayout: option
11476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \end_inset
11478
11479
11480 \family sans
11481 Italic
11482 \family default
11483
11484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11485 \end_inset
11486
11487  from the
11488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11489 \end_inset
11490
11491
11492 \family sans
11493 Shape
11494 \family default
11495
11496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11497 \end_inset
11498
11499  list
11500 \end_layout
11501
11502 \end_deeper
11503 \begin_layout List
11504 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11505
11506 \series bold
11507 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
11508 -
11509 \series default
11510  Button #7 from the left.
11511
11512 \end_layout
11513
11514 \begin_deeper
11515 \begin_layout Standard
11516 An exclamation mark.
11517 \end_layout
11518
11519 \end_deeper
11520 \begin_layout List
11521 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11522
11523 \series bold
11524 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11525 -
11526 \series default
11527
11528 \family default
11529
11530 \family sans
11531 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11532 c
11533 \family default
11534  [to open the
11535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11536 \end_inset
11537
11538
11539 \family sans
11540 Character Layout
11541 \family default
11542
11543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11544 \end_inset
11545
11546  popup]
11547 \end_layout
11548
11549 \begin_deeper
11550 \begin_layout Standard
11551
11552 \family sans
11553 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11554 e,
11555 \family default
11556
11557 and
11558 \family default
11559
11560 \family sans
11561 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11562 e
11563 \family default
11564  (standard)
11565 \end_layout
11566
11567 \begin_layout Standard
11568
11569 \family sans
11570 C-e
11571 \family default
11572  in
11573 \family default
11574
11575 \family typewriter
11576 cua.bind
11577 \family default
11578 .
11579 \end_layout
11580
11581 \end_deeper
11582 \end_deeper
11583 \begin_layout Paragraph
11584 Purpose:
11585 \end_layout
11586
11587 \begin_layout Standard
11588 Changes the font shape to the italic shape, or, if the font is already in
11589  this shape, reverts to the default font shape.
11590 \end_layout
11591
11592 \begin_layout Paragraph
11593 Usage:
11594 \end_layout
11595
11596 \begin_layout Standard
11597 A lot of the usage for
11598 \family default
11599
11600 \family typewriter
11601 font-emph
11602 \family default
11603  works the same way as
11604 \family default
11605
11606 \family typewriter
11607 font-bold
11608 \family default
11609 , so see the entry for
11610 \family default
11611
11612 \family typewriter
11613 font-bold
11614 \family default
11615  to get an idea for how to use
11616 \family default
11617
11618 \family typewriter
11619 font-emph
11620 \family default
11621 .
11622 \end_layout
11623
11624 \begin_layout Standard
11625 Note that
11626 \family default
11627
11628 \family typewriter
11629 font-emph
11630 \family default
11631  shuts off
11632 \family default
11633
11634 \family typewriter
11635 font-smallcaps
11636 \family default
11637  if that shape is active.
11638 \end_layout
11639
11640 \begin_layout Standard
11641 Many new users wonder why this isn't called
11642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11643 \end_inset
11644
11645 font-italic,
11646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11647 \end_inset
11648
11649  and why boldface and underlined text don't have their own menu entries
11650  or toolbar buttons.
11651  LyX has adopted a convention from LaTeX: specify
11652 \emph default
11653
11654 \emph on
11655 what
11656 \emph default
11657  you want to do and let the computer take care of how to do it.
11658  The italic font shape is the standard way to emphasize text in typesetting.
11659  LyX [and LaTeX] has also adopted this convention.
11660  You can, of course, change which font is the emphasized font by making
11661  the appropriate changes to the LaTeX preamble, although this will only
11662  affect the final output.
11663  There are also some interesting things that LaTeX will do to emphasized
11664  text that LyX can't [yet] display.
11665  It will still be in the final output.
11666  For example, LaTeX does certain things for emphasized emphasized text automatic
11667 ally.
11668  If you used a specific font, you'd need to do the same thing manually,
11669  using specific font changes.
11670 \end_layout
11671
11672 \begin_layout Standard
11673 In short, the LyX team
11674 \emph default
11675
11676 \emph on
11677 strongly recommends
11678 \emph default
11679  that you use
11680 \family default
11681
11682 \family typewriter
11683 font-emph
11684 \family default
11685  to emphasize any text [this includes book titles] and save any specific
11686  font command for those few special cases where you need to specify exactly
11687  how the text is typeset.
11688 \end_layout
11689
11690 \begin_layout Paragraph
11691 Examples:
11692 \end_layout
11693
11694 \begin_layout Standard
11695 Here's an example of emphasized text:
11696 \end_layout
11697
11698 \begin_layout Quotation
11699
11700 \emph on
11701 Always use
11702 \family default
11703 \emph default
11704
11705 \emph on
11706 \family typewriter
11707 font-emph
11708 \family default
11709 \emph default
11710
11711 \emph on
11712 \family default
11713 instead of specific font names!
11714 \end_layout
11715
11716 \begin_layout Paragraph
11717 See Also:
11718 \end_layout
11719
11720 \begin_layout Standard
11721 Character Layout popup; [
11722 \emph on
11723 Ed.
11724  note - to be added.
11725  -jw
11726 \emph default
11727 ]
11728 \end_layout
11729
11730 \begin_layout Standard
11731 font-bold; font-smallcaps.
11732 \end_layout
11733
11734 \begin_layout Subsection
11735 font-free
11736 \end_layout
11737
11738 \begin_layout Description
11739 Default\InsetSpace ~
11740 Bindings:
11741 \end_layout
11742
11743 \begin_deeper
11744 \begin_layout List
11745 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11746
11747 \series bold
11748 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11749 -
11750 \series default
11751  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11752 Item
11753 \end_layout
11754
11755 \begin_layout List
11756 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11757
11758 \series bold
11759 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
11760 -
11761 \series default
11762  Button # from the left.
11763
11764 \end_layout
11765
11766 \begin_deeper
11767 \begin_layout Standard
11768 Brief description of button icon.
11769 \end_layout
11770
11771 \end_deeper
11772 \begin_layout List
11773 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11774
11775 \series bold
11776 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11777 -
11778 \series default
11779  None.
11780 \end_layout
11781
11782 \end_deeper
11783 \begin_layout Paragraph
11784 Purpose:
11785 \end_layout
11786
11787 \begin_layout Standard
11788 Changes the font settings to the most recent setting in the
11789 \family default
11790
11791 \family sans
11792 Character
11793 \family default
11794  pop-up.
11795 \end_layout
11796
11797 \begin_layout Paragraph
11798 Usage:
11799 \end_layout
11800
11801 \begin_layout Standard
11802 Description.
11803 \end_layout
11804
11805 \begin_layout Paragraph
11806 Examples:
11807 \end_layout
11808
11809 \begin_layout Standard
11810 Examples.
11811 \end_layout
11812
11813 \begin_layout Paragraph
11814 See Also:
11815 \end_layout
11816
11817 \begin_layout Standard
11818 Other entries or documents.
11819  Separate many references by either a
11820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11821 \end_inset
11822
11823 ;
11824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11825 \end_inset
11826
11827  or place in multiple paragraphs.
11828 \end_layout
11829
11830 \begin_layout Subsection
11831 font-roman
11832 \end_layout
11833
11834 \begin_layout Description
11835 Default\InsetSpace ~
11836 Bindings:
11837 \end_layout
11838
11839 \begin_deeper
11840 \begin_layout List
11841 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11842
11843 \series bold
11844 Menu\InsetSpace ~
11845 -
11846 \series default
11847
11848 \family default
11849
11850 \family sans
11851 \bar under
11852 L
11853 \bar default
11854 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11855
11856 \bar under
11857 C
11858 \bar default
11859 haracter...
11860
11861 \family default
11862  to open the
11863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11864 \end_inset
11865
11866
11867 \family sans
11868 Character Layout
11869 \family default
11870
11871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11872 \end_inset
11873
11874  popup
11875 \end_layout
11876
11877 \begin_deeper
11878 \begin_layout Description
11879 CharacterLayout: option
11880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11881 \end_inset
11882
11883
11884 \family sans
11885 Roman
11886 \family default
11887
11888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11889 \end_inset
11890
11891  from the
11892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11893 \end_inset
11894
11895
11896 \family sans
11897 Family
11898 \family default
11899
11900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11901 \end_inset
11902
11903  list
11904 \end_layout
11905
11906 \end_deeper
11907 \begin_layout List
11908 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
11909
11910 \series bold
11911 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
11912 -
11913 \series default
11914
11915 \family default
11916
11917 \family sans
11918 M-l\InsetSpace ~
11919 c
11920 \family default
11921  [to open the
11922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11923 \end_inset
11924
11925
11926 \family sans
11927 Character Layout
11928 \family default
11929
11930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11931 \end_inset
11932
11933  popup]
11934 \end_layout
11935
11936 \begin_deeper
11937 \begin_layout Standard
11938
11939 \family sans
11940 M-c\InsetSpace ~
11941 r
11942 \family default
11943  (standard).
11944 \end_layout
11945
11946 \end_deeper
11947 \end_deeper
11948 \begin_layout Paragraph
11949 Purpose:
11950 \end_layout
11951
11952 \begin_layout Standard
11953 Changes the font to the roman family, or, if the font is already of this
11954  family, reverts to the default font family.
11955 \end_layout
11956
11957 \begin_layout Paragraph
11958 Usage:
11959 \end_layout
11960
11961 \begin_layout Standard
11962 A lot of the usage for
11963 \family default
11964
11965 \family typewriter
11966 font-roman
11967 \family default
11968  works the same way as
11969 \family default
11970
11971 \family typewriter
11972 font-bold
11973 \family default
11974 , so see the entry for
11975 \family default
11976
11977 \family typewriter
11978 font-bold
11979 \family default
11980  to get an idea for how to use
11981 \family default
11982
11983 \family typewriter
11984 font-roman
11985 \family default
11986 .
11987 \end_layout
11988
11989 \begin_layout Standard
11990 Note that
11991 \family default
11992
11993 \family typewriter
11994 font-roman
11995 \family default
11996  shuts off
11997 \family default
11998
11999 \family typewriter
12000 font-code
12001 \family default
12002  and
12003 \family default
12004
12005 \family typewriter
12006 font-sans
12007 \family default
12008  if either of these families is active.
12009 \end_layout
12010
12011 \begin_layout Paragraph
12012 Examples:
12013 \end_layout
12014
12015 \begin_layout Standard
12016 Here is an explicit use of the roman font family:
12017 \end_layout
12018
12019 \begin_layout Quote
12020
12021 \family roman
12022 This is Roman font.
12023 \end_layout
12024
12025 \begin_layout Standard
12026 Note that roman is the default font family.
12027 \end_layout
12028
12029 \begin_layout Paragraph
12030 See Also:
12031 \end_layout
12032
12033 \begin_layout Standard
12034 Character Layout popup; [
12035 \emph on
12036 Ed.
12037  note - to be added.
12038  -jw
12039 \emph default
12040 ]
12041 \end_layout
12042
12043 \begin_layout Standard
12044 font-bold; font-code; font-roman; font-sans.
12045 \end_layout
12046
12047 \begin_layout Subsection
12048 font-sans
12049 \end_layout
12050
12051 \begin_layout Description
12052 Default\InsetSpace ~
12053 Bindings:
12054 \end_layout
12055
12056 \begin_deeper
12057 \begin_layout List
12058 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12059
12060 \series bold
12061 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12062 -
12063 \series default
12064
12065 \family default
12066
12067 \family sans
12068 \bar under
12069 L
12070 \bar default
12071 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12072
12073 \bar under
12074 C
12075 \bar default
12076 haracter...
12077
12078 \family default
12079  to open the
12080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12081 \end_inset
12082
12083
12084 \family sans
12085 Character Layout
12086 \family default
12087
12088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12089 \end_inset
12090
12091  popup
12092 \end_layout
12093
12094 \begin_deeper
12095 \begin_layout Description
12096 CharacterLayout: option
12097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12098 \end_inset
12099
12100
12101 \family sans
12102 Sans Serif
12103 \family default
12104
12105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12106 \end_inset
12107
12108  from the
12109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12110 \end_inset
12111
12112
12113 \family sans
12114 Family
12115 \family default
12116
12117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12118 \end_inset
12119
12120  list
12121 \end_layout
12122
12123 \end_deeper
12124 \begin_layout List
12125 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12126
12127 \series bold
12128 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12129 -
12130 \series default
12131
12132 \family default
12133
12134 \family sans
12135 M-l\InsetSpace ~
12136 c
12137 \family default
12138  [to open the
12139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \end_inset
12141
12142
12143 \family sans
12144 Character Layout
12145 \family default
12146
12147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12148 \end_inset
12149
12150  popup]
12151 \end_layout
12152
12153 \begin_deeper
12154 \begin_layout Standard
12155
12156 \family sans
12157 M-c\InsetSpace ~
12158 s
12159 \family default
12160  (standard).
12161 \end_layout
12162
12163 \end_deeper
12164 \end_deeper
12165 \begin_layout Paragraph
12166 Purpose:
12167 \end_layout
12168
12169 \begin_layout Standard
12170 Changes the font shape to the sans serif family, or, if the font is already
12171  of this family, reverts to the default font family.
12172 \end_layout
12173
12174 \begin_layout Paragraph
12175 Usage:
12176 \end_layout
12177
12178 \begin_layout Standard
12179 A lot of the usage for
12180 \family default
12181
12182 \family typewriter
12183 font-sans
12184 \family default
12185  works the same way as
12186 \family default
12187
12188 \family typewriter
12189 font-bold
12190 \family default
12191 , so see the entry for
12192 \family default
12193
12194 \family typewriter
12195 font-bold
12196 \family default
12197  to get an idea for how to use
12198 \family default
12199
12200 \family typewriter
12201 font-sans
12202 \family default
12203 .
12204 \end_layout
12205
12206 \begin_layout Standard
12207 Note that
12208 \family default
12209
12210 \family typewriter
12211 font-sans
12212 \family default
12213  shuts off
12214 \family default
12215
12216 \family typewriter
12217 font-code
12218 \family default
12219  and
12220 \family default
12221
12222 \family typewriter
12223 font-roman
12224 \family default
12225  if either of these families is active.
12226 \end_layout
12227
12228 \begin_layout Paragraph
12229 Examples:
12230 \end_layout
12231
12232 \begin_layout Standard
12233 Here is an example of the Sans Serif font family:
12234 \end_layout
12235
12236 \begin_layout Quote
12237
12238 \family sans
12239 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12240 \end_layout
12241
12242 \begin_layout Paragraph
12243 See Also:
12244 \end_layout
12245
12246 \begin_layout Standard
12247 Character Layout popup; [
12248 \emph on
12249 Ed.
12250  note - to be added.
12251  -jw
12252 \emph default
12253 ]
12254 \end_layout
12255
12256 \begin_layout Standard
12257 font-bold; font-code; font-roman.
12258 \end_layout
12259
12260 \begin_layout Subsection
12261 font-size
12262 \end_layout
12263
12264 \begin_layout Description
12265 Default\InsetSpace ~
12266 Bindings:
12267 \end_layout
12268
12269 \begin_deeper
12270 \begin_layout List
12271 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12272
12273 \series bold
12274 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12275 -
12276 \series default
12277
12278 \family default
12279
12280 \family sans
12281 \bar under
12282 L
12283 \bar default
12284 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12285
12286 \bar under
12287 C
12288 \bar default
12289 haracter...
12290
12291 \family default
12292  to open the
12293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12294 \end_inset
12295
12296
12297 \family sans
12298 Character Layout
12299 \family default
12300
12301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12302 \end_inset
12303
12304  popup
12305 \end_layout
12306
12307 \begin_deeper
12308 \begin_layout Description
12309 CharacterLayout: Any item from the
12310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12311 \end_inset
12312
12313
12314 \family sans
12315 Size
12316 \family default
12317
12318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12319 \end_inset
12320
12321  list
12322 \end_layout
12323
12324 \end_deeper
12325 \begin_layout List
12326 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12327
12328 \series bold
12329 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12330 -
12331 \series default
12332  The
12333 \family default
12334
12335 \family sans
12336 M-s
12337 \family default
12338  prefix, plus one of the following keys:
12339 \end_layout
12340
12341 \begin_deeper
12342 \begin_layout List
12343 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12344
12345 \family sans
12346 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12347 t
12348 \end_layout
12349
12350 \begin_layout List
12351 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12352
12353 \family sans
12354 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12355 1
12356 \family default
12357  "
12358 \family typewriter
12359 font-size tiny
12360 \family default
12361 "
12362 \end_layout
12363
12364 \begin_layout List
12365 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12366
12367 \family sans
12368 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12369 s
12370 \end_layout
12371
12372 \begin_layout List
12373 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12374
12375 \family sans
12376 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12377 2
12378 \family default
12379
12380 "
12381 \family typewriter
12382 font-size small
12383 \family default
12384 "
12385 \end_layout
12386
12387 \begin_layout List
12388 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12389
12390 \family sans
12391 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12392 n
12393 \end_layout
12394
12395 \begin_layout List
12396 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12397
12398 \family sans
12399 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12400 3
12401 \family default
12402
12403 "
12404 \family typewriter
12405 font-size normal
12406 \family default
12407 "
12408 \end_layout
12409
12410 \begin_layout List
12411 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12412
12413 \family sans
12414 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12415 l
12416 \end_layout
12417
12418 \begin_layout List
12419 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12420
12421 \family sans
12422 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12423 4
12424 \family default
12425
12426 "
12427 \family typewriter
12428 font-size large
12429 \family default
12430 "
12431 \end_layout
12432
12433 \begin_layout List
12434 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12435
12436 \family sans
12437 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12438 S-L
12439 \end_layout
12440
12441 \begin_layout List
12442 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12443
12444 \family sans
12445 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12446 5
12447 \family default
12448
12449 "
12450 \family typewriter
12451 font-size larger
12452 \family default
12453 "
12454 \end_layout
12455
12456 \begin_layout List
12457 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12458
12459 \family sans
12460 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12461 S-A
12462 \end_layout
12463
12464 \begin_layout List
12465 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12466
12467 \family sans
12468 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12469 6
12470 \family default
12471
12472 "
12473 \family typewriter
12474 font-size largest
12475 \family default
12476 "
12477 \end_layout
12478
12479 \begin_layout List
12480 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12481
12482 \family sans
12483 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12484 h
12485 \end_layout
12486
12487 \begin_layout List
12488 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12489
12490 \family sans
12491 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12492 7
12493 \family default
12494
12495 "
12496 \family typewriter
12497 font-size huge
12498 \family default
12499 "
12500 \end_layout
12501
12502 \begin_layout List
12503 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12504
12505 \family sans
12506 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12507 g
12508 \end_layout
12509
12510 \begin_layout List
12511 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12512
12513 \family sans
12514 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12515 S-H
12516 \end_layout
12517
12518 \begin_layout List
12519 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12520
12521 \family sans
12522 M-s\InsetSpace ~
12523 8
12524 \family default
12525
12526 "
12527 \family typewriter
12528 font-size giant
12529 \family default
12530 "
12531 \end_layout
12532
12533 \begin_layout Quote
12534 Also:
12535 \end_layout
12536
12537 \begin_layout Standard
12538
12539 \family sans
12540 M-l\InsetSpace ~
12541 c
12542 \family default
12543  [to open the
12544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12545 \end_inset
12546
12547
12548 \family sans
12549 Character Layout
12550 \family default
12551
12552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12553 \end_inset
12554
12555  popup]
12556 \end_layout
12557
12558 \end_deeper
12559 \end_deeper
12560 \begin_layout Paragraph
12561 Purpose:
12562 \end_layout
12563
12564 \begin_layout Standard
12565 Change the font size.
12566 \end_layout
12567
12568 \begin_layout Paragraph
12569 Usage:
12570 \end_layout
12571
12572 \begin_layout Standard
12573 This command requires an argument, which is the font size.
12574  You must provide the argument in the
12575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12576 \end_inset
12577
12578
12579 \family typewriter
12580
12581 \backslash
12582 bind
12583 \family default
12584
12585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12586 \end_inset
12587
12588  command if you use
12589 \family default
12590
12591 \family typewriter
12592 font-size
12593 \family default
12594  in a keybinding file, or in the minibuffer if you use
12595 \family default
12596
12597 \family typewriter
12598 command-execute
12599 \family default
12600  to invoke it.
12601 \begin_inset Foot
12602 status collapsed
12603
12604 \begin_layout Standard
12605
12606 \emph on
12607 Editor's note: Don't do this - there is a bug.
12608  For some reason,
12609 \family default
12610 \emph default
12611
12612 \emph on
12613 \family typewriter
12614 font-size
12615 \family default
12616 \emph default
12617
12618 \emph on
12619 \family default
12620 crashes LyX at the moment.
12621  - jw 10/6/96
12622 \end_layout
12623
12624 \end_inset
12625
12626
12627 \end_layout
12628
12629 \begin_layout Standard
12630 LaTeX describes font sizes in relative values.
12631  LyX uses the following terms:
12632 \emph default
12633
12634 \emph on
12635 tiny, small
12636 \emph default
12637 ,
12638 \emph default
12639
12640 \emph on
12641 normal
12642 \emph default
12643 ,
12644 \emph default
12645
12646 \emph on
12647 large
12648 \emph default
12649 ,
12650 \emph default
12651
12652 \emph on
12653 larger
12654 \emph default
12655 ,
12656 \emph default
12657
12658 \emph on
12659 largest
12660 \emph default
12661 ,
12662 \emph default
12663
12664 \emph on
12665 huge
12666 \emph default
12667 ,
12668 \emph default
12669
12670 \emph on
12671 giant
12672 \emph default
12673 .
12674  The
12675 \emph default
12676
12677 \emph on
12678 normal
12679 \emph default
12680  size can be set to
12681 \family default
12682
12683 \family typewriter
12684 10pt
12685 \family default
12686 ,
12687 \family default
12688
12689 \family typewriter
12690 11pt
12691 \family default
12692 , or
12693 \family default
12694
12695 \family typewriter
12696 12pt
12697 \family default
12698 , with the other sizes set proportionally.
12699 \end_layout
12700
12701 \begin_layout Standard
12702 A lot of the usage for
12703 \family default
12704
12705 \family typewriter
12706 font-size
12707 \family default
12708  works the same way as
12709 \family default
12710
12711 \family typewriter
12712 font-bold
12713 \family default
12714 , so see the entry for
12715 \family default
12716
12717 \family typewriter
12718 font-bold
12719 \family default
12720  to get an idea for how to use
12721 \family default
12722
12723 \family typewriter
12724 font-size
12725 \family default
12726 .
12727 \end_layout
12728
12729 \begin_layout Standard
12730 You should avoid using
12731 \family default
12732
12733 \family typewriter
12734 font-size
12735 \family default
12736  unless you need to do some fine-tuning.
12737
12738 \emph default
12739
12740 \emph on
12741 Never
12742 \emph default
12743  use
12744 \family default
12745
12746 \family typewriter
12747 font-size
12748 \family default
12749  to make titles or section headings; LyX already does this for you and in
12750  a much better fashion.
12751 \end_layout
12752
12753 \begin_layout Paragraph
12754 Examples:
12755 \end_layout
12756
12757 \begin_layout Standard
12758 Here are all eight font sizes:
12759 \end_layout
12760
12761 \begin_layout Quotation
12762
12763 \size tiny
12764 tiny
12765 \size default
12766 ,
12767 \size small
12768 small
12769 \size default
12770 ,
12771 \size normal
12772 normal
12773 \size default
12774 ,
12775 \size large
12776 large
12777 \size default
12778 ,
12779 \size larger
12780 larger
12781 \size default
12782 ,
12783 \size largest
12784 largest
12785 \size default
12786 ,
12787 \size huge
12788 huge
12789 \size default
12790 ,
12791 \size giant
12792 giant
12793 \size default
12794 .
12795 \end_layout
12796
12797 \begin_layout Paragraph
12798 See Also:
12799 \end_layout
12800
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 Character Layout popup; [
12803 \emph on
12804 Ed.
12805  note - to be added.
12806  -jw
12807 \emph default
12808 ]
12809 \end_layout
12810
12811 \begin_layout Standard
12812 command-execute;
12813 \end_layout
12814
12815 \begin_layout Standard
12816 font-bold.
12817 \end_layout
12818
12819 \begin_layout Subsection
12820 font-smallcaps
12821 \end_layout
12822
12823 \begin_layout Description
12824 Default\InsetSpace ~
12825 Bindings:
12826 \end_layout
12827
12828 \begin_deeper
12829 \begin_layout List
12830 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12831
12832 \series bold
12833 Menu\InsetSpace ~
12834 -
12835 \series default
12836
12837 \family default
12838
12839 \family sans
12840 \bar under
12841 L
12842 \bar default
12843 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12844
12845 \bar under
12846 N
12847 \bar default
12848 oun\InsetSpace ~
12849 Style
12850 \family default
12851  and
12852 \end_layout
12853
12854 \begin_deeper
12855 \begin_layout Standard
12856
12857 \family sans
12858 \bar under
12859 L
12860 \bar default
12861 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12862
12863 \bar under
12864 C
12865 \bar default
12866 haracter...
12867
12868 \family default
12869  to open the
12870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12871 \end_inset
12872
12873
12874 \family sans
12875 Character Layout
12876 \family default
12877
12878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12879 \end_inset
12880
12881  popup
12882 \end_layout
12883
12884 \begin_layout Description
12885 CharacterLayout: option
12886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12887 \end_inset
12888
12889
12890 \family sans
12891 Small caps
12892 \family default
12893
12894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12895 \end_inset
12896
12897  from the
12898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12899 \end_inset
12900
12901
12902 \family sans
12903 Shape
12904 \family default
12905
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12907 \end_inset
12908
12909  list
12910 \end_layout
12911
12912 \end_deeper
12913 \begin_layout List
12914 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12915
12916 \series bold
12917 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
12918 -
12919 \series default
12920  Button #8 from the left.
12921
12922 \end_layout
12923
12924 \begin_deeper
12925 \begin_layout Standard
12926 A person.
12927 \end_layout
12928
12929 \end_deeper
12930 \begin_layout List
12931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
12932
12933 \series bold
12934 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
12935 -
12936 \series default
12937
12938 \family default
12939
12940 \family sans
12941 M-l\InsetSpace ~
12942 c
12943 \family default
12944  [to open the
12945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12946 \end_inset
12947
12948
12949 \family sans
12950 Character Layout
12951 \family default
12952
12953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12954 \end_inset
12955
12956  popup]
12957 \end_layout
12958
12959 \begin_deeper
12960 \begin_layout Standard
12961
12962 \family sans
12963 M-l\InsetSpace ~
12964 n
12965 \family default
12966  and
12967 \family default
12968
12969 \family sans
12970 M-c\InsetSpace ~
12971 c
12972 \family default
12973  (standard)
12974 \end_layout
12975
12976 \end_deeper
12977 \end_deeper
12978 \begin_layout Paragraph
12979 Purpose:
12980 \end_layout
12981
12982 \begin_layout Standard
12983 Changes the font shape to the small caps shape, or, if the font is already
12984  of this shape, reverts to the default font shape.
12985 \end_layout
12986
12987 \begin_layout Paragraph
12988 Usage:
12989 \end_layout
12990
12991 \begin_layout Standard
12992 A lot of the usage for
12993 \family default
12994
12995 \family typewriter
12996 font-smallcaps
12997 \family default
12998  works the same way as
12999 \family default
13000
13001 \family typewriter
13002 font-bold
13003 \family default
13004 , so see the entry for
13005 \family default
13006
13007 \family typewriter
13008 font-bold
13009 \family default
13010  to get an idea for how to use
13011 \family default
13012
13013 \family typewriter
13014 font-smallcaps
13015 \family default
13016 .
13017 \end_layout
13018
13019 \begin_layout Standard
13020 Note that
13021 \family default
13022
13023 \family typewriter
13024 font-smallcaps
13025 \family default
13026  shuts off
13027 \family default
13028
13029 \family typewriter
13030 font-emph
13031 \family default
13032  if that shape is active.
13033 \end_layout
13034
13035 \begin_layout Standard
13036 The small caps shape is typically used for proper names.
13037  Some countries use this convention more frequently than the US does, hence
13038  its prominence in LyX.
13039 \end_layout
13040
13041 \begin_layout Paragraph
13042 Examples:
13043 \end_layout
13044
13045 \begin_layout Standard
13046 Here's what the small caps shape looks like:
13047 \end_layout
13048
13049 \begin_layout Standard
13050
13051 \noun on
13052 This is all in the Small Caps font shape.
13053 \end_layout
13054
13055 \begin_layout Paragraph
13056 See Also:
13057 \end_layout
13058
13059 \begin_layout Standard
13060 Character Layout popup; [
13061 \emph on
13062 Ed.
13063  note - to be added.
13064  -jw
13065 \emph default
13066 ]
13067 \end_layout
13068
13069 \begin_layout Standard
13070 font-bold; font-emph .
13071 \end_layout
13072
13073 \begin_layout Subsection
13074 font-state
13075 \end_layout
13076
13077 \begin_layout Description
13078 Default\InsetSpace ~
13079 Bindings:
13080 \end_layout
13081
13082 \begin_deeper
13083 \begin_layout List
13084 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13085
13086 \series bold
13087 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13088 -
13089 \series default
13090  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13091 Item
13092 \end_layout
13093
13094 \begin_layout List
13095 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13096
13097 \series bold
13098 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
13099 -
13100 \series default
13101  Button # from the left.
13102
13103 \end_layout
13104
13105 \begin_deeper
13106 \begin_layout Standard
13107 Brief description of button icon.
13108 \end_layout
13109
13110 \end_deeper
13111 \begin_layout List
13112 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13113
13114 \series bold
13115 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13116 -
13117 \series default
13118  None.
13119 \end_layout
13120
13121 \end_deeper
13122 \begin_layout Paragraph
13123 Purpose:
13124 \end_layout
13125
13126 \begin_layout Standard
13127 Description.
13128 \end_layout
13129
13130 \begin_layout Paragraph
13131 Usage:
13132 \end_layout
13133
13134 \begin_layout Standard
13135 Description.
13136 \end_layout
13137
13138 \begin_layout Paragraph
13139 Examples:
13140 \end_layout
13141
13142 \begin_layout Standard
13143 Examples.
13144 \end_layout
13145
13146 \begin_layout Paragraph
13147 See Also:
13148 \end_layout
13149
13150 \begin_layout Standard
13151 Other entries or documents.
13152  Separate many references by either a
13153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13154 \end_inset
13155
13156 ;
13157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13158 \end_inset
13159
13160  or place in multiple paragraphs.
13161 \end_layout
13162
13163 \begin_layout Subsection
13164 font-underline
13165 \end_layout
13166
13167 \begin_layout Description
13168 Default\InsetSpace ~
13169 Bindings:
13170 \end_layout
13171
13172 \begin_deeper
13173 \begin_layout List
13174 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13175
13176 \series bold
13177 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13178 -
13179 \series default
13180
13181 \family default
13182
13183 \family sans
13184 \bar under
13185 L
13186 \bar default
13187 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13188
13189 \bar under
13190 C
13191 \bar default
13192 haracter...
13193
13194 \family default
13195  to open the
13196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13197 \end_inset
13198
13199
13200 \family sans
13201 Character Layout
13202 \family default
13203
13204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13205 \end_inset
13206
13207  popup
13208 \end_layout
13209
13210 \begin_deeper
13211 \begin_layout Description
13212 CharacterLayout: option
13213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 \end_inset
13215
13216
13217 \family sans
13218 Underbar
13219 \family default
13220
13221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13222 \end_inset
13223
13224  from the
13225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13226 \end_inset
13227
13228
13229 \family sans
13230 Bar
13231 \family default
13232
13233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13234 \end_inset
13235
13236  list
13237 \end_layout
13238
13239 \end_deeper
13240 \begin_layout List
13241 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13242
13243 \series bold
13244 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13245 -
13246 \series default
13247
13248 \family default
13249
13250 \family sans
13251 M-l\InsetSpace ~
13252 c
13253 \family default
13254  [to open the
13255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13256 \end_inset
13257
13258
13259 \family sans
13260 Character Layout
13261 \family default
13262
13263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13264 \end_inset
13265
13266  popup]
13267 \end_layout
13268
13269 \begin_deeper
13270 \begin_layout Standard
13271
13272 \family sans
13273 C-u
13274 \family default
13275
13276 or
13277 \family default
13278
13279 \family sans
13280 M-c u
13281 \family default
13282  (standard).
13283 \end_layout
13284
13285 \end_deeper
13286 \end_deeper
13287 \begin_layout Paragraph
13288 Purpose:
13289 \end_layout
13290
13291 \begin_layout Standard
13292 Adds an underbar to subsequent or selected text
13293 \family roman
13294 .
13295 \end_layout
13296
13297 \begin_layout Paragraph
13298 Usage:
13299 \end_layout
13300
13301 \begin_layout Standard
13302 A lot of the usage for
13303 \family default
13304
13305 \family typewriter
13306 font-underline
13307 \family default
13308  works the same way as
13309 \family default
13310
13311 \family typewriter
13312 font-bold
13313 \family default
13314 , so see the entry for
13315 \family default
13316
13317 \family typewriter
13318 font-bold
13319 \family default
13320  to get an idea for how to use
13321 \family default
13322
13323 \family typewriter
13324 font-underline
13325 \family default
13326 .
13327 \end_layout
13328
13329 \begin_layout Standard
13330 The LyX team has provided this function only for compatibility with LaTeX.
13331  We know that many users are used to underlining text for emphasis or for
13332  book titles.
13333  While you might need to do this on a typewriter, LyX is not a typewriter,
13334  nor should you use it like one.
13335  Now, you could make this the default emphasized font by putting the correct
13336  command in the LaTeX preamble.
13337  However, we suggest that you use
13338 \family default
13339
13340 \family typewriter
13341 font-emph
13342 \family default
13343  to emphasize any text, including book titles, and avoid using
13344 \family default
13345
13346 \family typewriter
13347 font-underline
13348 \family default
13349  at all.
13350 \begin_inset Foot
13351 status collapsed
13352
13353 \begin_layout Standard
13354 There is one - and only one - case that we can think of where you might
13355  need to use
13356 \family default
13357
13358 \family typewriter
13359 font-underline
13360 \family default
13361 .
13362  Suppose you're writing the bibliography of a journal article.
13363  The journal you're submitting this article to typesets all volume numbers
13364  in an underlined font, and wishes all submissions to do the same.
13365  This is perhaps the only time you'd need to use
13366 \family default
13367
13368 \family typewriter
13369 font-underline
13370 \family default
13371 .
13372 \end_layout
13373
13374 \end_inset
13375
13376
13377 \end_layout
13378
13379 \begin_layout Paragraph
13380 Examples:
13381 \end_layout
13382
13383 \begin_layout Standard
13384 Here's an example of the underbar font attribute:
13385 \end_layout
13386
13387 \begin_layout Quote
13388
13389 \bar under
13390 Avoid using underlined text!!!
13391 \end_layout
13392
13393 \begin_layout Paragraph
13394 See Also:
13395 \end_layout
13396
13397 \begin_layout Standard
13398 Character Layout popup; [
13399 \emph on
13400 Ed.
13401  note - to be added.
13402  -jw
13403 \emph default
13404 ]
13405 \end_layout
13406
13407 \begin_layout Standard
13408 font-bold.
13409
13410 \end_layout
13411
13412 \begin_layout Subsection
13413 footnote-insert
13414 \end_layout
13415
13416 \begin_layout Description
13417 Default\InsetSpace ~
13418 Bindings:
13419 \end_layout
13420
13421 \begin_deeper
13422 \begin_layout List
13423 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13424
13425 \series bold
13426 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13427 -
13428 \series default
13429
13430 \family default
13431
13432 \family sans
13433 \bar under
13434 I
13435 \bar default
13436 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13437
13438 \bar under
13439 F
13440 \bar default
13441 ootnote
13442 \end_layout
13443
13444 \begin_layout List
13445 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13446
13447 \series bold
13448 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
13449 -
13450 \series default
13451  Button # 7 from the right.
13452
13453 \end_layout
13454
13455 \begin_deeper
13456 \begin_layout Standard
13457 A page with an arrow pointing to lines at the bottom of the page.
13458 \end_layout
13459
13460 \end_deeper
13461 \begin_layout List
13462 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13463
13464 \series bold
13465 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13466 -
13467 \series default
13468
13469 \family default
13470
13471 \family sans
13472 M-i\InsetSpace ~
13473 f
13474 \family default
13475
13476 \end_layout
13477
13478 \end_deeper
13479 \begin_layout Paragraph
13480 Purpose:
13481 \end_layout
13482
13483 \begin_layout Standard
13484 To insert a footnote.
13485 \end_layout
13486
13487 \begin_layout Paragraph
13488 Usage:
13489 \end_layout
13490
13491 \begin_layout Standard
13492 Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a footnote.
13493  A red box appears on the next line.
13494  If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the
13495  box [it doesn't really].
13496  Anything you enter in the box will be in the footnote.
13497 \end_layout
13498
13499 \begin_layout Standard
13500 To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word
13501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13502 \end_inset
13503
13504
13505 \family sans
13506 foot
13507 \family default
13508
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13510 \end_inset
13511
13512  written in red on a grey background.
13513  Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the footnote.
13514  A closed footnote looks like the word
13515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13516 \end_inset
13517
13518
13519 \family sans
13520 foot
13521 \family default
13522
13523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13524 \end_inset
13525
13526  written as a superscript in red.
13527 \end_layout
13528
13529 \begin_layout Standard
13530 You can also open and close footnotes, as well as other types of notes and
13531  labels, with the
13532 \family default
13533
13534 \family typewriter
13535 open-stuff
13536 \family default
13537  command.
13538  See its entry for keybindings.
13539 \end_layout
13540
13541 \begin_layout Standard
13542 One last note: even though footnotes in LyX appear unnumbered, they are.
13543  LaTeX does the numbering for you, as well as putting the footnote at the
13544  bottom of the correct page, when it processes your file.
13545 \end_layout
13546
13547 \begin_layout Paragraph
13548 Examples:
13549 \end_layout
13550
13551 \begin_layout Standard
13552 This
13553 \begin_inset Foot
13554 status collapsed
13555
13556 \begin_layout Standard
13557 Hi! I'm a footnote!
13558 \end_layout
13559
13560 \end_inset
13561
13562  is a footnote.
13563 \end_layout
13564
13565 \begin_layout Paragraph
13566 See Also:
13567 \end_layout
13568
13569 \begin_layout Standard
13570 open-stuff; marginpar-insert;
13571 \end_layout
13572
13573 \begin_layout Standard
13574
13575 \emph on
13576 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13577 \emph default
13578  in
13579 \emph default
13580
13581 \emph on
13582 Extended Features
13583 \emph default
13584 .
13585 \end_layout
13586
13587 \begin_layout Subsection
13588 forward-select
13589 \end_layout
13590
13591 \begin_layout Description
13592 Default\InsetSpace ~
13593 Bindings:
13594 \end_layout
13595
13596 \begin_deeper
13597 \begin_layout List
13598 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13599
13600 \series bold
13601 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13602 -
13603 \series default
13604
13605 \family default
13606
13607 \family sans
13608 S-Right
13609 \end_layout
13610
13611 \end_deeper
13612 \begin_layout Paragraph
13613 Purpose:
13614 \end_layout
13615
13616 \begin_layout Standard
13617 Highlight a single character to the right of the cursor.
13618  If the cursor is at the end of a line, the cursor moves to the beginning
13619  of the next line, and the whitespace in between is selected.
13620  The selected text is shown in reverse-video.
13621 \end_layout
13622
13623 \begin_layout Paragraph
13624 See Also:
13625 \end_layout
13626
13627 \begin_layout Standard
13628 char-forward;
13629 \end_layout
13630
13631 \begin_layout Standard
13632 backward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward-sele
13633 ct; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
13634  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
13635 \end_layout
13636
13637 \begin_layout Section
13638 G-K
13639 \end_layout
13640
13641 \begin_layout Subsection
13642 hfill-insert
13643 \end_layout
13644
13645 \begin_layout Description
13646 Default\InsetSpace ~
13647 Bindings:
13648 \end_layout
13649
13650 \begin_deeper
13651 \begin_layout List
13652 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13653
13654 \series bold
13655 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13656 -
13657 \series default
13658
13659 \family default
13660
13661 \family sans
13662 \bar under
13663 I
13664 \bar default
13665 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13666
13667 \bar under
13668 S
13669 \bar default
13670 pecial\InsetSpace ~
13671 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13672
13673 \bar under
13674 H
13675 \bar default
13676 Fill
13677 \end_layout
13678
13679 \begin_layout List
13680 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13681
13682 \series bold
13683 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13684 -
13685 \series default
13686
13687 \family default
13688
13689 \family sans
13690 C-i
13691 \family default
13692
13693 or
13694 \family default
13695
13696 \family sans
13697 M-i\InsetSpace ~
13698 h
13699 \end_layout
13700
13701 \end_deeper
13702 \begin_layout Paragraph
13703 Purpose:
13704 \end_layout
13705
13706 \begin_layout Standard
13707 Insert a LaTeX
13708 \family default
13709
13710 \family typewriter
13711
13712 \backslash
13713 hfill
13714 \family default
13715  command.
13716 \end_layout
13717
13718 \begin_layout Paragraph
13719 Usage:
13720 \end_layout
13721
13722 \begin_layout Standard
13723 The LaTeX
13724 \family default
13725
13726 \family typewriter
13727
13728 \backslash
13729 hfill
13730 \family default
13731  stands for
13732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13733 \end_inset
13734
13735 horizontal fill.
13736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13737 \end_inset
13738
13739  As the name implies, an
13740 \emph default
13741
13742 \emph on
13743 HFill
13744 \emph default
13745  fills in the current line with blank space.
13746  You can put it at the beginning or end of a line, which will force the
13747  line against the right or left margin, respectively.
13748  However, an
13749 \emph default
13750
13751 \emph on
13752 HFill
13753 \emph default
13754  is most useful in the middle of a line.
13755  The example explains it best.
13756  The
13757 \emph default
13758
13759 \emph on
13760 HFill
13761 \emph default
13762  has pushed the text on either side of it to the left and right margins.
13763 \end_layout
13764
13765 \begin_layout Standard
13766 Important Note: by a
13767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13768 \end_inset
13769
13770 margin,
13771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13772 \end_inset
13773
13774  we do
13775 \emph default
13776
13777 \emph on
13778 not
13779 \emph default
13780  mean the page margins.
13781  We mean the environment margin.
13782  For example, if your document has two columns per page, an
13783 \emph default
13784
13785 \emph on
13786 HFill
13787 \emph default
13788  fills in the line to the left and right margin
13789 \emph default
13790
13791 \emph on
13792 of the column
13793 \emph default
13794 , not the entire page.
13795  If you're in a table cell,
13796 \emph default
13797
13798 \emph on
13799 HFill
13800 \emph default
13801  fills to the cell borders, and so on.
13802 \end_layout
13803
13804 \begin_layout Standard
13805 You should only use
13806 \family default
13807
13808 \family typewriter
13809 hfill-insert
13810 \family default
13811  for fine tuning.
13812  LyX has better ways to justify and format text.
13813 \end_layout
13814
13815 \begin_layout Paragraph
13816 Examples:
13817 \end_layout
13818
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13820 An
13821 \family default
13822
13823 \family typewriter
13824
13825 \backslash
13826 hfill
13827 \family default
13828  command here
13829 \hfill
13830  has pushed this text apart.
13831 \end_layout
13832
13833 \begin_layout Paragraph
13834 See Also:
13835 \end_layout
13836
13837 \begin_layout Standard
13838
13839 \emph on
13840 Editor's Note: Eventually, vfills or the Paragraph popup.
13841  -jw
13842 \end_layout
13843
13844 \begin_layout Subsection
13845 hyphenation-point-insert
13846 \end_layout
13847
13848 \begin_layout Description
13849 Default\InsetSpace ~
13850 Bindings:
13851 \end_layout
13852
13853 \begin_deeper
13854 \begin_layout List
13855 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13856
13857 \series bold
13858 Menu\InsetSpace ~
13859 -
13860 \series default
13861
13862 \family default
13863
13864 \family sans
13865 \bar under
13866 I
13867 \bar default
13868 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13869
13870 \bar under
13871 S
13872 \bar default
13873 pecial\InsetSpace ~
13874 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13875 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
13876
13877 \bar under
13878 P
13879 \bar default
13880 oint
13881 \end_layout
13882
13883 \begin_layout List
13884 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
13885
13886 \series bold
13887 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
13888 -
13889 \series default
13890
13891 \family default
13892
13893 \family sans
13894 M-i\InsetSpace ~
13895 Minus
13896 \family default
13897  (standard).
13898 \end_layout
13899
13900 \begin_deeper
13901 \begin_layout Standard
13902
13903 \family sans
13904 C-Minus
13905 \family default
13906  in
13907 \family default
13908
13909 \family typewriter
13910 cua-bind
13911 \family default
13912 .
13913 \end_layout
13914
13915 \begin_layout Standard
13916
13917 \family sans
13918 C-h
13919 \family default
13920  in
13921 \family default
13922
13923 \family typewriter
13924 emacs-bind
13925 \family default
13926 .
13927 \end_layout
13928
13929 \end_deeper
13930 \end_deeper
13931 \begin_layout Paragraph
13932 Purpose:
13933 \end_layout
13934
13935 \begin_layout Standard
13936 Insert a manual hyphenation point via the LaTeX
13937 \family default
13938
13939 \family typewriter
13940
13941 \backslash
13942 -
13943 \family default
13944  command.
13945
13946 \end_layout
13947
13948 \begin_layout Paragraph
13949 Usage:
13950 \end_layout
13951
13952 \begin_layout Standard
13953 While LaTeX is normally able to hyphenate most words, it has problems with
13954  other words, especially non-English words and technical terms.
13955  This command allows you to tell LaTeX to hyphenate a single instance of
13956  a word that LaTeX would otherwise be unable to hyphenate.
13957 \end_layout
13958
13959 \begin_layout Standard
13960 To allow LaTeX to properly hyphenate
13961 \emph default
13962
13963 \emph on
13964 gnomon
13965 \emph default
13966 , you type it as
13967 \family default
13968
13969 \family typewriter
13970 gno
13971 \backslash
13972 -mon
13973 \family default
13974 , where you insert the
13975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13976 \end_inset
13977
13978
13979 \family typewriter
13980
13981 \backslash
13982 -
13983 \family default
13984
13985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13986 \end_inset
13987
13988  by means of the hyphenation command.
13989  Use this command to do the same in LyX [see the example].
13990 \end_layout
13991
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13993 Note: To tell LaTeX how to hyphenate
13994 \emph default
13995
13996 \emph on
13997 all
13998 \emph default
13999  instances of a word in a document, insert a LaTeX
14000 \family default
14001
14002 \family typewriter
14003
14004 \backslash
14005 hyphenation{}
14006 \family default
14007  command in the preamble,
14008 \begin_inset Foot
14009 status collapsed
14010
14011 \begin_layout Standard
14012 Edit the preamble from the menu by selecting
14013 \family default
14014
14015 \family sans
14016 Layout
14017 \family default
14018 , then
14019 \family default
14020
14021 \family sans
14022 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
14023 Preamble
14024 \family default
14025  .
14026 \end_layout
14027
14028 \end_inset
14029
14030  where the argument is a space-delimited list of the words to be hyphenated,
14031  with the hyphenation points noted by dashes, as in
14032 \family default
14033
14034 \family typewriter
14035
14036 \backslash
14037 hyphenation{gno-mon gno-mons gno-mon-ly}
14038 \family default
14039 .
14040 \end_layout
14041
14042 \begin_layout Paragraph
14043 Examples:
14044 \end_layout
14045
14046 \begin_layout Standard
14047 This is what
14048 \emph default
14049
14050 \emph on
14051 gno\SpecialChar \-
14052 mon
14053 \emph default
14054  looks like in LyX when hyphenated.
14055 \end_layout
14056
14057 \begin_layout Paragraph
14058 See Also:
14059 \end_layout
14060
14061 \begin_layout Standard
14062 ?
14063 \end_layout
14064
14065 \begin_layout Subsection
14066 index-insert
14067 \end_layout
14068
14069 \begin_layout Description
14070 Default\InsetSpace ~
14071 Bindings:
14072 \end_layout
14073
14074 \begin_deeper
14075 \begin_layout List
14076 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14077
14078 \series bold
14079 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14080 -
14081 \family default
14082 \series default
14083
14084 \series bold
14085 \family sans
14086 \series default
14087 \bar under
14088 I
14089 \bar default
14090 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14091 In
14092 \bar under
14093 d
14094 \bar default
14095 ex\InsetSpace ~
14096 entry
14097 \end_layout
14098
14099 \end_deeper
14100 \begin_layout Paragraph
14101 Purpose:
14102 \end_layout
14103
14104 \begin_layout Standard
14105 Add an entry that LaTeX can use to generate an index entry.
14106 \end_layout
14107
14108 \begin_layout Paragraph
14109 Usage:
14110 \end_layout
14111
14112 \begin_layout Standard
14113 LaTeX has the capability to compile an index based on keywords marked in
14114  the text.
14115  Within LyX, this is done using
14116 \family default
14117
14118 \family typewriter
14119 index-insert
14120 \family default
14121  immediately adjacent to the word or phrase to be placed in the index.
14122  Note that leaving a space in between can occasionally result in the page
14123  number appearing in the index to be off by one page.
14124 \end_layout
14125
14126 \begin_layout Standard
14127 When using
14128 \family default
14129
14130 \family typewriter
14131 index-insert
14132 \family default
14133  from the minibuffer, an argument can be used to give the text to use in
14134  the index entry.
14135  Regardless of how the entry was created in LyX, clicking on the index inset
14136  gives an editable popup window to allow changes in the entry.
14137 \end_layout
14138
14139 \begin_layout Paragraph
14140 Examples:
14141 \end_layout
14142
14143 \begin_layout Standard
14144 Here
14145 \begin_inset LatexCommand index
14146 name "example"
14147 \end_inset
14148
14149  is what an index entry looks like.
14150 \end_layout
14151
14152 \begin_layout Paragraph
14153 See Also:
14154 \end_layout
14155
14156 \begin_layout Standard
14157
14158 \family typewriter
14159 index-print
14160 \end_layout
14161
14162 \begin_layout Subsection
14163 index-print
14164 \end_layout
14165
14166 \begin_layout List
14167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14168
14169 \series bold
14170 Default\InsetSpace ~
14171 Bindings:
14172 \end_layout
14173
14174 \begin_deeper
14175 \begin_layout List
14176 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14177
14178 \series bold
14179 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14180 -
14181 \family default
14182 \series default
14183
14184 \series bold
14185 \family sans
14186 \series default
14187 \bar under
14188 I
14189 \bar default
14190 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14191 Lists\InsetSpace ~
14192 and\InsetSpace ~
14193
14194 \bar under
14195 T
14196 \bar default
14197 OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14198
14199 \bar under
14200 I
14201 \bar default
14202 ndex\InsetSpace ~
14203 list
14204 \end_layout
14205
14206 \begin_layout List
14207 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14208
14209 \series bold
14210 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14211 -
14212 \series default
14213
14214 \family default
14215
14216 \family sans
14217 M-i\InsetSpace ~
14218 t\InsetSpace ~
14219 i
14220 \family default
14221
14222 \end_layout
14223
14224 \end_deeper
14225 \begin_layout Paragraph
14226 Purpose:
14227 \end_layout
14228
14229 \begin_layout Standard
14230 Instruct LaTeX to print the index.
14231 \end_layout
14232
14233 \begin_layout Paragraph
14234 Usage:
14235 \end_layout
14236
14237 \begin_layout Standard
14238
14239 \family typewriter
14240 index-print
14241 \family default
14242  causes LaTeX to read index entries created by
14243 \family default
14244
14245 \family typewriter
14246 index-insert
14247 \family default
14248 , generate an index, and add it to the output document.
14249  Within LyX, the only visible effect of
14250 \family default
14251
14252 \family typewriter
14253 index-print
14254 \family default
14255  is to create an inset labeled
14256 \family default
14257
14258 \family sans
14259 Print Index
14260 \family default
14261 .
14262 \end_layout
14263
14264 \begin_layout Paragraph
14265 See Also:
14266 \end_layout
14267
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14269
14270 \family typewriter
14271 index-insert
14272 \end_layout
14273
14274 \begin_layout Subsection
14275 inset-formula-latex-deletable-insert
14276 \end_layout
14277
14278 \begin_layout Description
14279 Default\InsetSpace ~
14280 Bindings:
14281 \end_layout
14282
14283 \begin_deeper
14284 \begin_layout List
14285 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14286
14287 \series bold
14288 None.
14289 \end_layout
14290
14291 \end_deeper
14292 \begin_layout Paragraph
14293 Purpose:
14294 \end_layout
14295
14296 \begin_layout Standard
14297 I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of
14298  math-mode.
14299 \end_layout
14300
14301 \begin_layout Paragraph
14302 Usage:
14303 \end_layout
14304
14305 \begin_layout Standard
14306 ?
14307 \end_layout
14308
14309 \begin_layout Paragraph
14310 Examples:
14311 \end_layout
14312
14313 \begin_layout Standard
14314 ?
14315 \end_layout
14316
14317 \begin_layout Paragraph
14318 See Also:
14319 \end_layout
14320
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14322 ?
14323 \end_layout
14324
14325 \begin_layout Subsection
14326 inset-formula-latex-insert
14327 \end_layout
14328
14329 \begin_layout Description
14330 Default\InsetSpace ~
14331 Bindings:
14332 \end_layout
14333
14334 \begin_deeper
14335 \begin_layout List
14336 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14337
14338 \series bold
14339 None.
14340 \end_layout
14341
14342 \end_deeper
14343 \begin_layout Paragraph
14344 Purpose:
14345 \end_layout
14346
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14348 I don't know what this is used for, though it seems to go into a kind of
14349  math-mode.
14350 \end_layout
14351
14352 \begin_layout Paragraph
14353 Usage:
14354 \end_layout
14355
14356 \begin_layout Standard
14357 ?
14358 \end_layout
14359
14360 \begin_layout Paragraph
14361 Examples:
14362 \end_layout
14363
14364 \begin_layout Standard
14365 ?
14366 \end_layout
14367
14368 \begin_layout Paragraph
14369 See Also:
14370 \end_layout
14371
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 ?
14374 \end_layout
14375
14376 \begin_layout Subsection
14377 inset-latex-deletable-insert
14378 \end_layout
14379
14380 \begin_layout Description
14381 Default\InsetSpace ~
14382 Bindings:
14383 \end_layout
14384
14385 \begin_deeper
14386 \begin_layout List
14387 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14388
14389 \series bold
14390 None.
14391 \end_layout
14392
14393 \end_deeper
14394 \begin_layout Paragraph
14395 Purpose:
14396 \end_layout
14397
14398 \begin_layout Standard
14399 ?
14400 \end_layout
14401
14402 \begin_layout Paragraph
14403 Usage:
14404 \end_layout
14405
14406 \begin_layout Standard
14407 ?
14408 \end_layout
14409
14410 \begin_layout Paragraph
14411 Examples:
14412 \end_layout
14413
14414 \begin_layout Standard
14415 ?
14416 \end_layout
14417
14418 \begin_layout Paragraph
14419 See Also:
14420 \end_layout
14421
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14423 ?
14424 \end_layout
14425
14426 \begin_layout Subsection
14427 inset-latex-insert
14428 \end_layout
14429
14430 \begin_layout Description
14431 Default\InsetSpace ~
14432 Bindings:
14433 \end_layout
14434
14435 \begin_deeper
14436 \begin_layout List
14437 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14438
14439 \series bold
14440 None.
14441 \end_layout
14442
14443 \end_deeper
14444 \begin_layout Paragraph
14445 Purpose:
14446 \end_layout
14447
14448 \begin_layout Standard
14449 ?
14450 \end_layout
14451
14452 \begin_layout Paragraph
14453 Usage:
14454 \end_layout
14455
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14457 ?
14458 \end_layout
14459
14460 \begin_layout Paragraph
14461 Examples:
14462 \end_layout
14463
14464 \begin_layout Standard
14465 ?
14466 \end_layout
14467
14468 \begin_layout Paragraph
14469 See Also:
14470 \end_layout
14471
14472 \begin_layout Standard
14473 ?
14474 \end_layout
14475
14476 \begin_layout Subsection
14477 keymap-off
14478 \end_layout
14479
14480 \begin_layout Description
14481 Default\InsetSpace ~
14482 Bindings:
14483 \end_layout
14484
14485 \begin_deeper
14486 \begin_layout List
14487 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14488
14489 \series bold
14490 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14491 -
14492 \series default
14493
14494 \family default
14495
14496 \family sans
14497 \bar under
14498 O
14499 \bar default
14500 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14501
14502 \bar under
14503 K
14504 \bar default
14505 eyboard
14506 \end_layout
14507
14508 \begin_deeper
14509 \begin_layout Description
14510 Key\InsetSpace ~
14511 Mappings:
14512 \series default
14513
14514 \series medium
14515
14516 \family sans
14517 No\InsetSpace ~
14518 key\InsetSpace ~
14519 mapping
14520 \end_layout
14521
14522 \end_deeper
14523 \begin_layout List
14524 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14525
14526 \series bold
14527 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14528 -
14529 \series default
14530
14531 \family default
14532
14533 \family sans
14534 M-k\InsetSpace ~
14535 o
14536 \family default
14537
14538 or
14539 \family default
14540
14541 \family sans
14542 M-k\InsetSpace ~
14543 x
14544 \end_layout
14545
14546 \end_deeper
14547 \begin_layout Paragraph
14548 Purpose:
14549 \end_layout
14550
14551 \begin_layout Standard
14552 Turn off keyboard character keymapping.
14553 \end_layout
14554
14555 \begin_layout Paragraph
14556 Usage:
14557 \end_layout
14558
14559 \begin_layout Standard
14560 In addition to the default keymap, the keyboard can have a primary keymap,
14561  a secondary keymap, or both.
14562  If you have previously defined and selected either the primary or secondary
14563  keymaps, you can turn-off this selection by issuing the
14564 \family default
14565
14566 \family typewriter
14567 keymap-off
14568 \family default
14569  command.
14570 \end_layout
14571
14572 \begin_layout Standard
14573
14574 \emph on
14575 Editor's Note - We probably need to add some more info.
14576  - jw
14577 \end_layout
14578
14579 \begin_layout Paragraph
14580 Examples:
14581 \end_layout
14582
14583 \begin_layout Standard
14584 ?
14585 \end_layout
14586
14587 \begin_layout Paragraph
14588 See Also:
14589 \end_layout
14590
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 keymap-primary; keymap-secondary.
14593 \end_layout
14594
14595 \begin_layout Standard
14596 Keyboard keymapping is described in more detail in\SpecialChar \ldots{}
14597
14598 \end_layout
14599
14600 \begin_layout Subsection
14601 keymap-primary
14602 \end_layout
14603
14604 \begin_layout Description
14605 Default\InsetSpace ~
14606 Bindings:
14607 \end_layout
14608
14609 \begin_deeper
14610 \begin_layout List
14611 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14612
14613 \series bold
14614 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14615 -
14616 \series default
14617
14618 \family default
14619
14620 \family sans
14621 \bar under
14622 O
14623 \bar default
14624 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14625
14626 \bar under
14627 K
14628 \bar default
14629 eyboard
14630 \end_layout
14631
14632 \begin_deeper
14633 \begin_layout Description
14634 Key\InsetSpace ~
14635 Mappings:
14636 \family default
14637
14638 \family sans
14639 \series medium
14640 Primary\InsetSpace ~
14641 key\InsetSpace ~
14642 mapping
14643 \end_layout
14644
14645 \end_deeper
14646 \begin_layout List
14647 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14648
14649 \series bold
14650 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14651 -
14652 \series default
14653
14654 \family default
14655
14656 \family sans
14657 M-k\InsetSpace ~
14658 1
14659 \end_layout
14660
14661 \end_deeper
14662 \begin_layout Paragraph
14663 Purpose:
14664 \end_layout
14665
14666 \begin_layout Standard
14667 Select the primary keymap.
14668 \end_layout
14669
14670 \begin_layout Paragraph
14671 Usage:
14672 \end_layout
14673
14674 \begin_layout Standard
14675 Self-explanatory.
14676  See
14677 \family default
14678
14679 \family typewriter
14680 keymap-off
14681 \family default
14682  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
14683 \end_layout
14684
14685 \begin_layout Paragraph
14686 See Also:
14687 \end_layout
14688
14689 \begin_layout Standard
14690 keymap-off
14691 \end_layout
14692
14693 \begin_layout Subsection
14694 keymap-secondary
14695 \end_layout
14696
14697 \begin_layout Description
14698 Default\InsetSpace ~
14699 Bindings:
14700 \end_layout
14701
14702 \begin_deeper
14703 \begin_layout List
14704 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14705
14706 \series bold
14707 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14708 -
14709 \series default
14710
14711 \family default
14712
14713 \family sans
14714 \bar under
14715 O
14716 \bar default
14717 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14718
14719 \bar under
14720 K
14721 \bar default
14722 eyboard
14723 \end_layout
14724
14725 \begin_deeper
14726 \begin_layout Description
14727 Key\InsetSpace ~
14728 Mappings:
14729 \family default
14730
14731 \family sans
14732 \series medium
14733 Secondary\InsetSpace ~
14734 key\InsetSpace ~
14735 mapping
14736 \end_layout
14737
14738 \end_deeper
14739 \begin_layout List
14740 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14741
14742 \series bold
14743 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14744 -
14745 \series default
14746
14747 \family default
14748
14749 \family sans
14750 M-k\InsetSpace ~
14751 2
14752 \end_layout
14753
14754 \end_deeper
14755 \begin_layout Paragraph
14756 Purpose:
14757 \end_layout
14758
14759 \begin_layout Standard
14760 Select the secondary keymap.
14761 \end_layout
14762
14763 \begin_layout Paragraph
14764 Usage:
14765 \end_layout
14766
14767 \begin_layout Standard
14768 Self-explanatory.
14769  See
14770 \family default
14771
14772 \family typewriter
14773 keymap-off
14774 \family default
14775  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
14776 \end_layout
14777
14778 \begin_layout Paragraph
14779 See Also:
14780 \end_layout
14781
14782 \begin_layout Standard
14783 keymap-off
14784 \end_layout
14785
14786 \begin_layout Subsection
14787 keymap-toggle
14788 \end_layout
14789
14790 \begin_layout Description
14791 Default\InsetSpace ~
14792 Bindings:
14793 \end_layout
14794
14795 \begin_deeper
14796 \begin_layout List
14797 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14798
14799 \series bold
14800 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14801 -
14802 \series default
14803
14804 \family default
14805
14806 \family sans
14807 \bar under
14808 O
14809 \bar default
14810 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14811
14812 \bar under
14813 K
14814 \bar default
14815 eyboard
14816 \end_layout
14817
14818 \begin_deeper
14819 \begin_layout Description
14820 Key\InsetSpace ~
14821 Mappings
14822 \series medium
14823 :
14824 \family default
14825 \series default
14826
14827 \series medium
14828 \family sans
14829 Mapping\InsetSpace ~
14830 Switch
14831 \end_layout
14832
14833 \end_deeper
14834 \begin_layout List
14835 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14836
14837 \series bold
14838 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14839 -
14840 \series default
14841
14842 \family default
14843
14844 \family sans
14845 M-k\InsetSpace ~
14846 t
14847 \end_layout
14848
14849 \end_deeper
14850 \begin_layout Paragraph
14851 Purpose:
14852 \end_layout
14853
14854 \begin_layout Standard
14855 Allows you to toggle back and forth between the primary and secondary keymaps
14856  (either of which can be set to a value of
14857 \family default
14858
14859 \family typewriter
14860 default
14861 \family default
14862 ).
14863 \end_layout
14864
14865 \begin_layout Paragraph
14866 Usage:
14867 \end_layout
14868
14869 \begin_layout Standard
14870 Self-explanatory.
14871  See
14872 \family default
14873
14874 \family typewriter
14875 keymap-off
14876 \family default
14877  for more details about using multiple keymaps.
14878 \end_layout
14879
14880 \begin_layout Paragraph
14881 See Also:
14882 \end_layout
14883
14884 \begin_layout Standard
14885 keymap-off
14886 \end_layout
14887
14888 \begin_layout Section
14889 L
14890 \end_layout
14891
14892 \begin_layout Subsection
14893 label-insert
14894 \end_layout
14895
14896 \begin_layout Description
14897 Default\InsetSpace ~
14898 Bindings:
14899 \end_layout
14900
14901 \begin_deeper
14902 \begin_layout List
14903 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14904
14905 \series bold
14906 Menu\InsetSpace ~
14907 -
14908 \series default
14909
14910 \family default
14911
14912 \family sans
14913 \bar under
14914 I
14915 \bar default
14916 nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14917
14918 \bar under
14919 L
14920 \bar default
14921 abel
14922 \end_layout
14923
14924 \begin_deeper
14925 \begin_layout Description
14926 Input: (enter label name in input box)
14927 \end_layout
14928
14929 \end_deeper
14930 \begin_layout List
14931 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
14932
14933 \series bold
14934 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
14935 -
14936 \series default
14937
14938 \family default
14939
14940 \family sans
14941 M-i\InsetSpace ~
14942 l
14943 \end_layout
14944
14945 \end_deeper
14946 \begin_layout Paragraph
14947 Purpose:
14948 \end_layout
14949
14950 \begin_layout Standard
14951 Insert a label (and create a character string label key for it) for use
14952  in a cross-reference to either the current environment entity or the printed
14953  page number of the label location.
14954 \end_layout
14955
14956 \begin_layout Paragraph
14957 Usage:
14958 \end_layout
14959
14960 \begin_layout Standard
14961 This command inserts a LaTeX
14962 \family default
14963
14964 \family typewriter
14965
14966 \backslash
14967 label{key}
14968 \family default
14969  command into the document, which contains a case-sensitive alphanumeric
14970  label
14971 \family default
14972
14973 \family typewriter
14974 key
14975 \family default
14976  that you define.
14977  This command allows LaTeX to track the current environment and printed
14978  page number for subsequent
14979 \begin_inset Foot
14980 status collapsed
14981
14982 \begin_layout Standard
14983 Actually, it doesn't need to be a subsequent reference.
14984  You can reference a label
14985 \emph default
14986
14987 \emph on
14988 before
14989 \emph default
14990  it is defined, but you must then run LaTeX multiple times to allow LaTeX
14991  to resolve these types of references.
14992 \end_layout
14993
14994 \end_inset
14995
14996  cross-reference via the
14997 \family default
14998
14999 \family typewriter
15000 ref-insert
15001 \family default
15002  command.
15003  The current environment is the section, table, figure, equation, enumerated
15004  item,
15005 \emph default
15006
15007 \emph on
15008 etc
15009 \emph default
15010 ., that the label is within.
15011  Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print
15012  your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which
15013  is the character string label that you defined.
15014
15015 \end_layout
15016
15017 \begin_layout Standard
15018 Note that you can't define labels for math equations using this command.
15019  LyX labels equations using a combination of the
15020 \family default
15021
15022 \family typewriter
15023 math-number
15024 \family default
15025  command and the actual LaTeX command
15026 \family default
15027
15028 \family typewriter
15029
15030 \backslash
15031 label{key}
15032 \family default
15033 .
15034  See the User's Guide for more information about labelling and numbering
15035  equations.
15036 \end_layout
15037
15038 \begin_layout Paragraph
15039 Examples:
15040 \end_layout
15041
15042 \begin_layout Standard
15043 If the current environment is a section, as it is here at this point, you
15044  can insert a label with the following result:
15045 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
15046 name "test label"
15047 \end_inset
15048
15049 .
15050  This label can then be referenced, and the result will be the section number
15051  for this section, as Section\InsetSpace ~
15052
15053 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
15054 reference "test label"
15055 \end_inset
15056
15057 .
15058 \end_layout
15059
15060 \begin_layout Paragraph
15061 See Also:
15062 \end_layout
15063
15064 \begin_layout Standard
15065 ref-insert; math-number.
15066
15067 \end_layout
15068
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15070 You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing
15071  method in the LyX User's Guide or any LaTeX user's guide.
15072 \end_layout
15073
15074 \begin_layout Subsection
15075 latex-view-log
15076 \end_layout
15077
15078 \begin_layout Description
15079 Default\InsetSpace ~
15080 Bindings:
15081 \end_layout
15082
15083 \begin_deeper
15084 \begin_layout List
15085 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15086
15087 \series bold
15088 Menu\InsetSpace ~
15089 -
15090 \series default
15091
15092 \family default
15093
15094 \family sans
15095 \bar under
15096 E
15097 \bar default
15098 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15099 Vie
15100 \bar under
15101 w
15102 \bar default
15103 \family default
15104
15105 \family sans
15106 \bar default
15107 LaTeX Log
15108 \end_layout
15109
15110 \begin_layout List
15111 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15112
15113 \series bold
15114 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15115 -
15116 \series default
15117
15118 \family default
15119
15120 \family sans
15121 M-e\InsetSpace ~
15122 w
15123 \end_layout
15124
15125 \end_deeper
15126 \begin_layout Paragraph
15127 Purpose:
15128 \end_layout
15129
15130 \begin_layout Standard
15131 Displays the log file produced by LaTeX.
15132 \end_layout
15133
15134 \begin_layout Paragraph
15135 Usage:
15136 \end_layout
15137
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15139 Self-explanatory.
15140 \end_layout
15141
15142 \begin_layout Subsection
15143 layout
15144 \end_layout
15145
15146 \begin_layout Description
15147 Default\InsetSpace ~
15148 Bindings:
15149 \end_layout
15150
15151 \begin_deeper
15152 \begin_layout List
15153 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15154
15155 \series bold
15156 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
15157 -
15158 \series default
15159  Pull-down box at the left end of the toolbar.
15160 \end_layout
15161
15162 \begin_layout List
15163 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
15164
15165 \series bold
15166 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
15167 -
15168 \series default
15169
15170 \family default
15171
15172 \family sans
15173 M-p
15174 \family default
15175
15176 prefix plus one of the following:
15177 \end_layout
15178
15179 \begin_deeper
15180 \begin_layout List
15181 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15182
15183 \family sans
15184 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15185 1
15186 \family default
15187
15188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15189 \end_inset
15190
15191
15192 \family typewriter
15193 layout Chapter
15194 \family default
15195
15196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15197 \end_inset
15198
15199
15200 \end_layout
15201
15202 \begin_layout List
15203 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15204
15205 \family sans
15206 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15207 2
15208 \family default
15209
15210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15211 \end_inset
15212
15213
15214 \family typewriter
15215 layout Section
15216 \family default
15217
15218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15219 \end_inset
15220
15221
15222 \end_layout
15223
15224 \begin_layout List
15225 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15226
15227 \family sans
15228 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15229 3
15230 \family default
15231
15232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15233 \end_inset
15234
15235
15236 \family typewriter
15237 layout Subsection
15238 \family default
15239
15240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15241 \end_inset
15242
15243
15244 \end_layout
15245
15246 \begin_layout List
15247 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15248
15249 \family sans
15250 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15251 4
15252 \family default
15253
15254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15255 \end_inset
15256
15257
15258 \family typewriter
15259 layout Subsubsection
15260 \family default
15261
15262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15263 \end_inset
15264
15265
15266 \end_layout
15267
15268 \begin_layout List
15269 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15270
15271 \family sans
15272 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15273 5
15274 \family default
15275
15276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15277 \end_inset
15278
15279
15280 \family typewriter
15281 layout Paragraph
15282 \family default
15283
15284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15285 \end_inset
15286
15287
15288 \end_layout
15289
15290 \begin_layout List
15291 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15292
15293 \family sans
15294 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15295 6
15296 \family default
15297
15298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15299 \end_inset
15300
15301
15302 \family typewriter
15303 layout Subparagraph
15304 \family default
15305
15306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15307 \end_inset
15308
15309
15310 \end_layout
15311
15312 \begin_layout List
15313 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15314
15315 \family sans
15316 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15317 a
15318 \family default
15319
15320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15321 \end_inset
15322
15323
15324 \family typewriter
15325 layout Abstract
15326 \family default
15327
15328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15329 \end_inset
15330
15331
15332 \end_layout
15333
15334 \begin_layout List
15335 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15336
15337 \family sans
15338 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15339 S-A
15340 \family default
15341
15342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15343 \end_inset
15344
15345
15346 \family typewriter
15347 layout Author
15348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15349 \end_inset
15350
15351
15352 \end_layout
15353
15354 \begin_layout List
15355 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15356
15357 \family sans
15358 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15359 M-a
15360 \family default
15361
15362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15363 \end_inset
15364
15365
15366 \family typewriter
15367 layout Address
15368 \family default
15369
15370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15371 \end_inset
15372
15373
15374 \end_layout
15375
15376 \begin_layout List
15377 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15378
15379 \family sans
15380 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15381 C-a
15382 \family default
15383
15384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15385 \end_inset
15386
15387
15388 \family typewriter
15389 layout RightAddress
15390 \family default
15391
15392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15393 \end_inset
15394
15395
15396 \end_layout
15397
15398 \begin_layout List
15399 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15400
15401 \family sans
15402 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15403 b
15404 \family default
15405
15406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15407 \end_inset
15408
15409
15410 \family typewriter
15411 layout Itemize
15412 \family default
15413
15414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15415 \end_inset
15416
15417
15418 \end_layout
15419
15420 \begin_layout List
15421 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15422
15423 \family sans
15424 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15425 S-B
15426 \family default
15427
15428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15429 \end_inset
15430
15431
15432 \family typewriter
15433 layout Bibliography
15434 \family default
15435
15436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15437 \end_inset
15438
15439
15440 \end_layout
15441
15442 \begin_layout List
15443 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15444
15445 \family sans
15446 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15447 c
15448 \family default
15449
15450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15451 \end_inset
15452
15453
15454 \family typewriter
15455 layout LyX-Code
15456 \family default
15457
15458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15459 \end_inset
15460
15461
15462 \end_layout
15463
15464 \begin_layout List
15465 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15466
15467 \family sans
15468 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15469 S-C
15470 \family default
15471
15472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15473 \end_inset
15474
15475
15476 \family typewriter
15477 layout Comment
15478 \family default
15479
15480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15481 \end_inset
15482
15483
15484 \end_layout
15485
15486 \begin_layout List
15487 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15488
15489 \family sans
15490 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15491 M-c
15492 \family default
15493
15494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15495 \end_inset
15496
15497
15498 \family typewriter
15499 layout Caption
15500 \family default
15501
15502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15503 \end_inset
15504
15505
15506 \end_layout
15507
15508 \begin_layout List
15509 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15510
15511 \family sans
15512 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15513 d
15514 \family default
15515
15516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15517 \end_inset
15518
15519
15520 \family typewriter
15521 layout Description
15522 \family default
15523
15524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15525 \end_inset
15526
15527
15528 \end_layout
15529
15530 \begin_layout List
15531 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15532
15533 \family sans
15534 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15535 S-D
15536 \family default
15537
15538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15539 \end_inset
15540
15541
15542 \family typewriter
15543 layout Date
15544 \family default
15545
15546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15547 \end_inset
15548
15549
15550 \end_layout
15551
15552 \begin_layout List
15553 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15554
15555 \family sans
15556 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15557 e
15558 \family default
15559
15560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15561 \end_inset
15562
15563
15564 \family typewriter
15565 layout Enumerate
15566 \family default
15567
15568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15569 \end_inset
15570
15571
15572 \end_layout
15573
15574 \begin_layout List
15575 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15576
15577 \family sans
15578 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15579 f
15580 \family default
15581
15582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15583 \end_inset
15584
15585
15586 \family typewriter
15587 layout ShortFoilhead
15588 \family default
15589
15590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15591 \end_inset
15592
15593
15594 \end_layout
15595
15596 \begin_layout List
15597 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15598
15599 \family sans
15600 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15601 S-F
15602 \family default
15603
15604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15605 \end_inset
15606
15607
15608 \family typewriter
15609 layout Foilhead
15610 \family default
15611
15612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15613 \end_inset
15614
15615
15616 \end_layout
15617
15618 \begin_layout List
15619 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15620
15621 \family sans
15622 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15623 i
15624 \family default
15625
15626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15627 \end_inset
15628
15629
15630 \family typewriter
15631 layout Itemize
15632 \family default
15633
15634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15635 \end_inset
15636
15637
15638 \end_layout
15639
15640 \begin_layout List
15641 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15642
15643 \family sans
15644 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15645 l
15646 \family default
15647
15648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15649 \end_inset
15650
15651
15652 \family typewriter
15653 layout List
15654 \family default
15655
15656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15657 \end_inset
15658
15659
15660 \end_layout
15661
15662 \begin_layout List
15663 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15664
15665 \family sans
15666 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15667 S-L
15668 \family default
15669
15670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15671 \end_inset
15672
15673
15674 \family typewriter
15675 layout LaTeX
15676 \family default
15677
15678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15679 \end_inset
15680
15681
15682 \end_layout
15683
15684 \begin_layout List
15685 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15686
15687 \family sans
15688 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15689 n
15690 \family default
15691
15692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15693 \end_inset
15694
15695
15696 \family typewriter
15697 layout Enumerate
15698 \family default
15699
15700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15701 \end_inset
15702
15703
15704 \end_layout
15705
15706 \begin_layout List
15707 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15708
15709 \family sans
15710 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15711 q
15712 \family default
15713
15714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15715 \end_inset
15716
15717
15718 \family typewriter
15719 layout Quote
15720 \family default
15721
15722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15723 \end_inset
15724
15725
15726 \end_layout
15727
15728 \begin_layout List
15729 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15730
15731 \family sans
15732 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15733 S-Q
15734 \family default
15735
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 \end_inset
15738
15739
15740 \family typewriter
15741 layout Quotation
15742 \family default
15743
15744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15745 \end_inset
15746
15747
15748 \end_layout
15749
15750 \begin_layout List
15751 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15752
15753 \family sans
15754 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15755 r
15756 \family default
15757
15758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15759 \end_inset
15760
15761
15762 \family typewriter
15763 layout ShortRotatefoilhead
15764 \family default
15765
15766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15767 \end_inset
15768
15769
15770 \end_layout
15771
15772 \begin_layout List
15773 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15774
15775 \family sans
15776 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15777 S-R
15778 \family default
15779
15780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15781 \end_inset
15782
15783
15784 \family typewriter
15785 layout Rotatefoilhead
15786 \family default
15787
15788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15789 \end_inset
15790
15791
15792 \end_layout
15793
15794 \begin_layout List
15795 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15796
15797 \family sans
15798 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15799 s
15800 \family default
15801
15802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15803 \end_inset
15804
15805
15806 \family typewriter
15807 layout Standard
15808 \family default
15809
15810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15811 \end_inset
15812
15813
15814 \end_layout
15815
15816 \begin_layout List
15817 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15818
15819 \family sans
15820 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15821 t
15822 \family default
15823
15824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15825 \end_inset
15826
15827
15828 \family typewriter
15829 layout Title
15830 \family default
15831
15832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15833 \end_inset
15834
15835
15836 \end_layout
15837
15838 \begin_layout List
15839 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15840
15841 \family sans
15842 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15843 v
15844 \family default
15845
15846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15847 \end_inset
15848
15849
15850 \family typewriter
15851 layout Verse
15852 \family default
15853
15854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15855 \end_inset
15856
15857
15858 \end_layout
15859
15860 \begin_layout List
15861 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15862
15863 \family sans
15864 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15865 x
15866 \family default
15867
15868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15869 \end_inset
15870
15871
15872 \family typewriter
15873 layout LaTeX
15874 \family default
15875
15876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15877 \end_inset
15878
15879
15880 \end_layout
15881
15882 \begin_layout List
15883 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
15884
15885 \family sans
15886 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15887 S-at
15888 \family default
15889
15890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15891 \end_inset
15892
15893
15894 \family typewriter
15895 layout Section*
15896 \family default
15897
15898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15899 \end_inset
15900
15901
15902 \end_layout
15903
15904 \begin_layout List
15905 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
15906
15907 \family sans
15908 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15909 S-numbersign
15910 \family default
15911
15912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15913 \end_inset
15914
15915
15916 \family typewriter
15917 layout Subsection*
15918 \family default
15919
15920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15921 \end_inset
15922
15923
15924 \end_layout
15925
15926 \begin_layout List
15927 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMMMMM
15928
15929 \family sans
15930 M-p\InsetSpace ~
15931 S-dollar
15932 \family default
15933
15934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15935 \end_inset
15936
15937
15938 \family typewriter
15939 layout Subsubsection*
15940 \family default
15941
15942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15943 \end_inset
15944
15945
15946 \end_layout
15947
15948 \end_deeper
15949 \end_deeper
15950 \begin_layout Paragraph
15951 Purpose:
15952 \end_layout
15953
15954 \begin_layout Standard
15955 To select a paragraph environment.
15956 \end_layout
15957
15958 \begin_layout Paragraph
15959 Usage:
15960 \end_layout
15961
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15963 This function requires an argument, which is the name of the paragraph environme
15964 nt to use.
15965  Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
15966  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
15967 \end_layout
15968
15969 \begin_layout Standard
15970 There are more possible arguments than those listed in the keybindings.
15971  In fact, the possible arguments change depending on what document class
15972  you're using.
15973  In any case, there are so many different paragraph environments that we
15974  couldn't go into detail about each one here.
15975  [
15976 \emph on
15977 Editor's Note- Maybe we need another chapter, just for the layouts? - jw
15978 \emph default
15979 ]
15980 \end_layout
15981
15982 \begin_layout Paragraph
15983 See Also:
15984 \end_layout
15985
15986 \begin_layout Standard
15987 The appropriate section of UserGuide.lyx.
15988 \end_layout
15989
15990 \begin_layout Subsection
15991 layout-character
15992 \end_layout
15993
15994 \begin_layout Description
15995 Default\InsetSpace ~
15996 Bindings:
15997 \end_layout
15998
15999 \begin_deeper
16000 \begin_layout List
16001 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16002
16003 \series bold
16004 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16005 -
16006 \series default
16007
16008 \family default
16009
16010 \family sans
16011 \bar under
16012 L
16013 \bar default
16014 ayout \SpecialChar \menuseparator
16015
16016 \bar under
16017 C
16018 \bar default
16019 haracter
16020 \end_layout
16021
16022 \begin_deeper
16023 \begin_layout Description
16024 Character\InsetSpace ~
16025 Layout: (controls for character font settings)
16026 \end_layout
16027
16028 \end_deeper
16029 \begin_layout List
16030 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16031
16032 \series bold
16033 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16034 -
16035 \series default
16036
16037 \family default
16038
16039 \family sans
16040 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16041 c
16042 \end_layout
16043
16044 \end_deeper
16045 \begin_layout Paragraph
16046 Purpose:
16047 \end_layout
16048
16049 \begin_layout Standard
16050 Activates the
16051 \family default
16052
16053 \family sans
16054 Character Layout
16055 \family default
16056  pop-up, which allows you to control the character family, series, shape,
16057  size, and underlining font details.
16058 \end_layout
16059
16060 \begin_layout Paragraph
16061 Usage:
16062 \end_layout
16063
16064 \begin_layout Standard
16065 You can change the character appearance just once, for selected text, or
16066  for all subsequently typed text.
16067 \end_layout
16068
16069 \begin_layout Standard
16070 Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
16071  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
16072 \end_layout
16073
16074 \begin_layout Paragraph
16075 See Also:
16076 \end_layout
16077
16078 \begin_layout Standard
16079 layout-paragraph; layout-document.
16080 \end_layout
16081
16082 \begin_layout Subsection
16083 layout-document
16084 \end_layout
16085
16086 \begin_layout Description
16087 Default\InsetSpace ~
16088 Bindings:
16089 \end_layout
16090
16091 \begin_deeper
16092 \begin_layout List
16093 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16094
16095 \series bold
16096 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16097 -
16098 \series default
16099
16100 \family default
16101
16102 \family sans
16103 \bar under
16104 L
16105 \bar default
16106 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16107
16108 \bar under
16109 D
16110 \bar default
16111 ocument
16112 \end_layout
16113
16114 \begin_deeper
16115 \begin_layout Description
16116 Document\InsetSpace ~
16117 Layout: (controls for document format settings)
16118 \end_layout
16119
16120 \end_deeper
16121 \begin_layout List
16122 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16123
16124 \series bold
16125 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16126 -
16127 \series default
16128
16129 \family default
16130
16131 \family sans
16132 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16133 d
16134 \end_layout
16135
16136 \end_deeper
16137 \begin_layout Paragraph
16138 Purpose:
16139 \end_layout
16140
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16142 Activates the
16143 \family default
16144
16145 \family sans
16146 Document Layout
16147 \family default
16148  pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the entire document,
16149  including: class, pagestyle, default font type and size, language, paper
16150  size, number of paper sides and orientation, number of columns, paragraph
16151  separation method and spacing, section numbering and table of contents
16152  depth, and other parameters.
16153 \end_layout
16154
16155 \begin_layout Paragraph
16156 See Also:
16157 \end_layout
16158
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16160 layout-character; layout-paragraph.
16161 \end_layout
16162
16163 \begin_layout Subsection
16164 layout-paragraph
16165 \end_layout
16166
16167 \begin_layout Description
16168 Default\InsetSpace ~
16169 Bindings:
16170 \end_layout
16171
16172 \begin_deeper
16173 \begin_layout List
16174 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16175
16176 \series bold
16177 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16178 -
16179 \series default
16180
16181 \family default
16182
16183 \family sans
16184 \bar under
16185 L
16186 \bar default
16187 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16188
16189 \bar under
16190 P
16191 \bar default
16192 aragraph
16193 \end_layout
16194
16195 \begin_deeper
16196 \begin_layout Description
16197 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
16198 Layout: (controls for paragraph format settings)
16199 \end_layout
16200
16201 \end_deeper
16202 \begin_layout List
16203 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16204
16205 \series bold
16206 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16207 -
16208 \series default
16209
16210 \family default
16211
16212 \family sans
16213 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16214 p
16215 \end_layout
16216
16217 \end_deeper
16218 \begin_layout Paragraph
16219 Purpose:
16220 \end_layout
16221
16222 \begin_layout Standard
16223 Activates the
16224 \family default
16225
16226 \family sans
16227 Paragraph Layout
16228 \family default
16229  pop-up, which allows you to control parameters affecting the current paragraph,
16230  including: alignment, vertical spacing above and below the paragraph, line
16231  spacing, page breaking, indention, and label width (for appropriate paragraphs).
16232
16233 \end_layout
16234
16235 \begin_layout Paragraph
16236 Usage:
16237 \end_layout
16238
16239 \begin_layout Standard
16240 You may make changes either to the current paragraph or to a group of selected
16241  paragraphs.
16242  Changes made to the current paragraph [or the selected group] do not affect
16243  other paragraphs.
16244 \end_layout
16245
16246 \begin_layout Standard
16247 Yes, we realize the nomenclature is confusing.
16248  Unfortunately, we've changed our terminology but not the function names.
16249 \end_layout
16250
16251 \begin_layout Paragraph
16252 See Also:
16253 \end_layout
16254
16255 \begin_layout Standard
16256 layout-character; layout-document.
16257 \end_layout
16258
16259 \begin_layout Subsection
16260 layout-preamble
16261 \end_layout
16262
16263 \begin_layout Description
16264 Default\InsetSpace ~
16265 Bindings:
16266 \end_layout
16267
16268 \begin_deeper
16269 \begin_layout List
16270 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16271
16272 \series bold
16273 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16274 -
16275 \series default
16276
16277 \family default
16278
16279 \family sans
16280 \bar under
16281 L
16282 \bar default
16283 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16284
16285 \bar under
16286 L
16287 \bar default
16288 aTeX\InsetSpace ~
16289 Preamble
16290 \end_layout
16291
16292 \begin_deeper
16293 \begin_layout Description
16294 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
16295 Preamble: (edit window for direct modification of the LaTeX preamble)
16296 \end_layout
16297
16298 \end_deeper
16299 \begin_layout List
16300 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16301
16302 \series bold
16303 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16304 -
16305 \series default
16306
16307 \family default
16308
16309 \family sans
16310 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16311 l
16312 \end_layout
16313
16314 \end_deeper
16315 \begin_layout Paragraph
16316 Purpose:
16317 \end_layout
16318
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16320 Activates the
16321 \family default
16322
16323 \family sans
16324 LaTeX\InsetSpace ~
16325 Preamble
16326 \family default
16327
16328 pop-up, which allows you to directly make additions to the LaTeX preamble
16329  that LyX inserts in the LaTeX version of the document.
16330 \end_layout
16331
16332 \begin_layout Paragraph
16333 Usage:
16334 \end_layout
16335
16336 \begin_layout Standard
16337 In the LaTeX preamble, you can insert non-standard LaTeX parameter settings
16338  or LaTeX commands.
16339
16340 \end_layout
16341
16342 \begin_layout Standard
16343 Each document has its own preamble.
16344  LyX currently adds certain commands to the preamble based on settings you've
16345  chosen from within LyX.
16346  Some things LyX just can't do yet, but LaTeX can.
16347  Or, you may want to use some custom LaTeX macros.
16348  The
16349 \family default
16350
16351 \family sans
16352 LaTeX Preamble
16353 \family default
16354  popup is where to do it.
16355 \end_layout
16356
16357 \begin_layout Paragraph
16358 Example:
16359 \end_layout
16360
16361 \begin_layout Standard
16362 The following is a typical preamble that changes default settings for twocolumn
16363  mode, creates a simple custom LaTeX command for later use in this document,
16364  and then reads in some other personal settings and/or macros from an external
16365  file.
16366  Remember, if you want your documents to be portable, you need to bundle
16367  any such external files with the document file(s):
16368 \end_layout
16369
16370 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16371
16372 \backslash
16373 columnsep 10pt
16374 \end_layout
16375
16376 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16377
16378 \backslash
16379 columnseprule 2pt
16380 \end_layout
16381
16382 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16383
16384 \backslash
16385 newcommand{
16386 \backslash
16387 astm}[2]{#1
16388 \backslash
16389 ,#2}
16390 \end_layout
16391
16392 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16393 %
16394 \end_layout
16395
16396 \begin_layout LyX-Code
16397
16398 \backslash
16399 input{
16400 \backslash
16401 home
16402 \backslash
16403 homenode
16404 \backslash
16405 myname
16406 \backslash
16407 latex
16408 \backslash
16409 macros
16410 \backslash
16411 my_macros.def}
16412 \end_layout
16413
16414 \begin_layout Paragraph
16415 See Also:
16416 \end_layout
16417
16418 \begin_layout Standard
16419 The appropriate chapter in LyX User's Guide.
16420 \end_layout
16421
16422 \begin_layout Subsection
16423 layout-quotes
16424 \end_layout
16425
16426 \begin_layout Description
16427 Default\InsetSpace ~
16428 Bindings:
16429 \end_layout
16430
16431 \begin_deeper
16432 \begin_layout List
16433 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16434
16435 \series bold
16436 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16437 -
16438 \series default
16439
16440 \family default
16441
16442 \family sans
16443 \bar under
16444 L
16445 \bar default
16446 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16447
16448 \bar under
16449 Q
16450 \bar default
16451 uotes
16452 \end_layout
16453
16454 \begin_deeper
16455 \begin_layout Description
16456 Quotes: (controls for setting desired quotation marks)
16457 \end_layout
16458
16459 \end_deeper
16460 \begin_layout List
16461 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16462
16463 \series bold
16464 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16465 -
16466 \series default
16467
16468 \family default
16469
16470 \family sans
16471 M-l\InsetSpace ~
16472 q
16473 \end_layout
16474
16475 \end_deeper
16476 \begin_layout Paragraph
16477 Purpose:
16478 \end_layout
16479
16480 \begin_layout Standard
16481 Activates the
16482 \family default
16483
16484 \family sans
16485 Quotes
16486 \family default
16487  pop-up, which allows you to set the type of quote marks used by LyX.
16488 \end_layout
16489
16490 \begin_layout Paragraph
16491 Usage:
16492 \end_layout
16493
16494 \begin_layout Standard
16495 Self explanatory.
16496  Different languages use different symbols for the default quotes.
16497  For example, French uses
16498 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16499 \end_inset
16500
16501
16502 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16503 \end_inset
16504
16505 , not
16506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16507 \end_inset
16508
16509
16510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16511 \end_inset
16512
16513 .
16514  Selecting a different type of quote changes the behavior of the
16515 \family default
16516
16517 \family sans
16518
16519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16520 \end_inset
16521
16522
16523 \family default
16524  and
16525 \family default
16526
16527 \family sans
16528 '
16529 \family default
16530  keys.
16531  LyX supports a bunch of different quotes.
16532  If you need a special one not present, contact
16533 \family default
16534
16535 \family typewriter
16536 lyx-devel@lists.lyx.org
16537 \family default
16538  and we'll see what we can come up with.
16539 \end_layout
16540
16541 \begin_layout Paragraph
16542 See Also:
16543 \end_layout
16544
16545 \begin_layout Standard
16546 ?
16547 \end_layout
16548
16549 \begin_layout Subsection
16550 line-begin
16551 \end_layout
16552
16553 \begin_layout Description
16554 Default\InsetSpace ~
16555 Bindings:
16556 \end_layout
16557
16558 \begin_deeper
16559 \begin_layout List
16560 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16561
16562 \series bold
16563 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16564 -
16565 \series default
16566
16567 \family default
16568
16569 \family sans
16570 Home
16571 \family default
16572  in
16573 \family default
16574
16575 \family typewriter
16576 cua.bind.
16577 \end_layout
16578
16579 \begin_deeper
16580 \begin_layout Standard
16581
16582 \family sans
16583 C-a
16584 \family default
16585  in
16586 \family default
16587
16588 \family typewriter
16589 emacs.bind
16590 \family default
16591 .
16592 \end_layout
16593
16594 \end_deeper
16595 \end_deeper
16596 \begin_layout Paragraph
16597 Purpose:
16598 \end_layout
16599
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16601 Move the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
16602 \end_layout
16603
16604 \begin_layout Paragraph
16605 See Also:
16606 \end_layout
16607
16608 \begin_layout Standard
16609 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward;
16610  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
16611 \end_layout
16612
16613 \begin_layout Subsection
16614 line-begin-select
16615 \end_layout
16616
16617 \begin_layout Description
16618 Default\InsetSpace ~
16619 Bindings:
16620 \end_layout
16621
16622 \begin_deeper
16623 \begin_layout List
16624 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16625
16626 \series bold
16627 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16628 -
16629 \series default
16630
16631 \family default
16632
16633 \family sans
16634 S-Home
16635 \end_layout
16636
16637 \end_deeper
16638 \begin_layout Paragraph
16639 Purpose:
16640 \end_layout
16641
16642 \begin_layout Standard
16643 Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location to the beginning
16644  of the current line.
16645  The selected text is shown in reverse video.
16646
16647 \end_layout
16648
16649 \begin_layout Paragraph
16650 See Also:
16651 \end_layout
16652
16653 \begin_layout Standard
16654 line-begin;
16655 \end_layout
16656
16657 \begin_layout Standard
16658 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
16659  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
16660  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
16661 \end_layout
16662
16663 \begin_layout Subsection
16664 line-delete-forward
16665 \end_layout
16666
16667 \begin_layout Description
16668 Default\InsetSpace ~
16669 Bindings:
16670 \end_layout
16671
16672 \begin_deeper
16673 \begin_layout List
16674 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16675
16676 \series bold
16677 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16678 -
16679 \series default
16680
16681 \family default
16682
16683 \family sans
16684 C-k
16685 \family default
16686  or
16687 \family default
16688
16689 \family sans
16690 M-e\InsetSpace ~
16691 k
16692 \end_layout
16693
16694 \end_deeper
16695 \begin_layout Paragraph
16696 Purpose:
16697 \end_layout
16698
16699 \begin_layout Standard
16700 Delete text from the current cursor location to the end of the screen line.
16701
16702 \end_layout
16703
16704 \begin_layout Paragraph
16705 Usage:
16706 \end_layout
16707
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16709 If the cursor is at the end of the line there is no action.
16710  If the cursor is at the beginning of the line, the text of the entire line
16711  is deleted but the empty line is retained for insertion of new text.
16712 \end_layout
16713
16714 \begin_layout Paragraph
16715 See Also:
16716 \end_layout
16717
16718 \begin_layout Standard
16719 ?
16720 \end_layout
16721
16722 \begin_layout Subsection
16723 line-end
16724 \end_layout
16725
16726 \begin_layout Description
16727 Default\InsetSpace ~
16728 Bindings:
16729 \end_layout
16730
16731 \begin_deeper
16732 \begin_layout List
16733 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16734
16735 \series bold
16736 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16737 -
16738 \series default
16739
16740 \family default
16741
16742 \family sans
16743 End
16744 \family default
16745  in
16746 \family default
16747
16748 \family typewriter
16749 cua.bind
16750 \family default
16751 .
16752 \end_layout
16753
16754 \begin_deeper
16755 \begin_layout Standard
16756
16757 \family sans
16758 C-e
16759 \family default
16760  in
16761 \family default
16762
16763 \family typewriter
16764 emacs.bind
16765 \family default
16766 .
16767 \end_layout
16768
16769 \end_deeper
16770 \end_deeper
16771 \begin_layout Paragraph
16772 Purpose:
16773 \end_layout
16774
16775 \begin_layout Standard
16776 Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
16777 \end_layout
16778
16779 \begin_layout Paragraph
16780 See Also:
16781 \end_layout
16782
16783 \begin_layout Standard
16784 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-end; tab-forward;
16785  up; down; paragraph-up; paragraph-down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin;
16786  buffer-end.
16787 \end_layout
16788
16789 \begin_layout Subsection
16790 line-end-select
16791 \end_layout
16792
16793 \begin_layout Description
16794 Default\InsetSpace ~
16795 Bindings:
16796 \end_layout
16797
16798 \begin_deeper
16799 \begin_layout List
16800 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16801
16802 \series bold
16803 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16804 -
16805 \series default
16806
16807 \family default
16808
16809 \family sans
16810 S-End
16811 \family default
16812
16813 \end_layout
16814
16815 \end_deeper
16816 \begin_layout Paragraph
16817 Purpose:
16818 \end_layout
16819
16820 \begin_layout Standard
16821 Select (highlight) text from the current cursor location right to the end
16822  of the current line, in the current buffer.
16823  The selected text is shown in reverse video.
16824
16825 \end_layout
16826
16827 \begin_layout Paragraph
16828 See Also:
16829 \end_layout
16830
16831 \begin_layout Standard
16832 line-end;
16833 \end_layout
16834
16835 \begin_layout Standard
16836 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
16837  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
16838  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
16839 \end_layout
16840
16841 \begin_layout Subsection
16842 lyx-quit
16843 \end_layout
16844
16845 \begin_layout Description
16846 Default\InsetSpace ~
16847 Bindings:
16848 \end_layout
16849
16850 \begin_deeper
16851 \begin_layout List
16852 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16853
16854 \series bold
16855 Menu\InsetSpace ~
16856 -
16857 \series default
16858
16859 \family default
16860
16861 \family sans
16862 \bar under
16863 F
16864 \bar default
16865 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16866 E
16867 \bar under
16868 x
16869 \bar default
16870 it
16871 \end_layout
16872
16873 \begin_layout List
16874 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
16875
16876 \series bold
16877 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
16878 -
16879 \series default
16880
16881 \family default
16882
16883 \family sans
16884 M-f\InsetSpace ~
16885 x
16886 \family default
16887  (standard).
16888 \end_layout
16889
16890 \begin_deeper
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16892
16893 \family sans
16894 C-q
16895 \family default
16896  in
16897 \family default
16898
16899 \family typewriter
16900 cua.bind
16901 \family default
16902 .
16903 \end_layout
16904
16905 \begin_layout Standard
16906
16907 \family sans
16908 C-x\InsetSpace ~
16909 c
16910 \family default
16911
16912 \family roman
16913 or
16914 \family default
16915
16916 \family sans
16917 C-x\InsetSpace ~
16918 C-c
16919 \family default
16920  in
16921 \family default
16922
16923 \family typewriter
16924 emacs.bind
16925 \family default
16926 .
16927 \end_layout
16928
16929 \end_deeper
16930 \end_deeper
16931 \begin_layout Paragraph
16932 Purpose:
16933 \end_layout
16934
16935 \begin_layout Standard
16936 Exit LyX and close all buffers and windows.
16937 \end_layout
16938
16939 \begin_layout Paragraph
16940 Usage:
16941 \end_layout
16942
16943 \begin_layout Standard
16944 After entering the command, a pop-up for each open and modified buffer appears,
16945  asking you if you want to save that buffer.
16946  This only happens if any open documents need saving.
16947 \end_layout
16948
16949 \begin_layout Standard
16950 At this point, one of two things happen.
16951  If you executed
16952 \family default
16953
16954 \family typewriter
16955 lyx-quit
16956 \family default
16957  from the keyboard, LyX simply quits.
16958  If you used
16959 \family default
16960
16961 \family sans
16962 Quit
16963 \family default
16964  from the
16965 \family default
16966
16967 \family sans
16968 File
16969 \family default
16970  menu, however, LyX asks you if you really want to quit.
16971 \end_layout
16972
16973 \begin_layout Standard
16974 If you decide to customize the keybinding for this one, choose a complicated
16975  key sequence.
16976 \end_layout
16977
16978 \begin_layout Paragraph
16979 See Also:
16980 \end_layout
16981
16982 \begin_layout Standard
16983 ?
16984 \end_layout
16985
16986 \begin_layout Section
16987 M
16988 \end_layout
16989
16990 \begin_layout Subsection
16991 marginpar-insert
16992 \end_layout
16993
16994 \begin_layout Description
16995 Default\InsetSpace ~
16996 Bindings:
16997 \end_layout
16998
16999 \begin_deeper
17000 \begin_layout List
17001 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17002
17003 \series bold
17004 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17005 -
17006 \series default
17007
17008 \family default
17009
17010 \family sans
17011 \bar under
17012 I
17013 \bar default
17014 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17015
17016 \bar under
17017 M
17018 \bar default
17019 argin note
17020 \end_layout
17021
17022 \begin_layout List
17023 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17024
17025 \series bold
17026 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17027 -
17028 \series default
17029  Button 6 from the right.
17030
17031 \end_layout
17032
17033 \begin_deeper
17034 \begin_layout Standard
17035 Text column on the left with a short text column on the right and an arrow
17036  pointing upwards at the shorter text.
17037 \end_layout
17038
17039 \end_deeper
17040 \begin_layout List
17041 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17042
17043 \series bold
17044 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17045
17046 \family sans
17047 \series default
17048 \family default
17049
17050 \family sans
17051 \series default
17052 M-i m
17053 \end_layout
17054
17055 \end_deeper
17056 \begin_layout Paragraph
17057 Purpose:
17058 \end_layout
17059
17060 \begin_layout Standard
17061 Insert a margin note.
17062 \end_layout
17063
17064 \begin_layout Paragraph
17065 Usage:
17066 \end_layout
17067
17068 \begin_layout Standard
17069 Use the keyboard, menu, or toolbar to insert a marginpar.
17070  A red box appears on the next line.
17071  If you're in the middle of a line, the line appears to break around the
17072  box [it doesn't really].
17073  Anything you enter in the box will be in the marginpar.
17074 \end_layout
17075
17076 \begin_layout Standard
17077 To the left of the red box is another, smaller box with the word
17078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17079 \end_inset
17080
17081
17082 \family sans
17083 margin
17084 \family default
17085
17086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17087 \end_inset
17088
17089  written in red on a grey background.
17090  Click on this box once with the left mouse button to close the marginpar.
17091  A closed marginpar looks like the word
17092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17093 \end_inset
17094
17095
17096 \family sans
17097 margin
17098 \family default
17099
17100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17101 \end_inset
17102
17103  written as a superscript in red with an '!' in the left margin.
17104 \end_layout
17105
17106 \begin_layout Standard
17107 You can also open and close marginpars, as well as other types of notes
17108  and labels, with the
17109 \family default
17110
17111 \family typewriter
17112 open-stuff
17113 \family default
17114  command.
17115  See its entry for keybindings.
17116 \end_layout
17117
17118 \begin_layout Standard
17119 One last note: marginpars aren't supported in minipage environments so LyX
17120  will warn you if you try to.
17121 \end_layout
17122
17123 \begin_layout Paragraph
17124 Examples:
17125 \end_layout
17126
17127 \begin_layout Standard
17128 This
17129 \begin_inset Marginal
17130 status collapsed
17131
17132 \begin_layout Standard
17133 Marginpar
17134 \end_layout
17135
17136 \end_inset
17137
17138  is a marginpar.
17139 \end_layout
17140
17141 \begin_layout Paragraph
17142 See Also:
17143 \end_layout
17144
17145 \begin_layout Standard
17146 open-stuff; footnote-insert;
17147 \end_layout
17148
17149 \begin_layout Standard
17150
17151 \emph on
17152 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
17153 \emph default
17154  in
17155 \emph default
17156
17157 \emph on
17158 Extended Features.
17159 \end_layout
17160
17161 \begin_layout Subsection
17162 mark-off
17163 \end_layout
17164
17165 \begin_layout Description
17166 Default\InsetSpace ~
17167 Bindings:
17168 \end_layout
17169
17170 \begin_deeper
17171 \begin_layout List
17172 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17173
17174 \series bold
17175 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17176 -
17177 \series default
17178  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17179 Item
17180 \end_layout
17181
17182 \begin_layout List
17183 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17184
17185 \series bold
17186 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
17187 -
17188 \series default
17189  Button # from the left.
17190
17191 \end_layout
17192
17193 \begin_deeper
17194 \begin_layout Standard
17195 Brief description of button icon.
17196 \end_layout
17197
17198 \end_deeper
17199 \begin_layout List
17200 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17201
17202 \series bold
17203 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17204 -
17205 \series default
17206
17207 \family default
17208
17209 \family sans
17210 M-e S-M
17211 \end_layout
17212
17213 \end_deeper
17214 \begin_layout Paragraph
17215 Purpose:
17216 \end_layout
17217
17218 \begin_layout Standard
17219 Turns off selection marking.
17220 \end_layout
17221
17222 \begin_layout Paragraph
17223 Usage:
17224 \end_layout
17225
17226 \begin_layout Standard
17227 Description.
17228 \end_layout
17229
17230 \begin_layout Paragraph
17231 Examples:
17232 \end_layout
17233
17234 \begin_layout Standard
17235 Examples.
17236 \end_layout
17237
17238 \begin_layout Paragraph
17239 See Also:
17240 \end_layout
17241
17242 \begin_layout Standard
17243 mark-on; mark-toggle; cut; copy;
17244 \end_layout
17245
17246 \begin_layout Subsection
17247 mark-on
17248 \end_layout
17249
17250 \begin_layout Description
17251 Default\InsetSpace ~
17252 Bindings:
17253 \end_layout
17254
17255 \begin_deeper
17256 \begin_layout List
17257 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17258
17259 \series bold
17260 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17261 -
17262 \series default
17263
17264 \family default
17265
17266 \family sans
17267 M-e m
17268 \end_layout
17269
17270 \begin_deeper
17271 \begin_layout Standard
17272
17273 \family sans
17274 C-@
17275 \family default
17276  in
17277 \family default
17278
17279 \family typewriter
17280 emacs.bind
17281 \family default
17282 .
17283 \end_layout
17284
17285 \end_deeper
17286 \end_deeper
17287 \begin_layout Paragraph
17288 Purpose:
17289 \end_layout
17290
17291 \begin_layout Standard
17292 Description.
17293 \end_layout
17294
17295 \begin_layout Paragraph
17296 Usage:
17297 \end_layout
17298
17299 \begin_layout Standard
17300 Description.
17301 \end_layout
17302
17303 \begin_layout Paragraph
17304 Examples:
17305 \end_layout
17306
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17308 Examples.
17309 \end_layout
17310
17311 \begin_layout Paragraph
17312 See Also:
17313 \end_layout
17314
17315 \begin_layout Standard
17316 mark-off; mark-toggle; cut; copy;
17317 \end_layout
17318
17319 \begin_layout Subsection
17320 mark-toggle
17321 \end_layout
17322
17323 \begin_layout Description
17324 Default\InsetSpace ~
17325 Bindings:
17326 \end_layout
17327
17328 \begin_deeper
17329 \begin_layout List
17330 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17331
17332 \series bold
17333 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17334 -
17335 \series default
17336
17337 \family default
17338
17339 \family sans
17340 C-m
17341 \family default
17342  in
17343 \family default
17344
17345 \family typewriter
17346 emacs.bind
17347 \family default
17348 .
17349 \end_layout
17350
17351 \end_deeper
17352 \begin_layout Paragraph
17353 Purpose:
17354 \end_layout
17355
17356 \begin_layout Standard
17357 Toggles selection marking on/off.
17358 \end_layout
17359
17360 \begin_layout Paragraph
17361 Usage:
17362 \end_layout
17363
17364 \begin_layout Standard
17365 Description.
17366 \end_layout
17367
17368 \begin_layout Paragraph
17369 Examples:
17370 \end_layout
17371
17372 \begin_layout Standard
17373 Examples.
17374 \end_layout
17375
17376 \begin_layout Paragraph
17377 See Also:
17378 \end_layout
17379
17380 \begin_layout Standard
17381 mark-off; mark-on; cut; copy;
17382 \end_layout
17383
17384 \begin_layout Subsection
17385 math-delim
17386 \end_layout
17387
17388 \begin_layout Description
17389 Default\InsetSpace ~
17390 Bindings:
17391 \end_layout
17392
17393 \begin_deeper
17394 \begin_layout List
17395 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17396
17397 \series bold
17398 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17399 -
17400 \series default
17401
17402 \family default
17403
17404 \family sans
17405 \bar under
17406 M
17407 \bar default
17408 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17409
17410 \bar under
17411 M
17412 \bar default
17413 ath Panel
17414 \end_layout
17415
17416 \begin_deeper
17417 \begin_layout Description
17418 MathPanel: Third button from left to right.
17419
17420 \end_layout
17421
17422 \begin_deeper
17423 \begin_layout Standard
17424 Two square brackets enclosing a blue rectangle.
17425 \end_layout
17426
17427 \end_deeper
17428 \end_deeper
17429 \end_deeper
17430 \begin_layout Paragraph
17431 Purpose:
17432 \end_layout
17433
17434 \begin_layout Standard
17435 To insert math delimiters [i.
17436  e.
17437  - parentheses, brackets, etc.].
17438 \end_layout
17439
17440 \begin_layout Paragraph
17441 Usage:
17442 \end_layout
17443
17444 \begin_layout Standard
17445 Requires two arguments, the left and right delimiters.
17446  Each delimiter can be specified by either a LaTeX name or a valid character
17447  .
17448  Use only one space between items.
17449 \end_layout
17450
17451 \begin_layout Standard
17452 If you use this function from the
17453 \family default
17454
17455 \family sans
17456 Math Panel
17457 \family default
17458 , you'll get another popup that allows you to choose the left and right
17459  delimiters.
17460 \end_layout
17461
17462 \begin_layout Paragraph
17463 Examples:
17464 \end_layout
17465
17466 \begin_layout Standard
17467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17468 \end_inset
17469
17470
17471 \family typewriter
17472 math-delim { rangle
17473 \family default
17474
17475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17476 \end_inset
17477
17478  result in
17479 \begin_inset Formula $\left\{ \right\rangle $
17480 \end_inset
17481
17482  with the cursor at the small rectangle.
17483
17484 \end_layout
17485
17486 \begin_layout Paragraph
17487 See Also:
17488 \end_layout
17489
17490 \begin_layout Standard
17491 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17492 \end_layout
17493
17494 \begin_layout Subsection
17495 math-display
17496 \end_layout
17497
17498 \begin_layout Description
17499 Default\InsetSpace ~
17500 Bindings:
17501 \end_layout
17502
17503 \begin_deeper
17504 \begin_layout List
17505 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17506
17507 \series bold
17508 Menu\InsetSpace ~
17509 -
17510 \series default
17511
17512 \family default
17513
17514 \family sans
17515 \bar under
17516 M
17517 \bar default
17518 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17519 D
17520 \bar under
17521 i
17522 \bar default
17523 splay
17524 \end_layout
17525
17526 \begin_deeper
17527 \begin_layout Description
17528 MathPanel: Rightmost button.
17529 \end_layout
17530
17531 \begin_deeper
17532 \begin_layout Standard
17533 A small blue rectangle with two horizontal lines below and above.
17534 \end_layout
17535
17536 \end_deeper
17537 \end_deeper
17538 \end_deeper
17539 \begin_layout Paragraph
17540 Purpose:
17541 \end_layout
17542
17543 \begin_layout Standard
17544 In text mode, this is used to create a new displayed equation.
17545  In math mode it changes the display status of a formula from inlined to
17546  display and vice-versa.
17547
17548 \end_layout
17549
17550 \begin_layout Paragraph
17551 Usage:
17552 \end_layout
17553
17554 \begin_layout Standard
17555 Self-Explanatory
17556 \end_layout
17557
17558 \begin_layout Paragraph
17559 Examples:
17560 \end_layout
17561
17562 \begin_layout Standard
17563 This is a displayed equation:
17564 \end_layout
17565
17566 \begin_layout Standard
17567 \begin_inset Formula \[
17568 a=b+c\]
17569
17570 \end_inset
17571
17572
17573 \end_layout
17574
17575 \begin_layout Paragraph
17576 See Also:
17577 \end_layout
17578
17579 \begin_layout Standard
17580 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17581 \end_layout
17582
17583 \begin_layout Subsection
17584 math-greek
17585 \end_layout
17586
17587 \begin_layout Description
17588 Default\InsetSpace ~
17589 Bindings:
17590 \end_layout
17591
17592 \begin_deeper
17593 \begin_layout List
17594 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17595
17596 \series bold
17597 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17598 -
17599 \series default
17600
17601 \family default
17602
17603 \family sans
17604 M-m g
17605 \family default
17606
17607 \end_layout
17608
17609 \end_deeper
17610 \begin_layout Paragraph
17611 Purpose:
17612 \end_layout
17613
17614 \begin_layout Standard
17615 Enter a single Greek character.
17616
17617 \end_layout
17618
17619 \begin_layout Paragraph
17620 Usage:
17621 \end_layout
17622
17623 \begin_layout Standard
17624 After invoking this function, the next character you type will be translated
17625  to a Greek character.
17626  Anything typed after that character will be a normal Latin character.
17627 \end_layout
17628
17629 \begin_layout Paragraph
17630 Examples:
17631 \end_layout
17632
17633 \begin_layout Standard
17634 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\Omega\alpha\beta$
17635 \end_inset
17636
17637 .
17638 \end_layout
17639
17640 \begin_layout Paragraph
17641 See Also:
17642 \end_layout
17643
17644 \begin_layout Standard
17645 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17646 \end_layout
17647
17648 \begin_layout Subsection
17649 math-greek-toggle
17650 \end_layout
17651
17652 \begin_layout Description
17653 Default\InsetSpace ~
17654 Bindings:
17655 \end_layout
17656
17657 \begin_deeper
17658 \begin_layout List
17659 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17660
17661 \series bold
17662 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17663 -
17664 \series default
17665
17666 \family default
17667
17668 \family sans
17669 M-m S-G
17670 \family default
17671
17672 \end_layout
17673
17674 \end_deeper
17675 \begin_layout Paragraph
17676 Purpose:
17677 \end_layout
17678
17679 \begin_layout Standard
17680 Turn on the math Greek keyboard.
17681
17682 \end_layout
17683
17684 \begin_layout Paragraph
17685 Usage:
17686 \end_layout
17687
17688 \begin_layout Standard
17689 Every typed Latin character is mapped to Greek until this command is invoked
17690  again.
17691  If you leave math mode, the Greek keyboard remains active.
17692
17693 \end_layout
17694
17695 \begin_layout Paragraph
17696 See Also:
17697 \end_layout
17698
17699 \begin_layout Standard
17700 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17701 \end_layout
17702
17703 \begin_layout Subsection
17704 math-insert
17705 \end_layout
17706
17707 \begin_layout Description
17708 Default\InsetSpace ~
17709 Bindings:
17710 \end_layout
17711
17712 \begin_deeper
17713 \begin_layout List
17714 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17715
17716 \series bold
17717 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17718 -
17719 \series default
17720  The
17721 \family default
17722
17723 \family sans
17724 M-m
17725 \family default
17726  prefix, plus one of the following keys:
17727 \end_layout
17728
17729 \begin_deeper
17730 \begin_layout List
17731 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
17732
17733 \family sans
17734 M-m\InsetSpace ~
17735 i
17736 \family default
17737
17738 "
17739 \family typewriter
17740 math-insert
17741 \backslash
17742 int
17743 \family default
17744 "
17745 \end_layout
17746
17747 \begin_layout List
17748 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
17749
17750 \family sans
17751 M-m\InsetSpace ~
17752 o
17753 \family default
17754  "
17755 \family typewriter
17756 math-insert
17757 \backslash
17758 oint
17759 \family default
17760 "
17761 \end_layout
17762
17763 \begin_layout List
17764 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
17765
17766 \family sans
17767 M-m\InsetSpace ~
17768 p
17769 \family default
17770  "
17771 \family typewriter
17772 math-insert
17773 \backslash
17774 partial
17775 \family default
17776 "
17777 \end_layout
17778
17779 \begin_layout List
17780 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
17781
17782 \family sans
17783 M-m\InsetSpace ~
17784 s
17785 \family default
17786  "
17787 \family typewriter
17788 math-insert
17789 \backslash
17790 sqrt
17791 \family default
17792 "
17793 \end_layout
17794
17795 \begin_layout List
17796 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
17797
17798 \family sans
17799 M-m\InsetSpace ~
17800 S-S
17801 \family default
17802  "
17803 \family typewriter
17804 math-insert
17805 \backslash
17806 sum
17807 \family default
17808 "
17809 \end_layout
17810
17811 \end_deeper
17812 \end_deeper
17813 \begin_layout Paragraph
17814 Purpose:
17815 \end_layout
17816
17817 \begin_layout Standard
17818 To insert math objects or symbols.
17819
17820 \end_layout
17821
17822 \begin_layout Paragraph
17823 Usage:
17824 \end_layout
17825
17826 \begin_layout Standard
17827 Requires an argument, which can be the LaTeX name of either a symbol or
17828  an object.
17829  The possible arguments are:
17830 \end_layout
17831
17832 \begin_layout Itemize
17833
17834 \family typewriter
17835 frac
17836 \end_layout
17837
17838 \begin_layout Itemize
17839
17840 \family typewriter
17841 int
17842 \end_layout
17843
17844 \begin_layout Itemize
17845
17846 \family typewriter
17847 oint
17848 \end_layout
17849
17850 \begin_layout Itemize
17851
17852 \family typewriter
17853 partial
17854 \end_layout
17855
17856 \begin_layout Itemize
17857
17858 \family typewriter
17859 sqrt
17860 \end_layout
17861
17862 \begin_layout Itemize
17863
17864 \family typewriter
17865 sum
17866 \end_layout
17867
17868 \begin_layout Paragraph
17869 Examples:
17870 \end_layout
17871
17872 \begin_layout Standard
17873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17874 \end_inset
17875
17876
17877 \family typewriter
17878 math-insert
17879 \backslash
17880 int
17881 \family default
17882
17883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17884 \end_inset
17885
17886  or
17887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17888 \end_inset
17889
17890
17891 \family typewriter
17892 math-insert
17893 \backslash
17894 frac
17895 \family default
17896
17897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17898 \end_inset
17899
17900 .
17901 \end_layout
17902
17903 \begin_layout Paragraph
17904 See Also:
17905 \end_layout
17906
17907 \begin_layout Standard
17908 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17909 \end_layout
17910
17911 \begin_layout Subsection
17912 math-limits
17913 \end_layout
17914
17915 \begin_layout Description
17916 Default\InsetSpace ~
17917 Bindings:
17918 \end_layout
17919
17920 \begin_deeper
17921 \begin_layout List
17922 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
17923
17924 \series bold
17925 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
17926 -
17927 \series default
17928
17929 \family default
17930
17931 \family sans
17932 M-m l
17933 \family default
17934
17935 \end_layout
17936
17937 \end_deeper
17938 \begin_layout Paragraph
17939 Purpose:
17940 \end_layout
17941
17942 \begin_layout Standard
17943 To change the appearance of the limits above and below an integral symbol,
17944  a limit, a summation, etc.
17945
17946 \end_layout
17947
17948 \begin_layout Paragraph
17949 Usage:
17950 \end_layout
17951
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17953 Put the cursor
17954 \emph default
17955
17956 \emph on
17957 before
17958 \emph default
17959  [i.e.
17960  to the left] of the symbol with the limits, then invoke
17961 \family default
17962
17963 \family typewriter
17964 math-limits
17965 \family default
17966 .
17967 \end_layout
17968
17969 \begin_layout Paragraph
17970 Examples:
17971 \end_layout
17972
17973 \begin_layout Standard
17974 This is a normal integral
17975 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \int_{0}^{\infty}}$
17976 \end_inset
17977
17978  and this was changed with limits
17979 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{0}^{\infty}$
17980 \end_inset
17981
17982 .
17983 \end_layout
17984
17985 \begin_layout Paragraph
17986 See Also:
17987 \end_layout
17988
17989 \begin_layout Standard
17990 UserGuide, chapter Math.
17991 \end_layout
17992
17993 \begin_layout Subsection
17994 math-matrix
17995 \end_layout
17996
17997 \begin_layout Description
17998 Default\InsetSpace ~
17999 Bindings:
18000 \end_layout
18001
18002 \begin_deeper
18003 \begin_layout List
18004 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18005
18006 \series bold
18007 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18008 -
18009 \series default
18010
18011 \family default
18012
18013 \family sans
18014 \bar under
18015 M
18016 \bar default
18017 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18018
18019 \bar under
18020 M
18021 \bar default
18022 ath Panel
18023 \end_layout
18024
18025 \begin_deeper
18026 \begin_layout Description
18027 MathPanel: A grid of
18028 \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$
18029 \end_inset
18030
18031  small blue rectangles.
18032 \end_layout
18033
18034 \end_deeper
18035 \end_deeper
18036 \begin_layout Paragraph
18037 Purpose:
18038 \end_layout
18039
18040 \begin_layout Standard
18041 To insert a matrix.
18042
18043 \end_layout
18044
18045 \begin_layout Paragraph
18046 Usage:
18047 \end_layout
18048
18049 \begin_layout Standard
18050 This command requires as arguments the dimensions of the matrix (two integer
18051  numbers separated by an space) and, optionally, the alignment.
18052  The alignment is a word composed of the vertical alignment (
18053 \family typewriter
18054 b
18055 \family default
18056 ,
18057 \family default
18058
18059 \family typewriter
18060 c
18061 \family default
18062  or
18063 \family default
18064
18065 \family typewriter
18066 t
18067 \family default
18068 ) and the horizontal alignments (
18069 \family typewriter
18070 l
18071 \family default
18072 ,
18073 \family default
18074
18075 \family typewriter
18076 c
18077 \family default
18078  or
18079 \family default
18080
18081 \family typewriter
18082 r
18083 \family default
18084 ).
18085 \end_layout
18086
18087 \begin_layout Paragraph
18088 Examples:
18089 \end_layout
18090
18091 \begin_layout Standard
18092
18093 \family typewriter
18094 math-matrix 3 3 bccc
18095 \family default
18096
18097 results in
18098 \begin_inset Formula $\begin{array}{ccc}
18099 \\\\\end{array}$
18100 \end_inset
18101
18102 , a
18103 \begin_inset Formula $3\times3$
18104 \end_inset
18105
18106  matrix with its bottom at the baseline and all columns centered.
18107 \end_layout
18108
18109 \begin_layout Paragraph
18110 See Also:
18111 \end_layout
18112
18113 \begin_layout Standard
18114 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18115 \end_layout
18116
18117 \begin_layout Subsection
18118 math-mode
18119 \end_layout
18120
18121 \begin_layout Description
18122 Default\InsetSpace ~
18123 Bindings:
18124 \end_layout
18125
18126 \begin_deeper
18127 \begin_layout List
18128 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18129
18130 \series bold
18131 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18132 -
18133 \series default
18134
18135 \family default
18136
18137 \family sans
18138 \bar under
18139 M
18140 \bar default
18141 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18142
18143 \bar under
18144 M
18145 \bar default
18146 ath mode
18147 \end_layout
18148
18149 \begin_layout List
18150 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18151
18152 \series bold
18153 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
18154 -
18155 \series default
18156  Second button from the right.
18157
18158 \end_layout
18159
18160 \begin_deeper
18161 \begin_layout Standard
18162 A blue equation.
18163 \end_layout
18164
18165 \end_deeper
18166 \begin_layout List
18167 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18168
18169 \series bold
18170 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18171 -
18172 \series default
18173
18174 \family default
18175
18176 \family sans
18177 M-c m
18178 \family default
18179
18180 \end_layout
18181
18182 \end_deeper
18183 \begin_layout Paragraph
18184 Purpose:
18185 \end_layout
18186
18187 \begin_layout Standard
18188 Set math mode.
18189 \end_layout
18190
18191 \begin_layout Paragraph
18192 Usage:
18193 \end_layout
18194
18195 \begin_layout Standard
18196 In text mode you can insert a math expression.
18197 \end_layout
18198
18199 \begin_layout Paragraph
18200 Examples:
18201 \end_layout
18202
18203 \begin_layout Standard
18204 Most of the entries for math functions have examples of math mode in them.
18205  Here's another example:
18206 \end_layout
18207
18208 \begin_layout Standard
18209 Here is some text.
18210  Now suppose I wanted an inlined equation, such as
18211 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{A\cdot e^{x}}{x+1}$
18212 \end_inset
18213
18214 , in my text.
18215  I'd use math mode.
18216 \end_layout
18217
18218 \begin_layout Paragraph
18219 See Also:
18220 \end_layout
18221
18222 \begin_layout Standard
18223 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18224 \end_layout
18225
18226 \begin_layout Subsection
18227 math-nonumber
18228 \end_layout
18229
18230 \begin_layout Description
18231 Default\InsetSpace ~
18232 Bindings: None
18233 \end_layout
18234
18235 \begin_layout Paragraph
18236 Purpose:
18237 \end_layout
18238
18239 \begin_layout Standard
18240 To suppress the number of a line in a numbered equation array.
18241 \end_layout
18242
18243 \begin_layout Paragraph
18244 Usage:
18245 \end_layout
18246
18247 \begin_layout Standard
18248 The cursor position must be at the line whose number will be suppressed.
18249 \end_layout
18250
18251 \begin_layout Paragraph
18252 Examples:
18253 \end_layout
18254
18255 \begin_layout Standard
18256 This example contains a two-line, numbered equation.
18257  Ordinarily, both lines get numbered, which makes no sense for this equation:
18258 \end_layout
18259
18260 \begin_layout Standard
18261 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
18262 (x+y)(x-y) & = & x^{2}-xy+xy-y^{2}\nonumber \\
18263  & = & x^{2}-y^{2}\end{eqnarray}
18264
18265 \end_inset
18266
18267
18268 \end_layout
18269
18270 \begin_layout Standard
18271 Notice that only the bottom line has a number.
18272  The top line had its number suppressed using
18273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18274 \end_inset
18275
18276
18277 \family typewriter
18278 math-nonumber
18279 \family default
18280
18281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18282 \end_inset
18283
18284 .
18285 \end_layout
18286
18287 \begin_layout Paragraph
18288 See Also:
18289 \end_layout
18290
18291 \begin_layout Standard
18292 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18293 \end_layout
18294
18295 \begin_layout Subsection
18296 math-number
18297 \end_layout
18298
18299 \begin_layout Description
18300 Default\InsetSpace ~
18301 Bindings:
18302 \end_layout
18303
18304 \begin_deeper
18305 \begin_layout List
18306 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18307
18308 \series bold
18309 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18310 -
18311 \series default
18312
18313 \family default
18314
18315 \family sans
18316 M-m n
18317 \family default
18318
18319 \end_layout
18320
18321 \end_deeper
18322 \begin_layout Paragraph
18323 Purpose:
18324 \end_layout
18325
18326 \begin_layout Standard
18327 Toggles the numbering status of an equation.
18328  Changes the LaTeX environment automatically.
18329
18330 \end_layout
18331
18332 \begin_layout Paragraph
18333 Usage:
18334 \end_layout
18335
18336 \begin_layout Standard
18337 Self-explanatory
18338 \end_layout
18339
18340 \begin_layout Paragraph
18341 Examples:
18342 \end_layout
18343
18344 \begin_layout Standard
18345 This is a numbered equation
18346 \end_layout
18347
18348 \begin_layout Standard
18349 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
18350 x=2-y\end{equation}
18351
18352 \end_inset
18353
18354
18355 \end_layout
18356
18357 \begin_layout Standard
18358 And this is not
18359 \end_layout
18360
18361 \begin_layout Standard
18362 \begin_inset Formula \[
18363 x=y-2\]
18364
18365 \end_inset
18366
18367
18368 \end_layout
18369
18370 \begin_layout Paragraph
18371 See Also:
18372 \end_layout
18373
18374 \begin_layout Standard
18375 UserGuide, chapter Math.
18376 \end_layout
18377
18378 \begin_layout Subsection
18379 math-size
18380 \end_layout
18381
18382 \begin_layout Description
18383 Default\InsetSpace ~
18384 Bindings:
18385 \end_layout
18386
18387 \begin_deeper
18388 \begin_layout List
18389 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18390
18391 \series bold
18392 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18393 -
18394 \series default
18395
18396 \family default
18397
18398 \family sans
18399 M-m ?
18400 \end_layout
18401
18402 \end_deeper
18403 \begin_layout Standard
18404
18405 \emph on
18406 Editor's Note - there may be no default binding for this command.
18407  - jw
18408 \end_layout
18409
18410 \begin_layout Paragraph
18411 Purpose:
18412 \end_layout
18413
18414 \begin_layout Standard
18415 To change arbitrarily the size used by math fonts inside a context.
18416  Provides an interface to the LaTeX math mode font size commands.
18417 \end_layout
18418
18419 \begin_layout Paragraph
18420 Usage:
18421 \end_layout
18422
18423 \begin_layout Standard
18424 Requires one argument.
18425  Valid arguments are
18426 \family default
18427
18428 \family typewriter
18429 displaystyle
18430 \family default
18431 ,
18432 \family default
18433
18434 \family typewriter
18435 textstyle
18436 \family default
18437 ,
18438 \family default
18439
18440 \family typewriter
18441 scriptstyle
18442 \family default
18443  and
18444 \family default
18445
18446 \family typewriter
18447 scriptscriptstyle
18448 \family default
18449 .
18450 \end_layout
18451
18452 \begin_layout Standard
18453 As for how to use these arbitrary font sizes, see a good LaTeX book.
18454  You should use this for fine-tuning only.
18455  LyX [and LaTeX] will ordinarily set an appropriate font size for you.
18456
18457 \end_layout
18458
18459 \begin_layout Paragraph
18460 Examples:
18461 \end_layout
18462
18463 \begin_layout Standard
18464 This is the normal size of a fraction inside text
18465 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
18466 \end_inset
18467
18468 , and this other
18469 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
18470 \end_inset
18471
18472  is the result of using
18473 \family default
18474
18475 \family typewriter
18476 math-size displaystyle.
18477
18478 \family default
18479  [There's no visible difference between the two inside LyX, but there will
18480  be a difference once you print.]
18481 \end_layout
18482
18483 \begin_layout Paragraph
18484 See Also:
18485 \end_layout
18486
18487 \begin_layout Standard
18488 UserGuide, chapter Math;
18489 \end_layout
18490
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 any good LaTeX guide.
18493 \end_layout
18494
18495 \begin_layout Subsection
18496 melt
18497 \end_layout
18498
18499 \begin_layout Description
18500 Default\InsetSpace ~
18501 Bindings:
18502 \end_layout
18503
18504 \begin_deeper
18505 \begin_layout List
18506 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18507
18508 \series bold
18509 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18510 -
18511 \series default
18512
18513 \family default
18514
18515 \family sans
18516 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18517 Floats\InsetSpace ~
18518 &\InsetSpace ~
18519 Insets\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18520 Melt
18521 \end_layout
18522
18523 \begin_layout List
18524 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18525
18526 \series bold
18527 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
18528 -
18529 \series default
18530  This button is not activated as default.
18531 \end_layout
18532
18533 \begin_deeper
18534 \begin_layout Standard
18535 The icon shows two small
18536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18537 \end_inset
18538
18539 blobs
18540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18541 \end_inset
18542
18543  with an arrow between them pointing down towards a larger
18544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18545 \end_inset
18546
18547 blob.
18548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18549 \end_inset
18550
18551
18552 \end_layout
18553
18554 \end_deeper
18555 \begin_layout List
18556 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18557
18558 \series bold
18559 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18560 -
18561 \series default
18562  No default keybinding
18563 \end_layout
18564
18565 \end_deeper
18566 \begin_layout Paragraph
18567 Purpose:
18568 \end_layout
18569
18570 \begin_layout Standard
18571 To move the contents of a floating inset to the body at the location where
18572  it appears in the LyX window.
18573 \end_layout
18574
18575 \begin_layout Paragraph
18576 Usage:
18577 \end_layout
18578
18579 \begin_layout Standard
18580 Place the cursor inside the unfolded float.
18581 \end_layout
18582
18583 \begin_layout Paragraph
18584 See Also:
18585 \end_layout
18586
18587 \begin_layout Standard
18588 footnote-insert; open-stuff; marginpar-insert
18589 \end_layout
18590
18591 \begin_layout Standard
18592 Floats are described in detail in chapter 4 of the
18593 \emph default
18594
18595 \emph on
18596 Userguide.
18597 \end_layout
18598
18599 \begin_layout Subsection
18600 menu-open
18601 \end_layout
18602
18603 \begin_layout Description
18604 Default\InsetSpace ~
18605 Bindings:
18606 \end_layout
18607
18608 \begin_deeper
18609 \begin_layout List
18610 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18611
18612 \series bold
18613 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18614 -
18615 \series default
18616  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18617 Item
18618 \end_layout
18619
18620 \begin_layout List
18621 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18622
18623 \series bold
18624 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
18625 -
18626 \series default
18627  Button # from the left.
18628
18629 \end_layout
18630
18631 \begin_deeper
18632 \begin_layout Standard
18633 Brief description of button icon.
18634 \end_layout
18635
18636 \end_deeper
18637 \begin_layout List
18638 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18639
18640 \series bold
18641 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18642 -
18643 \series default
18644
18645 \family default
18646
18647 \family sans
18648 C-S-M-W-key
18649 \family default
18650  in
18651 \family default
18652
18653 \family typewriter
18654 file1.bind
18655 \family default
18656 .
18657 \end_layout
18658
18659 \begin_deeper
18660 \begin_layout Standard
18661
18662 \family sans
18663 C-S-M-W-key
18664 \family default
18665  in
18666 \family default
18667
18668 \family typewriter
18669 file2.bind
18670 \family default
18671 .
18672 \end_layout
18673
18674 \end_deeper
18675 \end_deeper
18676 \begin_layout Paragraph
18677 Purpose:
18678 \end_layout
18679
18680 \begin_layout Standard
18681 Description.
18682 \end_layout
18683
18684 \begin_layout Paragraph
18685 Usage:
18686 \end_layout
18687
18688 \begin_layout Standard
18689 Description.
18690 \end_layout
18691
18692 \begin_layout Paragraph
18693 Examples:
18694 \end_layout
18695
18696 \begin_layout Standard
18697 Examples.
18698 \end_layout
18699
18700 \begin_layout Paragraph
18701 See Also:
18702 \end_layout
18703
18704 \begin_layout Standard
18705 Other entries or documents.
18706  Separate many references by either a
18707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18708 \end_inset
18709
18710 ;
18711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18712 \end_inset
18713
18714  or place in multiple paragraphs.
18715 \end_layout
18716
18717 \begin_layout Subsection
18718 meta-prefix
18719 \end_layout
18720
18721 \begin_layout Description
18722 Default\InsetSpace ~
18723 Bindings:
18724 \end_layout
18725
18726 \begin_deeper
18727 \begin_layout List
18728 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18729
18730 \series bold
18731 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18732 -
18733 \series default
18734  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18735 Item
18736 \end_layout
18737
18738 \begin_layout List
18739 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18740
18741 \series bold
18742 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
18743 -
18744 \series default
18745  Button # from the left.
18746
18747 \end_layout
18748
18749 \begin_deeper
18750 \begin_layout Standard
18751 Brief description of button icon.
18752 \end_layout
18753
18754 \end_deeper
18755 \begin_layout List
18756 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18757
18758 \series bold
18759 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18760 -
18761 \series default
18762
18763 \family default
18764
18765 \family sans
18766 C-S-M-W-key
18767 \family default
18768  in
18769 \family default
18770
18771 \family typewriter
18772 file1.bind
18773 \family default
18774 .
18775 \end_layout
18776
18777 \begin_deeper
18778 \begin_layout Standard
18779
18780 \family sans
18781 C-S-M-W-key
18782 \family default
18783  in
18784 \family default
18785
18786 \family typewriter
18787 file2.bind
18788 \family default
18789 .
18790 \end_layout
18791
18792 \end_deeper
18793 \end_deeper
18794 \begin_layout Paragraph
18795 Purpose:
18796 \end_layout
18797
18798 \begin_layout Standard
18799 Description.
18800 \end_layout
18801
18802 \begin_layout Paragraph
18803 Usage:
18804 \end_layout
18805
18806 \begin_layout Standard
18807 Description.
18808 \end_layout
18809
18810 \begin_layout Paragraph
18811 Examples:
18812 \end_layout
18813
18814 \begin_layout Standard
18815 Examples.
18816 \end_layout
18817
18818 \begin_layout Paragraph
18819 See Also:
18820 \end_layout
18821
18822 \begin_layout Standard
18823 Other entries or documents.
18824  Separate many references by either a
18825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18826 \end_inset
18827
18828 ;
18829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18830 \end_inset
18831
18832  or place in multiple paragraphs.
18833 \end_layout
18834
18835 \begin_layout Section
18836 N-R
18837 \end_layout
18838
18839 \begin_layout Subsection
18840 note-insert
18841 \end_layout
18842
18843 \begin_layout Description
18844 Default\InsetSpace ~
18845 Bindings:
18846 \end_layout
18847
18848 \begin_deeper
18849 \begin_layout List
18850 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18851
18852 \series bold
18853 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18854 -
18855 \series default
18856
18857 \family default
18858
18859 \family sans
18860 \bar under
18861 I
18862 \bar default
18863 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18864
18865 \bar under
18866 N
18867 \bar default
18868 ote
18869 \end_layout
18870
18871 \begin_layout List
18872 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18873
18874 \series bold
18875 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18876 -
18877 \series default
18878
18879 \family default
18880
18881 \family sans
18882 M-i\InsetSpace ~
18883 n
18884 \family default
18885
18886 \end_layout
18887
18888 \end_deeper
18889 \begin_layout Paragraph
18890 Purpose:
18891 \end_layout
18892
18893 \begin_layout Standard
18894 Creates at the current cursor position, and for screen interactive use only,
18895  a LyX Note, which is visible by the word
18896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18897 \end_inset
18898
18899 Note
18900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18901 \end_inset
18902
18903  within a bright-yellow box.
18904  The box is tied to a pop-up, within which you can insert a message.
18905 \end_layout
18906
18907 \begin_layout Paragraph
18908 Usage:
18909 \end_layout
18910
18911 \begin_layout Standard
18912 After inserting the note at the desired text position, click on the note
18913  to see bring-up the pop-up, and type-in your message.
18914  Neither the box nor the message appear in the printed output.
18915 \end_layout
18916
18917 \begin_layout Paragraph
18918 Examples:
18919 \end_layout
18920
18921 \begin_layout Standard
18922 \begin_inset Note Note
18923 status collapsed
18924
18925 \begin_layout Standard
18926 fields Wed Oct 9 13:57:36 1996
18927 \end_layout
18928
18929 \begin_layout Standard
18930 You can move through the document, from note to note, via the
18931 \end_layout
18932
18933 \begin_layout Standard
18934 note-next command.
18935 \end_layout
18936
18937 \end_inset
18938
18939 To the immediate left is an inserted note.
18940  Click on the box with your mouse to see the message.
18941 \end_layout
18942
18943 \begin_layout Paragraph
18944 See Also:
18945 \end_layout
18946
18947 \begin_layout Standard
18948 note-next; open-stuff.
18949 \end_layout
18950
18951 \begin_layout Subsection
18952 note-next
18953 \end_layout
18954
18955 \begin_layout Description
18956 Default\InsetSpace ~
18957 Bindings:
18958 \end_layout
18959
18960 \begin_deeper
18961 \begin_layout List
18962 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18963
18964 \series bold
18965 Menu\InsetSpace ~
18966 -
18967 \series default
18968
18969 \family default
18970
18971 \family sans
18972 \bar under
18973 E
18974 \bar default
18975 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18976 Go
18977 \family default
18978 \InsetSpace ~
18979
18980 \family sans
18981 to
18982 \family default
18983 \InsetSpace ~
18984
18985 \family sans
18986 \bar under
18987 N
18988 \bar default
18989 ote
18990 \end_layout
18991
18992 \begin_layout List
18993 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
18994
18995 \series bold
18996 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
18997 -
18998 \series default
18999
19000 \family default
19001
19002 \family sans
19003 M-e\InsetSpace ~
19004 n
19005 \family default
19006
19007 \end_layout
19008
19009 \end_deeper
19010 \begin_layout Paragraph
19011 Purpose:
19012 \end_layout
19013
19014 \begin_layout Standard
19015 Move the current cursor and screen location to the next LyX
19016 \family default
19017
19018 \family sans
19019 Note
19020 \family default
19021  in the current buffer.
19022  There is no action if there are no more notes in the document (or no notes
19023  at all).
19024 \end_layout
19025
19026 \begin_layout Paragraph
19027 See Also:
19028 \end_layout
19029
19030 \begin_layout Standard
19031 note-insert.
19032 \end_layout
19033
19034 \begin_layout Subsection
19035 open-stuff
19036 \end_layout
19037
19038 \begin_layout Description
19039 Default\InsetSpace ~
19040 Bindings:
19041 \end_layout
19042
19043 \begin_deeper
19044 \begin_layout List
19045 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19046
19047 \series bold
19048 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19049 -
19050 \series default
19051
19052 \family default
19053
19054 \family sans
19055 \bar under
19056 E
19057 \bar default
19058 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19059 Floats\InsetSpace ~
19060 &\InsetSpace ~
19061
19062 \bar under
19063 I
19064 \bar default
19065 nsets\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19066
19067 \bar under
19068 O
19069 \bar default
19070 pen/Close
19071 \end_layout
19072
19073 \begin_layout List
19074 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19075
19076 \series bold
19077 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19078 -
19079 \series default
19080
19081 \family default
19082
19083 \family sans
19084 C-o
19085 \family default
19086
19087 \newline
19088 (or use the appropriate mouse button action)
19089 \end_layout
19090
19091 \end_deeper
19092 \begin_layout Paragraph
19093 Purpose:
19094 \end_layout
19095
19096 \begin_layout Standard
19097 Opens a LyX inset for editing or parameter modification.
19098 \end_layout
19099
19100 \begin_layout Paragraph
19101 Usage:
19102 \end_layout
19103
19104 \begin_layout Standard
19105 Place the cursor to the left of the entity and execute the command.
19106  Or, click on the center of the object with the mouse.
19107
19108 \family default
19109
19110 \family sans
19111 open-stuff
19112 \family default
19113
19114 will open a math-mode block (left mouse button, single click), figure, note,
19115  footnote or margin note (left mouse button, double-click).
19116 \end_layout
19117
19118 \begin_layout Standard
19119 Typically, the object you're opening is some sort of inset or float.
19120  You can use
19121 \family default
19122
19123 \family typewriter
19124 melt
19125 \family default
19126  to remove the float and merge the text back into the body of the document.
19127 \end_layout
19128
19129 \begin_layout Paragraph
19130 See Also:
19131 \end_layout
19132
19133 \begin_layout Standard
19134 melt.
19135 \end_layout
19136
19137 \begin_layout Subsection
19138 paste
19139 \end_layout
19140
19141 \begin_layout Description
19142 Default\InsetSpace ~
19143 Bindings:
19144 \end_layout
19145
19146 \begin_deeper
19147 \begin_layout List
19148 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19149
19150 \series bold
19151 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19152 -
19153 \series default
19154
19155 \family default
19156
19157 \family sans
19158 \bar under
19159 E
19160 \bar default
19161 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19162
19163 \bar under
19164 P
19165 \bar default
19166 aste
19167 \end_layout
19168
19169 \begin_layout List
19170 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19171
19172 \series bold
19173 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
19174 -
19175 \series default
19176  Button #6 from the left.
19177
19178 \end_layout
19179
19180 \begin_deeper
19181 \begin_layout Standard
19182 Schematic of a clipboard with arrow to a document.
19183 \end_layout
19184
19185 \end_deeper
19186 \begin_layout List
19187 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19188
19189 \series bold
19190 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19191 -
19192 \series default
19193
19194 \family default
19195
19196 \family sans
19197 M-e\InsetSpace ~
19198 p
19199 \end_layout
19200
19201 \begin_deeper
19202 \begin_layout Standard
19203
19204 \family sans
19205 C-v
19206 \family default
19207  or
19208 \family default
19209
19210 \family sans
19211 S-Insert
19212 \family default
19213  in
19214 \family default
19215
19216 \family typewriter
19217 cua.bind
19218 \family default
19219 .
19220 \newline
19221
19222 \family sans
19223 C-y
19224 \family default
19225  in
19226 \family default
19227
19228 \family typewriter
19229 emacs.bind
19230 \family default
19231 .
19232 \end_layout
19233
19234 \end_deeper
19235 \end_deeper
19236 \begin_layout Paragraph
19237 Purpose:
19238 \end_layout
19239
19240 \begin_layout Standard
19241 Paste the contents of the paste buffer into the current buffer, at the current
19242  cursor location.
19243 \end_layout
19244
19245 \begin_layout Paragraph
19246 Usage:
19247 \end_layout
19248
19249 \begin_layout Standard
19250 Upon starting LyX, the paste buffer is initially empty.
19251  During a
19252 \family default
19253
19254 \family typewriter
19255 cut
19256 \family sans
19257
19258 \family default
19259
19260 or
19261 \family default
19262
19263 \family typewriter
19264 copy
19265 \family sans
19266
19267 \family default
19268
19269 operation, the selected text will be stored in the paste buffer, overwriting
19270  anything previously stored in the buffer.
19271 \end_layout
19272
19273 \begin_layout Standard
19274 If a selection is highlighted at the current cursor location, LyX
19275 \family default
19276
19277 \family typewriter
19278 paste
19279 \family sans
19280
19281 \family default
19282
19283 inserts the paste buffer text
19284 \emph default
19285
19286 \emph on
19287 after
19288 \emph default
19289  the selection.
19290  It does not overwrite; it only operates in
19291 \emph default
19292
19293 \emph on
19294 insert
19295 \emph default
19296
19297 mode.
19298 \end_layout
19299
19300 \begin_layout Paragraph
19301 See Also:
19302 \end_layout
19303
19304 \begin_layout Standard
19305 cut; copy.
19306 \end_layout
19307
19308 \begin_layout Subsection
19309 prefix-arg
19310 \end_layout
19311
19312 \begin_layout Description
19313 Default\InsetSpace ~
19314 Bindings:
19315 \end_layout
19316
19317 \begin_deeper
19318 \begin_layout List
19319 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19320
19321 \series bold
19322 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19323 -
19324 \series default
19325  ?
19326 \end_layout
19327
19328 \begin_layout List
19329 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19330
19331 \series bold
19332 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
19333 -
19334 \series default
19335  ?
19336 \end_layout
19337
19338 \begin_deeper
19339 \begin_layout Standard
19340 ?
19341 \end_layout
19342
19343 \end_deeper
19344 \begin_layout List
19345 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19346
19347 \series bold
19348 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19349 -
19350 \series default
19351  ?
19352 \end_layout
19353
19354 \end_deeper
19355 \begin_layout Paragraph
19356 Purpose:
19357 \end_layout
19358
19359 \begin_layout Standard
19360 ?
19361 \end_layout
19362
19363 \begin_layout Paragraph
19364 Usage:
19365 \end_layout
19366
19367 \begin_layout Standard
19368 ?
19369 \end_layout
19370
19371 \begin_layout Paragraph
19372 Examples:
19373 \end_layout
19374
19375 \begin_layout Standard
19376 ?
19377 \end_layout
19378
19379 \begin_layout Paragraph
19380 See Also:
19381 \end_layout
19382
19383 \begin_layout Standard
19384 ?
19385 \end_layout
19386
19387 \begin_layout Subsection
19388 protected-space-insert
19389 \end_layout
19390
19391 \begin_layout Description
19392 Default\InsetSpace ~
19393 Bindings:
19394 \end_layout
19395
19396 \begin_deeper
19397 \begin_layout List
19398 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19399
19400 \series bold
19401 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19402 -
19403 \series default
19404
19405 \family default
19406
19407 \family sans
19408 \bar under
19409 I
19410 \bar default
19411 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19412 S
19413 \bar under
19414 p
19415 \bar default
19416 ecial
19417 \family default
19418 \InsetSpace ~
19419
19420 \family sans
19421 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19422 Protected
19423 \family default
19424 \InsetSpace ~
19425
19426 \family sans
19427 \bar under
19428 B
19429 \bar default
19430 lank
19431 \end_layout
19432
19433 \begin_layout List
19434 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19435
19436 \series bold
19437 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19438 -
19439 \series default
19440
19441 \family default
19442
19443 \family sans
19444 C-Space
19445 \family default
19446
19447 \end_layout
19448
19449 \end_deeper
19450 \begin_layout Paragraph
19451 Purpose:
19452 \end_layout
19453
19454 \begin_layout Standard
19455 Insert an interword space at which a line break will not be allowed either
19456  on the LyX screen or in the LaTeX output.
19457
19458 \end_layout
19459
19460 \begin_layout Paragraph
19461 Usage:
19462 \end_layout
19463
19464 \begin_layout Standard
19465 The protected space is represented on the screen as a small, magenta,
19466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19467 \end_inset
19468
19469 square cup
19470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19471 \end_inset
19472
19473  symbol, like this \InsetSpace ~
19474 , which if you are reading a printed copy looks something
19475  like
19476 \begin_inset Formula $\sqcup$
19477 \end_inset
19478
19479 .
19480 \end_layout
19481
19482 \begin_layout Standard
19483 This is sometimes also called a
19484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19485 \end_inset
19486
19487 hard space
19488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19489 \end_inset
19490
19491  or a
19492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19493 \end_inset
19494
19495 fixed space
19496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19497 \end_inset
19498
19499  because it is not resized like other whitespace.
19500 \end_layout
19501
19502 \begin_layout Standard
19503 Use the protected space for phrases that you don't want broken at the end
19504  of a line, or to insert more than one word into certain kinds of headings.
19505  For example, the
19506 \family default
19507
19508 \family sans
19509 Description
19510 \family default
19511  list always treats the first word of the paragraph as an item label and
19512  boldfaces it.
19513  If you wanted to use more than one word as an item label, use protected
19514  space between the words.
19515 \end_layout
19516
19517 \begin_layout Standard
19518
19519 \emph on
19520 Never
19521 \emph default
19522  use
19523 \family default
19524
19525 \family typewriter
19526 protected-space
19527 \family default
19528  as a substitute tab-stop! LyX has far, far better ways of formatting text,
19529  so use them.
19530 \end_layout
19531
19532 \begin_layout Paragraph
19533 Examples:
19534 \end_layout
19535
19536 \begin_layout Standard
19537 This phrase,
19538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19539 \end_inset
19540
19541 the\InsetSpace ~
19542 whole\InsetSpace ~
19543 nine\InsetSpace ~
19544 yards,
19545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19546 \end_inset
19547
19548  will not be broken at the end of a line.
19549  And if we had a description list with multi-word labels:
19550 \end_layout
19551
19552 \begin_layout Description
19553 entry\InsetSpace ~
19554 #1 This is one.
19555 \end_layout
19556
19557 \begin_layout Description
19558 entry\InsetSpace ~
19559 #2 This is two.
19560  Notice the protected space between the words in the item label.
19561 \end_layout
19562
19563 \begin_layout Paragraph
19564 See Also:
19565 \end_layout
19566
19567 \begin_layout Standard
19568 The User's Guide
19569 \end_layout
19570
19571 \begin_layout Subsection
19572 quote-insert
19573 \end_layout
19574
19575 \begin_layout Description
19576 Default\InsetSpace ~
19577 Bindings:
19578 \end_layout
19579
19580 \begin_deeper
19581 \begin_layout List
19582 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19583
19584 \series bold
19585 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19586 -
19587 \series default
19588
19589 \family default
19590
19591 \family sans
19592 C-q
19593 \family roman
19594 ,
19595 \family default
19596
19597 \family sans
19598 S-C-
19599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19600 \end_inset
19601
19602
19603 \family roman
19604 ,
19605 \family default
19606
19607 \family sans
19608 M-i\InsetSpace ~
19609 '
19610 \family roman
19611 , or
19612 \family default
19613
19614 \family sans
19615 M-i\InsetSpace ~
19616 S-
19617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19618 \end_inset
19619
19620
19621 \family default
19622
19623 \end_layout
19624
19625 \end_deeper
19626 \begin_layout Paragraph
19627 Purpose:
19628 \end_layout
19629
19630 \begin_layout Standard
19631 Insert a typewriter-style double quote symbol, ", at the current cursor
19632  location.
19633 \end_layout
19634
19635 \begin_layout Paragraph
19636 Usage:
19637 \end_layout
19638
19639 \begin_layout Standard
19640 On the default keyboard, the grave and apostrophe keys produce matching
19641  single quote characters, and the double-quote key produces context-sensitive
19642  anti-symmetric double quotes.
19643  While it should normally be used only in rare situations, the
19644 \family default
19645
19646 \family typewriter
19647 quote-insert
19648 \family sans
19649
19650 \family default
19651
19652 command allows you to easily produce the
19653 \family sans
19654
19655 \family default
19656
19657 less esthetically pleasing typewriter-style double quote symbol.
19658 \end_layout
19659
19660 \begin_layout Standard
19661 This command also allows you to create a double-quote character when you've
19662  changed the behavior of the
19663 \family default
19664
19665 \family sans
19666
19667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19668 \end_inset
19669
19670
19671 \family default
19672  key using the
19673 \family default
19674
19675 \family typewriter
19676 layout-quotes
19677 \family default
19678  command.
19679 \end_layout
19680
19681 \begin_layout Paragraph
19682 See Also:
19683 \end_layout
19684
19685 \begin_layout Standard
19686 layout-quotes.
19687 \end_layout
19688
19689 \begin_layout Subsection
19690 redo
19691 \end_layout
19692
19693 \begin_layout Description
19694 Default\InsetSpace ~
19695 Bindings:
19696 \end_layout
19697
19698 \begin_deeper
19699 \begin_layout List
19700 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19701
19702 \series bold
19703 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19704 -
19705 \series default
19706
19707 \family default
19708
19709 \family sans
19710 \bar under
19711 E
19712 \bar default
19713 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19714
19715 \bar under
19716 R
19717 \bar default
19718 edo
19719 \end_layout
19720
19721 \begin_layout List
19722 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19723
19724 \series bold
19725 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19726 -
19727 \series default
19728
19729 \family default
19730
19731 \family sans
19732 M-e\InsetSpace ~
19733 r
19734 \family default
19735
19736 \end_layout
19737
19738 \begin_deeper
19739 \begin_layout Standard
19740
19741 \family sans
19742 C-Z
19743 \family default
19744  in
19745 \family default
19746
19747 \family typewriter
19748 cua.bind
19749 \family default
19750 .
19751 \end_layout
19752
19753 \end_deeper
19754 \end_deeper
19755 \begin_layout Paragraph
19756 Purpose:
19757 \end_layout
19758
19759 \begin_layout Standard
19760 Attempts to redo the last major editing command that was undone with the
19761
19762 \family default
19763
19764 \family typewriter
19765 undo
19766 \family sans
19767
19768 \family default
19769
19770 command.
19771 \end_layout
19772
19773 \begin_layout Paragraph
19774 Usage:
19775 \end_layout
19776
19777 \begin_layout Standard
19778 Self-explanatory.
19779
19780 \family default
19781
19782 \family typewriter
19783 redo
19784 \family default
19785  may not always succeed, or it may redo more editing than you expected.
19786  The only limit to how many times you can perform a
19787 \family default
19788
19789 \family typewriter
19790 redo
19791 \family default
19792  is the beginning of the undo buffer.
19793 \end_layout
19794
19795 \begin_layout Paragraph
19796 See Also:
19797 \end_layout
19798
19799 \begin_layout Standard
19800 undo.
19801
19802 \end_layout
19803
19804 \begin_layout Subsection
19805 ref-insert
19806 \end_layout
19807
19808 \begin_layout Description
19809 Default\InsetSpace ~
19810 Bindings:
19811 \end_layout
19812
19813 \begin_deeper
19814 \begin_layout List
19815 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19816
19817 \series bold
19818 Menu\InsetSpace ~
19819 -
19820 \series default
19821
19822 \family default
19823
19824 \family sans
19825 \bar under
19826 I
19827 \bar default
19828 nsert \SpecialChar \menuseparator
19829 Cross-
19830 \bar under
19831 R
19832 \bar default
19833 eference
19834 \end_layout
19835
19836 \begin_deeper
19837 \begin_layout Description
19838 Insert\InsetSpace ~
19839 Reference: (cross-reference control panel)
19840 \end_layout
19841
19842 \end_deeper
19843 \begin_layout List
19844 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
19845
19846 \series bold
19847 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
19848 -
19849 \series default
19850
19851 \family default
19852
19853 \family sans
19854 M-i\InsetSpace ~
19855 r
19856 \end_layout
19857
19858 \end_deeper
19859 \begin_layout Paragraph
19860 Purpose:
19861 \end_layout
19862
19863 \begin_layout Standard
19864 Insert a cross-reference (using a character string label key), based on
19865  a previously defined label.
19866 \end_layout
19867
19868 \begin_layout Paragraph
19869 Usage:
19870 \end_layout
19871
19872 \begin_layout Standard
19873 This command inserts either a LaTeX
19874 \family default
19875
19876 \family typewriter
19877
19878 \backslash
19879 ref{key}
19880 \emph default
19881 \family default
19882
19883 \family typewriter
19884 \emph on
19885
19886 \family default
19887 \emph default
19888 or a
19889 \family default
19890
19891 \family typewriter
19892
19893 \backslash
19894 pageref{key}
19895 \family default
19896  command, as appropriate, into the document.
19897  The
19898 \family default
19899
19900 \family typewriter
19901 key
19902 \family default
19903  parameter is the case-sensitive alphanumeric label that you previously
19904  defined using
19905 \family default
19906
19907 \family typewriter
19908 label-insert
19909 \family default
19910 .
19911  Executing the
19912 \family default
19913
19914 \family typewriter
19915 ref-insert
19916 \family sans
19917
19918 \family default
19919
19920 command brings up the
19921 \family default
19922
19923 \family sans
19924 Insert\InsetSpace ~
19925 Reference
19926 \family default
19927  pop-up control panel, which shows you a selection list of previously defined
19928  references.
19929  Also on this panel, you are given the option of referencing either the
19930  environment reference related to that label (like the section number) or
19931  the page number at which the label is located.
19932 \end_layout
19933
19934 \begin_layout Standard
19935 The
19936 \family default
19937
19938 \family typewriter
19939
19940 \backslash
19941 ref(key)
19942 \family default
19943  command allows LaTeX to track the specified key and substitute the appropriate
19944  cross-reference.
19945  The environment referenced can be a section, table, figure, equation number,
19946  enumerated item,
19947 \emph default
19948
19949 \emph on
19950 etc
19951 \emph default
19952 .
19953  Note that the actual printed label is not displayed until you view or print
19954  your document; LyX displays instead on the screen the symbolic label, which
19955  is the character string label key that you defined.
19956
19957 \end_layout
19958
19959 \begin_layout Standard
19960 Note that labels defined in math mode don't become visible to the
19961 \family default
19962
19963 \family sans
19964 Insert\InsetSpace ~
19965 Reference
19966 \family default
19967  popup until after you close and reopen the document.
19968 \end_layout
19969
19970 \begin_layout Paragraph
19971 Examples:
19972 \end_layout
19973
19974 \begin_layout Standard
19975 See
19976 \family default
19977
19978 \family typewriter
19979 label-ref
19980 \family sans
19981
19982 \family default
19983
19984 for an example of referencing a section number.
19985  That same label from that example can also be used to reference the page
19986  number at that location; for example, the page number of that location
19987  is Page\InsetSpace ~
19988
19989 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
19990 reference "test label"
19991 \end_inset
19992
19993 .
19994 \end_layout
19995
19996 \begin_layout Paragraph
19997 See Also:
19998 \end_layout
19999
20000 \begin_layout Standard
20001 label-insert; math-number.
20002
20003 \end_layout
20004
20005 \begin_layout Standard
20006 You can find further description of the LaTeX labeling and cross-referencing
20007  method in the LyX User's Guide or any good LaTeX user's guide.
20008 \end_layout
20009
20010 \begin_layout Section
20011 S
20012 \end_layout
20013
20014 \begin_layout Subsection
20015 screen-down
20016 \end_layout
20017
20018 \begin_layout Description
20019 Default\InsetSpace ~
20020 Bindings:
20021 \end_layout
20022
20023 \begin_deeper
20024 \begin_layout List
20025 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20026
20027 \series bold
20028 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20029 -
20030 \series default
20031
20032 \family default
20033
20034 \family sans
20035 PageDown
20036 \family default
20037
20038 \end_layout
20039
20040 \begin_deeper
20041 \begin_layout Standard
20042
20043 \family sans
20044 C-v
20045 \family default
20046
20047 \family roman
20048 or
20049 \family default
20050
20051 \family sans
20052 C-x\InsetSpace ~
20053 ]
20054 \family default
20055  in
20056 \family default
20057
20058 \family typewriter
20059 emacs.bind
20060 \family default
20061 .
20062 \end_layout
20063
20064 \end_deeper
20065 \end_deeper
20066 \begin_layout Paragraph
20067 Purpose:
20068 \end_layout
20069
20070 \begin_layout Standard
20071 Moves the cursor down one screenful of text while maintaining the current
20072  relative cursor screen position.
20073 \end_layout
20074
20075 \begin_layout Paragraph
20076 Usage:
20077 \end_layout
20078
20079 \begin_layout Standard
20080 Self-explanatory.
20081  Note that repeated
20082 \family default
20083
20084 \family typewriter
20085 screen-down
20086 \family default
20087  and
20088 \family default
20089
20090 \family typewriter
20091 screen-up
20092 \family default
20093  commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location.
20094 \end_layout
20095
20096 \begin_layout Paragraph
20097 See Also:
20098 \end_layout
20099
20100 \begin_layout Standard
20101 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
20102  tab-forward; up; down; screen-up; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20103 \end_layout
20104
20105 \begin_layout Subsection
20106 screen-down-select
20107 \end_layout
20108
20109 \begin_layout Description
20110 Default\InsetSpace ~
20111 Bindings:
20112 \end_layout
20113
20114 \begin_deeper
20115 \begin_layout List
20116 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20117
20118 \series bold
20119 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20120 -
20121 \series default
20122
20123 \family default
20124
20125 \family sans
20126 S-PageDown
20127 \family default
20128
20129 \end_layout
20130
20131 \end_deeper
20132 \begin_layout Paragraph
20133 Purpose:
20134 \end_layout
20135
20136 \begin_layout Standard
20137 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions
20138  during a
20139 \family default
20140
20141 \family typewriter
20142 screen-down
20143 \family sans
20144
20145 \family default
20146
20147 move.
20148  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
20149 \end_layout
20150
20151 \begin_layout Paragraph
20152 See Also:
20153 \end_layout
20154
20155 \begin_layout Standard
20156 screen-down;
20157 \end_layout
20158
20159 \begin_layout Standard
20160 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
20161  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
20162  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
20163 \end_layout
20164
20165 \begin_layout Subsection
20166 screen-recenter
20167 \end_layout
20168
20169 \begin_layout Description
20170 Default\InsetSpace ~
20171 Bindings:
20172 \end_layout
20173
20174 \begin_deeper
20175 \begin_layout List
20176 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20177
20178 \series bold
20179 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20180 -
20181 \series default
20182
20183 \family default
20184
20185 \family sans
20186 C-l
20187 \family default
20188  in
20189 \family default
20190
20191 \family typewriter
20192 emacs.bind
20193 \family default
20194 .
20195 \end_layout
20196
20197 \end_deeper
20198 \begin_layout Paragraph
20199 Purpose:
20200 \end_layout
20201
20202 \begin_layout Standard
20203 Repositions the screen so that it is centered on the current cursor location.
20204  The position of the cursor in the text does not change.
20205 \end_layout
20206
20207 \begin_layout Paragraph
20208 See Also:
20209 \end_layout
20210
20211 \begin_layout Standard
20212 ?
20213 \end_layout
20214
20215 \begin_layout Subsection
20216 screen-up
20217 \end_layout
20218
20219 \begin_layout Description
20220 Default\InsetSpace ~
20221 Bindings:
20222 \end_layout
20223
20224 \begin_deeper
20225 \begin_layout List
20226 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20227
20228 \series bold
20229 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20230 -
20231 \series default
20232
20233 \family default
20234
20235 \family sans
20236 PageUp
20237 \end_layout
20238
20239 \begin_deeper
20240 \begin_layout Standard
20241
20242 \family sans
20243 C-x\InsetSpace ~
20244 [
20245 \family default
20246  in
20247 \family default
20248
20249 \family typewriter
20250 emacs.bind
20251 \family default
20252 .
20253 \end_layout
20254
20255 \end_deeper
20256 \end_deeper
20257 \begin_layout Paragraph
20258 Purpose:
20259 \end_layout
20260
20261 \begin_layout Standard
20262 Moves the cursor up one screenful of text while maintaining the current
20263  relative cursor screen position.
20264 \end_layout
20265
20266 \begin_layout Paragraph
20267 Usage:
20268 \end_layout
20269
20270 \begin_layout Standard
20271 Self-explanatory.
20272  Note that repeated
20273 \family default
20274
20275 \family typewriter
20276 screen-down
20277 \family default
20278  and
20279 \family default
20280
20281 \family typewriter
20282 screen-up
20283 \family default
20284  commands will not necessarily return the cursor to its previous location.
20285 \end_layout
20286
20287 \begin_layout Paragraph
20288 See Also:
20289 \end_layout
20290
20291 \begin_layout Standard
20292 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
20293  tab-forward; up; down; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20294 \end_layout
20295
20296 \begin_layout Subsection
20297 screen-up-select
20298 \end_layout
20299
20300 \begin_layout Description
20301 Default\InsetSpace ~
20302 Bindings:
20303 \end_layout
20304
20305 \begin_deeper
20306 \begin_layout List
20307 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20308
20309 \series bold
20310 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20311 -
20312 \series default
20313
20314 \family default
20315
20316 \family sans
20317 S-PageUp
20318 \family default
20319
20320 \end_layout
20321
20322 \end_deeper
20323 \begin_layout Paragraph
20324 Purpose:
20325 \end_layout
20326
20327 \begin_layout Standard
20328 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending cursor positions
20329  during a
20330 \family default
20331
20332 \family typewriter
20333 screen-up
20334 \family sans
20335
20336 \family default
20337
20338 move.
20339  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
20340 \end_layout
20341
20342 \begin_layout Paragraph
20343 See Also:
20344 \end_layout
20345
20346 \begin_layout Standard
20347 screen-up;
20348 \end_layout
20349
20350 \begin_layout Standard
20351 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-forward-select;
20352  word-backward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-down-select;
20353  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
20354 \end_layout
20355
20356 \begin_layout Subsection
20357 self-insert
20358 \end_layout
20359
20360 \begin_layout Description
20361 Default\InsetSpace ~
20362 Bindings:
20363 \end_layout
20364
20365 \begin_deeper
20366 \begin_layout List
20367 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20368
20369 \series bold
20370 Menu\InsetSpace ~
20371 -
20372 \series default
20373  Main\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20374 Item
20375 \end_layout
20376
20377 \begin_layout List
20378 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20379
20380 \series bold
20381 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
20382 -
20383 \series default
20384  Button # from the left.
20385
20386 \end_layout
20387
20388 \begin_deeper
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20390 Brief description of button icon.
20391 \end_layout
20392
20393 \end_deeper
20394 \begin_layout List
20395 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20396
20397 \series bold
20398 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20399 -
20400 \series default
20401  None.
20402 \end_layout
20403
20404 \end_deeper
20405 \begin_layout Paragraph
20406 Purpose:
20407 \end_layout
20408
20409 \begin_layout Standard
20410 Don't know what this does<ref>.
20411 \end_layout
20412
20413 \begin_layout Paragraph
20414 Usage:
20415 \end_layout
20416
20417 \begin_layout Standard
20418 ?
20419 \end_layout
20420
20421 \begin_layout Paragraph
20422 Examples:
20423 \end_layout
20424
20425 \begin_layout Standard
20426 ?
20427 \end_layout
20428
20429 \begin_layout Paragraph
20430 See Also:
20431 \end_layout
20432
20433 \begin_layout Standard
20434 ?
20435 \end_layout
20436
20437 \begin_layout Subsection
20438 server-char-after
20439 \end_layout
20440
20441 \begin_layout Description
20442 Default\InsetSpace ~
20443 Bindings: None.
20444 \end_layout
20445
20446 \begin_layout Paragraph
20447 Purpose:
20448 \end_layout
20449
20450 \begin_layout Standard
20451 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20452 \end_layout
20453
20454 \begin_layout Paragraph
20455 Usage:
20456 \end_layout
20457
20458 \begin_layout Standard
20459 ?
20460 \end_layout
20461
20462 \begin_layout Paragraph
20463 Examples:
20464 \end_layout
20465
20466 \begin_layout Standard
20467 Examples.
20468 \end_layout
20469
20470 \begin_layout Paragraph
20471 See Also:
20472 \end_layout
20473
20474 \begin_layout Standard
20475 server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name; server-ge
20476 t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20477 \end_layout
20478
20479 \begin_layout Subsection
20480 server-get-font
20481 \end_layout
20482
20483 \begin_layout Description
20484 Default\InsetSpace ~
20485 Bindings: None.
20486 \end_layout
20487
20488 \begin_layout Paragraph
20489 Purpose:
20490 \end_layout
20491
20492 \begin_layout Standard
20493 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20494 \end_layout
20495
20496 \begin_layout Paragraph
20497 Usage:
20498 \end_layout
20499
20500 \begin_layout Standard
20501 ?
20502 \end_layout
20503
20504 \begin_layout Paragraph
20505 See Also:
20506 \end_layout
20507
20508 \begin_layout Standard
20509 server-char-after; server-get-latex; server-get-layout; server-get-name;
20510  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20511 \end_layout
20512
20513 \begin_layout Subsection
20514 server-get-latex
20515 \end_layout
20516
20517 \begin_layout Description
20518 Default\InsetSpace ~
20519 Bindings: None.
20520 \end_layout
20521
20522 \begin_layout Paragraph
20523 Purpose:
20524 \end_layout
20525
20526 \begin_layout Standard
20527 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20528 \end_layout
20529
20530 \begin_layout Paragraph
20531 Usage:
20532 \end_layout
20533
20534 \begin_layout Standard
20535 ?
20536 \end_layout
20537
20538 \begin_layout Paragraph
20539 See Also:
20540 \end_layout
20541
20542 \begin_layout Standard
20543 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-layout; server-get-name;
20544  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20545 \end_layout
20546
20547 \begin_layout Subsection
20548 server-get-layout
20549 \end_layout
20550
20551 \begin_layout Description
20552 Default\InsetSpace ~
20553 Bindings: None.
20554 \end_layout
20555
20556 \begin_layout Paragraph
20557 Purpose:
20558 \end_layout
20559
20560 \begin_layout Standard
20561 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20562 \end_layout
20563
20564 \begin_layout Paragraph
20565 Usage:
20566 \end_layout
20567
20568 \begin_layout Paragraph
20569 See Also:
20570 \end_layout
20571
20572 \begin_layout Standard
20573 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-name; server-ge
20574 t-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20575 \end_layout
20576
20577 \begin_layout Subsection
20578 server-get-name
20579 \end_layout
20580
20581 \begin_layout Description
20582 Default\InsetSpace ~
20583 Bindings: None.
20584 \end_layout
20585
20586 \begin_layout Paragraph
20587 Purpose:
20588 \end_layout
20589
20590 \begin_layout Standard
20591 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20592 \end_layout
20593
20594 \begin_layout Paragraph
20595 Usage:
20596 \end_layout
20597
20598 \begin_layout Standard
20599 ?
20600 \end_layout
20601
20602 \begin_layout Paragraph
20603 See Also:
20604 \end_layout
20605
20606 \begin_layout Standard
20607 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
20608  server-get-xy; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20609 \end_layout
20610
20611 \begin_layout Subsection
20612 server-get-xy
20613 \end_layout
20614
20615 \begin_layout Description
20616 Default\InsetSpace ~
20617 Bindings: None.
20618 \end_layout
20619
20620 \begin_layout Paragraph
20621 Purpose:
20622 \end_layout
20623
20624 \begin_layout Standard
20625 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20626 \end_layout
20627
20628 \begin_layout Paragraph
20629 Usage:
20630 \end_layout
20631
20632 \begin_layout Standard
20633 ?
20634 \end_layout
20635
20636 \begin_layout Paragraph
20637 See Also:
20638 \end_layout
20639
20640 \begin_layout Standard
20641 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
20642  server-get-name; server-notify; server-set-xy.
20643 \end_layout
20644
20645 \begin_layout Subsection
20646 server-notify
20647 \end_layout
20648
20649 \begin_layout Description
20650 Default\InsetSpace ~
20651 Bindings: None.
20652 \end_layout
20653
20654 \begin_layout Paragraph
20655 Purpose:
20656 \end_layout
20657
20658 \begin_layout Standard
20659 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20660 \end_layout
20661
20662 \begin_layout Paragraph
20663 Usage:
20664 \end_layout
20665
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20667 ?
20668 \end_layout
20669
20670 \begin_layout Paragraph
20671 See Also:
20672 \end_layout
20673
20674 \begin_layout Standard
20675 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
20676  server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-set-xy.
20677 \end_layout
20678
20679 \begin_layout Subsection
20680 server-set-xy
20681 \end_layout
20682
20683 \begin_layout Description
20684 Default\InsetSpace ~
20685 Bindings: None.
20686 \end_layout
20687
20688 \begin_layout Paragraph
20689 Purpose:
20690 \end_layout
20691
20692 \begin_layout Standard
20693 One of the functions for the LyX server.
20694 \end_layout
20695
20696 \begin_layout Paragraph
20697 Usage:
20698 \end_layout
20699
20700 \begin_layout Standard
20701 ?
20702 \end_layout
20703
20704 \begin_layout Paragraph
20705 See Also:
20706 \end_layout
20707
20708 \begin_layout Standard
20709 server-char-after; server-get-font; server-get-latex; server-get-layout;
20710  server-get-name; server-get-xy; server-notify.
20711 \end_layout
20712
20713 \begin_layout Subsection
20714 set-color
20715 \end_layout
20716
20717 \begin_layout Standard
20718 Default\InsetSpace ~
20719 Bindings: None.
20720 \end_layout
20721
20722 \begin_layout Paragraph
20723 Purpose:
20724 \end_layout
20725
20726 \begin_layout Standard
20727 Change the colors used by LyX.
20728 \end_layout
20729
20730 \begin_layout Paragraph
20731 Usage:
20732 \end_layout
20733
20734 \begin_layout Standard
20735 set-color required two arguments, the LyX color name (essentially the object
20736  to be colours) and the display (currently X11) color name.
20737 \end_layout
20738
20739 \begin_layout Paragraph
20740 See Also:
20741 \end_layout
20742
20743 \begin_layout Standard
20744 The set-color section of the Customization guide.
20745 \end_layout
20746
20747 \begin_layout Subsection
20748 spellchecker
20749 \end_layout
20750
20751 \begin_layout Description
20752 Default\InsetSpace ~
20753 Bindings:
20754 \end_layout
20755
20756 \begin_deeper
20757 \begin_layout List
20758 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20759
20760 \series bold
20761 Menu\InsetSpace ~
20762 -
20763 \series default
20764
20765 \family default
20766
20767 \family sans
20768 \bar under
20769 E
20770 \bar default
20771 dit \SpecialChar \menuseparator
20772
20773 \bar under
20774 S
20775 \bar default
20776 pellchecker
20777 \end_layout
20778
20779 \begin_deeper
20780 \begin_layout Description
20781 Spellchecker: (control panel for the spellchecker)
20782 \newline
20783 or
20784 \end_layout
20785
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787
20788 \family sans
20789 \bar under
20790 O
20791 \bar default
20792 ptions\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20793
20794 \bar under
20795 S
20796 \bar default
20797 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
20798 Options
20799 \end_layout
20800
20801 \begin_layout Description
20802 Spellchecker\InsetSpace ~
20803 Options:
20804 \family default
20805
20806 \family sans
20807
20808 \bar under
20809 S
20810 \bar default
20811 tart\InsetSpace ~
20812 Spellchecker
20813 \end_layout
20814
20815 \end_deeper
20816 \begin_layout List
20817 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20818
20819 \series bold
20820 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20821 -
20822 \series default
20823
20824 \family default
20825
20826 \family sans
20827 M-e\InsetSpace ~
20828 s
20829 \family default
20830
20831 \end_layout
20832
20833 \end_deeper
20834 \begin_layout Paragraph
20835 Purpose:
20836 \end_layout
20837
20838 \begin_layout Standard
20839 Start spellchecker.
20840 \end_layout
20841
20842 \begin_layout Standard
20843 [
20844 \emph on
20845 Author's Note: Need more detail here.
20846  -<ref>
20847 \emph default
20848 ]
20849 \end_layout
20850
20851 \begin_layout Paragraph
20852 See Also:
20853 \end_layout
20854
20855 \begin_layout Standard
20856 spellcheck popup.
20857  [
20858 \emph on
20859 Editor's Note: To be added later - jw.
20860 \emph default
20861 ]
20862 \end_layout
20863
20864 \begin_layout Subsection
20865 symbol-insert
20866 \end_layout
20867
20868 \begin_layout Description
20869 Default\InsetSpace ~
20870 Bindings:
20871 \end_layout
20872
20873 \begin_deeper
20874 \begin_layout List
20875 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20876
20877 \series bold
20878 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20879 -
20880 \series default
20881
20882 \family default
20883
20884 \family sans
20885 M-c\InsetSpace ~
20886 m
20887 \end_layout
20888
20889 \end_deeper
20890 \begin_layout Paragraph
20891 Purpose:
20892 \end_layout
20893
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20895 This command is simply an alias for the command
20896 \family default
20897
20898 \family typewriter
20899 math-mode
20900 \family default
20901 .
20902
20903 \end_layout
20904
20905 \begin_layout Paragraph
20906 See Also:
20907 \end_layout
20908
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20910 math-mode.
20911
20912 \end_layout
20913
20914 \begin_layout Section
20915 T-U
20916 \end_layout
20917
20918 \begin_layout Subsection
20919 tab-forward
20920 \end_layout
20921
20922 \begin_layout Description
20923 Default\InsetSpace ~
20924 Bindings:
20925 \end_layout
20926
20927 \begin_deeper
20928 \begin_layout List
20929 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
20930
20931 \series bold
20932 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
20933 -
20934 \series default
20935
20936 \family default
20937
20938 \family sans
20939 Tab
20940 \family default
20941
20942 \end_layout
20943
20944 \end_deeper
20945 \begin_layout Paragraph
20946 Purpose:
20947 \end_layout
20948
20949 \begin_layout Standard
20950 Move the cursor position forward to the left margin at the start of the
20951  next paragraph or list item.
20952 \end_layout
20953
20954 \begin_layout Paragraph
20955 Usage:
20956 \end_layout
20957
20958 \begin_layout Standard
20959 Note that although other motion commands have a text selection parallel,
20960
20961 \family default
20962
20963 \family typewriter
20964 tab-forward
20965 \family default
20966  does not; there is currently no
20967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20968 \end_inset
20969
20970
20971 \family typewriter
20972 tab-forward-select
20973 \family default
20974
20975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20976 \end_inset
20977
20978  command in LyX.
20979 \end_layout
20980
20981 \begin_layout Paragraph
20982 See Also:
20983 \end_layout
20984
20985 \begin_layout Standard
20986 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; line-begin; line-end;
20987  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
20988 \end_layout
20989
20990 \begin_layout Subsection
20991 table-insert
20992 \end_layout
20993
20994 \begin_layout Description
20995 Default\InsetSpace ~
20996 Bindings:
20997 \end_layout
20998
20999 \begin_deeper
21000 \begin_layout List
21001 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21002
21003 \series bold
21004 Menu\InsetSpace ~
21005 -
21006 \series default
21007
21008 \family default
21009
21010 \family sans
21011 \bar under
21012 E
21013 \bar default
21014 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21015 Ta
21016 \bar under
21017 b
21018 \bar default
21019 le\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21020 Insert
21021 \family default
21022 \InsetSpace ~
21023
21024 \family sans
21025 table
21026 \end_layout
21027
21028 \begin_deeper
21029 \begin_layout Description
21030 Table: (table size and insertion control panel)
21031 \end_layout
21032
21033 \end_deeper
21034 \begin_layout List
21035 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21036
21037 \series bold
21038 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
21039 -
21040 \series default
21041  First button on the right.
21042
21043 \end_layout
21044
21045 \begin_deeper
21046 \begin_layout Standard
21047 Table icon showing a four by four table with gridlines.
21048 \end_layout
21049
21050 \end_deeper
21051 \end_deeper
21052 \begin_layout Paragraph
21053 Purpose:
21054 \end_layout
21055
21056 \begin_layout Standard
21057 Inserts a LaTeX table (
21058 \family typewriter
21059 tabular
21060 \family default
21061  environment) into the text.
21062 \end_layout
21063
21064 \begin_layout Paragraph
21065 Usage:
21066 \end_layout
21067
21068 \begin_layout Standard
21069 Executing the command creates a pop-up table control panel that allows you
21070  to set the initial number of rows and columns.
21071  Hitting either the control panel
21072 \family default
21073
21074 \family sans
21075 OK
21076 \family default
21077  or
21078 \family default
21079
21080 \family sans
21081 Apply
21082 \family default
21083
21084 buttons inserts the table at the current cursor location.
21085  Text can then be inserted into any cell of a table by selecting the cell
21086  and typing.
21087  The table can be modified by placing the cursor anywhere in the table and
21088  clicking the right mouse button, which brings up a table control menu.
21089 \end_layout
21090
21091 \begin_layout Paragraph
21092 Examples:
21093 \end_layout
21094
21095 \begin_layout Standard
21096 Executing the
21097 \family default
21098
21099 \family typewriter
21100 table-insert
21101 \family default
21102  function at the end of this sentence, and accepting the default values,
21103  results in the following:
21104 \end_layout
21105
21106 \begin_layout Standard
21107 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
21108 \end_inset
21109
21110
21111 \end_layout
21112
21113 \begin_layout Standard
21114 \align center
21115 \begin_inset Tabular
21116 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
21117 <features>
21118 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21119 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21120 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21121 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
21122 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
21123 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21125 \begin_inset Text
21126
21127 \begin_layout Standard
21128
21129 \family roman
21130 \series medium
21131 \shape up
21132 \size normal
21133 \emph off
21134 \bar no
21135 \noun off
21136 1
21137 \end_layout
21138
21139 \end_inset
21140 </cell>
21141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21142 \begin_inset Text
21143
21144 \begin_layout Standard
21145
21146 \family roman
21147 \series medium
21148 \shape up
21149 \size normal
21150 \emph off
21151 \bar no
21152 \noun off
21153 2
21154 \end_layout
21155
21156 \end_inset
21157 </cell>
21158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21159 \begin_inset Text
21160
21161 \begin_layout Standard
21162
21163 \family roman
21164 \series medium
21165 \shape up
21166 \size normal
21167 \emph off
21168 \bar no
21169 \noun off
21170 3
21171 \end_layout
21172
21173 \end_inset
21174 </cell>
21175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21176 \begin_inset Text
21177
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21179
21180 \family roman
21181 \series medium
21182 \shape up
21183 \size normal
21184 \emph off
21185 \bar no
21186 \noun off
21187 4
21188 \end_layout
21189
21190 \end_inset
21191 </cell>
21192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21193 \begin_inset Text
21194
21195 \begin_layout Standard
21196
21197 \family roman
21198 \series medium
21199 \shape up
21200 \size normal
21201 \emph off
21202 \bar no
21203 \noun off
21204 5
21205 \end_layout
21206
21207 \end_inset
21208 </cell>
21209 </row>
21210 <row topline="true">
21211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21212 \begin_inset Text
21213
21214 \begin_layout Standard
21215
21216 \family roman
21217 \series medium
21218 \shape up
21219 \size normal
21220 \emph off
21221 \bar no
21222 \noun off
21223 A
21224 \end_layout
21225
21226 \end_inset
21227 </cell>
21228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21229 \begin_inset Text
21230
21231 \begin_layout Standard
21232
21233 \family roman
21234 \series medium
21235 \shape up
21236 \size normal
21237 \emph off
21238 \bar no
21239 \noun off
21240 x
21241 \end_layout
21242
21243 \end_inset
21244 </cell>
21245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21246 \begin_inset Text
21247
21248 \begin_layout Standard
21249
21250 \end_layout
21251
21252 \end_inset
21253 </cell>
21254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21255 \begin_inset Text
21256
21257 \begin_layout Standard
21258
21259 \end_layout
21260
21261 \end_inset
21262 </cell>
21263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21264 \begin_inset Text
21265
21266 \begin_layout Standard
21267
21268 \family roman
21269 \series medium
21270 \shape up
21271 \size normal
21272 \emph off
21273 \bar no
21274 \noun off
21275 y
21276 \end_layout
21277
21278 \end_inset
21279 </cell>
21280 </row>
21281 <row topline="true">
21282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21283 \begin_inset Text
21284
21285 \begin_layout Standard
21286
21287 \family roman
21288 \series medium
21289 \shape up
21290 \size normal
21291 \emph off
21292 \bar no
21293 \noun off
21294 B
21295 \end_layout
21296
21297 \end_inset
21298 </cell>
21299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21300 \begin_inset Text
21301
21302 \begin_layout Standard
21303
21304 \end_layout
21305
21306 \end_inset
21307 </cell>
21308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21309 \begin_inset Text
21310
21311 \begin_layout Standard
21312
21313 \family roman
21314 \series medium
21315 \shape up
21316 \size normal
21317 \emph off
21318 \bar no
21319 \noun off
21320 x
21321 \end_layout
21322
21323 \end_inset
21324 </cell>
21325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21326 \begin_inset Text
21327
21328 \begin_layout Standard
21329
21330 \family roman
21331 \series medium
21332 \shape up
21333 \size normal
21334 \emph off
21335 \bar no
21336 \noun off
21337 y
21338 \end_layout
21339
21340 \end_inset
21341 </cell>
21342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21343 \begin_inset Text
21344
21345 \begin_layout Standard
21346
21347 \end_layout
21348
21349 \end_inset
21350 </cell>
21351 </row>
21352 <row topline="true">
21353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21354 \begin_inset Text
21355
21356 \begin_layout Standard
21357
21358 \family roman
21359 \series medium
21360 \shape up
21361 \size normal
21362 \emph off
21363 \bar no
21364 \noun off
21365 C
21366 \end_layout
21367
21368 \end_inset
21369 </cell>
21370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21371 \begin_inset Text
21372
21373 \begin_layout Standard
21374
21375 \end_layout
21376
21377 \end_inset
21378 </cell>
21379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21380 \begin_inset Text
21381
21382 \begin_layout Standard
21383
21384 \family roman
21385 \series medium
21386 \shape up
21387 \size normal
21388 \emph off
21389 \bar no
21390 \noun off
21391 y
21392 \end_layout
21393
21394 \end_inset
21395 </cell>
21396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21397 \begin_inset Text
21398
21399 \begin_layout Standard
21400
21401 \family roman
21402 \series medium
21403 \shape up
21404 \size normal
21405 \emph off
21406 \bar no
21407 \noun off
21408 x
21409 \end_layout
21410
21411 \end_inset
21412 </cell>
21413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21414 \begin_inset Text
21415
21416 \begin_layout Standard
21417
21418 \end_layout
21419
21420 \end_inset
21421 </cell>
21422 </row>
21423 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21425 \begin_inset Text
21426
21427 \begin_layout Standard
21428
21429 \family roman
21430 \series medium
21431 \shape up
21432 \size normal
21433 \emph off
21434 \bar no
21435 \noun off
21436 D
21437 \end_layout
21438
21439 \end_inset
21440 </cell>
21441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21442 \begin_inset Text
21443
21444 \begin_layout Standard
21445
21446 \family roman
21447 \series medium
21448 \shape up
21449 \size normal
21450 \emph off
21451 \bar no
21452 \noun off
21453 y
21454 \end_layout
21455
21456 \end_inset
21457 </cell>
21458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21459 \begin_inset Text
21460
21461 \begin_layout Standard
21462
21463 \end_layout
21464
21465 \end_inset
21466 </cell>
21467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21468 \begin_inset Text
21469
21470 \begin_layout Standard
21471
21472 \end_layout
21473
21474 \end_inset
21475 </cell>
21476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21477 \begin_inset Text
21478
21479 \begin_layout Standard
21480
21481 \family roman
21482 \series medium
21483 \shape up
21484 \size normal
21485 \emph off
21486 \bar no
21487 \noun off
21488 x
21489 \end_layout
21490
21491 \end_inset
21492 </cell>
21493 </row>
21494 </lyxtabular>
21495
21496 \end_inset
21497
21498
21499 \end_layout
21500
21501 \begin_layout Standard
21502 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
21503 \end_inset
21504
21505
21506 \end_layout
21507
21508 \begin_layout Standard
21509 We took the liberty of adding a little text to the table.
21510 \end_layout
21511
21512 \begin_layout Paragraph
21513 See Also:
21514 \end_layout
21515
21516 \begin_layout Standard
21517 TBD\SpecialChar \@.
21518  We'll think of something, to be sure\SpecialChar \ldots{}
21519
21520 \end_layout
21521
21522 \begin_layout Subsection
21523 tex-mode
21524 \end_layout
21525
21526 \begin_layout Description
21527 Default\InsetSpace ~
21528 Bindings:
21529 \end_layout
21530
21531 \begin_deeper
21532 \begin_layout List
21533 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21534
21535 \series bold
21536 Menu\InsetSpace ~
21537 -
21538 \series default
21539
21540 \family default
21541
21542 \family sans
21543 \bar under
21544 L
21545 \bar default
21546 ayout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21547
21548 \bar under
21549 T
21550 \bar default
21551 ex
21552 \family default
21553 \InsetSpace ~
21554
21555 \family sans
21556 Style
21557 \end_layout
21558
21559 \begin_layout List
21560 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21561
21562 \series bold
21563 Toolbar\InsetSpace ~
21564 -
21565 \series default
21566  Fourth button from the right.
21567
21568 \end_layout
21569
21570 \begin_deeper
21571 \begin_layout Standard
21572 Button with TeX on the face
21573 \end_layout
21574
21575 \end_deeper
21576 \begin_layout List
21577 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21578
21579 \series bold
21580 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21581 -
21582 \series default
21583
21584 \family default
21585
21586 \family sans
21587 M-l\InsetSpace ~
21588 t
21589 \family default
21590
21591 \family roman
21592 or
21593 \family default
21594
21595 \family sans
21596 M-c\InsetSpace ~
21597 t
21598 \family default
21599  (standard)
21600 \end_layout
21601
21602 \begin_deeper
21603 \begin_layout Standard
21604
21605 \family sans
21606 C-l
21607 \family default
21608  in
21609 \family default
21610
21611 \family typewriter
21612 cua.bind
21613 \family default
21614 .
21615 \end_layout
21616
21617 \end_deeper
21618 \end_deeper
21619 \begin_layout Paragraph
21620 Purpose:
21621 \end_layout
21622
21623 \begin_layout Standard
21624 Enter LaTeX code.
21625
21626 \end_layout
21627
21628 \begin_layout Paragraph
21629 Usage:
21630 \end_layout
21631
21632 \begin_layout Standard
21633 The
21634 \family default
21635
21636 \family typewriter
21637 tex-mode
21638 \family default
21639  command is a toggle function.
21640  When first executed,
21641 \family default
21642
21643 \family typewriter
21644 tex-mode
21645 \family default
21646  begins accepting characters as a LaTeX command rather than text; when
21647 \family default
21648
21649 \family typewriter
21650 tex-mode
21651 \family sans
21652
21653 \family default
21654
21655 is executed again this action stops.
21656  The result must be a valid and appropriate LaTeX command, or an error will
21657  result when the file is processed with LaTeX.
21658 \end_layout
21659
21660 \begin_layout Paragraph
21661 Examples:
21662 \end_layout
21663
21664 \begin_layout Standard
21665 The characters accepted as a LaTeX command are shown on the screen in red,
21666  as this example of the LaTeX
21667 \family default
21668
21669 \family typewriter
21670
21671 \backslash
21672 relax
21673 \family default
21674  command shows:
21675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21676 \end_inset
21677
21678
21679 \begin_inset ERT
21680 status inlined
21681
21682 \begin_layout Standard
21683
21684 \backslash
21685 relax
21686 \end_layout
21687
21688 \end_inset
21689
21690
21691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21692 \end_inset
21693
21694 .
21695 \end_layout
21696
21697 \begin_layout Paragraph
21698 See Also:
21699 \end_layout
21700
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21702 math-mode.
21703 \end_layout
21704
21705 \begin_layout Subsection
21706 toc-insert
21707 \end_layout
21708
21709 \begin_layout Description
21710 Default\InsetSpace ~
21711 Bindings:
21712 \end_layout
21713
21714 \begin_deeper
21715 \begin_layout List
21716 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21717
21718 \series bold
21719 Menu\InsetSpace ~
21720 -
21721 \series default
21722
21723 \family default
21724
21725 \family sans
21726 \bar under
21727 I
21728 \bar default
21729 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21730 Lists and
21731 \bar default
21732 \family default
21733
21734 \family sans
21735 \bar under
21736 T
21737 \bar default
21738 OC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21739 Table
21740 \family default
21741 \InsetSpace ~
21742
21743 \family sans
21744 of
21745 \family default
21746 \InsetSpace ~
21747
21748 \family sans
21749 \bar under
21750 C
21751 \bar default
21752 ontents
21753 \end_layout
21754
21755 \begin_layout List
21756 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21757
21758 \series bold
21759 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21760 -
21761 \series default
21762
21763 \family default
21764
21765 \family sans
21766 M-i t c
21767 \end_layout
21768
21769 \end_deeper
21770 \begin_layout Paragraph
21771 Purpose:
21772 \end_layout
21773
21774 \begin_layout Standard
21775 Inserts a
21776 \family default
21777
21778 \family sans
21779 table of contents in your document at the current cursor position.
21780
21781 \family default
21782
21783 \end_layout
21784
21785 \begin_layout Paragraph
21786 Usage:
21787 \end_layout
21788
21789 \begin_layout Standard
21790 The standard location for a table of contents is straight after the title
21791  page.
21792  So insert it there for best results.
21793 \end_layout
21794
21795 \begin_layout Paragraph
21796 See Also:
21797 \end_layout
21798
21799 \begin_layout Standard
21800 toc-view; Table of Contents popup.
21801 \end_layout
21802
21803 \begin_layout Subsection
21804 toc-view
21805 \end_layout
21806
21807 \begin_layout Description
21808 Default\InsetSpace ~
21809 Bindings:
21810 \end_layout
21811
21812 \begin_deeper
21813 \begin_layout List
21814 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21815
21816 \series bold
21817 Menu\InsetSpace ~
21818 -
21819 \series default
21820
21821 \family default
21822
21823 \family sans
21824 \bar under
21825 E
21826 \bar default
21827 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21828
21829 \bar under
21830 T
21831 \bar default
21832 able
21833 \family default
21834 \InsetSpace ~
21835
21836 \family sans
21837 of
21838 \family default
21839 \InsetSpace ~
21840
21841 \family sans
21842 Contents
21843 \end_layout
21844
21845 \begin_deeper
21846 \begin_layout Description
21847 Table\InsetSpace ~
21848 of\InsetSpace ~
21849 Contents: (table of contents control panel)
21850 \end_layout
21851
21852 \end_deeper
21853 \begin_layout List
21854 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
21855
21856 \series bold
21857 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
21858 -
21859 \series default
21860
21861 \family default
21862
21863 \family sans
21864 M-e t
21865 \family default
21866
21867 \end_layout
21868
21869 \end_deeper
21870 \begin_layout Paragraph
21871 Purpose:
21872 \end_layout
21873
21874 \begin_layout Standard
21875 This function brings up the
21876 \family default
21877
21878 \family sans
21879 Table\InsetSpace ~
21880 of\InsetSpace ~
21881 Contents
21882 \family default
21883
21884 pop-up.
21885
21886 \end_layout
21887
21888 \begin_layout Paragraph
21889 Usage:
21890 \end_layout
21891
21892 \begin_layout Standard
21893 You can update the table of contents using the
21894 \family default
21895
21896 \family sans
21897 \bar under
21898 U
21899 \bar default
21900 pdate
21901 \family default
21902  button on the control panel, but the primary purpose of the
21903 \family default
21904
21905 \family sans
21906 Table\InsetSpace ~
21907 of\InsetSpace ~
21908 Contents
21909 \family default
21910
21911 pop-up is browsing.
21912 \end_layout
21913
21914 \begin_layout Paragraph
21915 See Also:
21916 \end_layout
21917
21918 \begin_layout Standard
21919 toc-insert; Table of Contents popup.
21920 \end_layout
21921
21922 \begin_layout Subsection
21923 toggle-cursor-follows-scrollbar
21924 \end_layout
21925
21926 \begin_layout Description
21927 Default\InsetSpace ~
21928 Bindings: None.
21929 \end_layout
21930
21931 \begin_layout Paragraph
21932 Purpose:
21933 \end_layout
21934
21935 \begin_layout Standard
21936 To control the movement of the cursor when you use the scrollbar.
21937 \end_layout
21938
21939 \begin_layout Paragraph
21940 Usage:
21941 \end_layout
21942
21943 \begin_layout Standard
21944 Use this switch to change the way the cursor is handled when you move the
21945  scrollbar.
21946  The default behaviour is for the cursor to remain at the last position
21947  you were editing even if you scroll it off the screen.
21948  The alternate behaviour is for the cursor to always be on screen with its
21949  position limited by the topmost or bottommost visible line of text.
21950 \end_layout
21951
21952 \begin_layout Standard
21953 It is possible to set the alternate behaviour as the default by adding an
21954  entry in your
21955 \family default
21956
21957 \family typewriter
21958 lyxrc
21959 \family default
21960  file of the form:
21961 \family default
21962
21963 \family typewriter
21964
21965 \backslash
21966 cursor_follows_scrollbar true
21967 \family default
21968 .
21969 \end_layout
21970
21971 \begin_layout Subsection
21972 toolbar-add-to
21973 \end_layout
21974
21975 \begin_layout Description
21976 Default\InsetSpace ~
21977 Bindings: None.
21978 \end_layout
21979
21980 \begin_layout Paragraph
21981 Purpose:
21982 \end_layout
21983
21984 \begin_layout Standard
21985 Used in the
21986 \family default
21987
21988 \family typewriter
21989 lyxrc
21990 \family default
21991  files to add a toolbar button.
21992 \end_layout
21993
21994 \begin_layout Paragraph
21995 Usage:
21996 \end_layout
21997
21998 \begin_layout Standard
21999 ?
22000 \end_layout
22001
22002 \begin_layout Paragraph
22003 See Also:
22004 \end_layout
22005
22006 \begin_layout Standard
22007 toolbar-push.
22008 \end_layout
22009
22010 \begin_layout Subsection
22011 toolbar-push
22012 \end_layout
22013
22014 \begin_layout Description
22015 Default\InsetSpace ~
22016 Bindings: None.
22017 \end_layout
22018
22019 \begin_layout Paragraph
22020 Purpose:
22021 \end_layout
22022
22023 \begin_layout Standard
22024 Used in the
22025 \family default
22026
22027 \family typewriter
22028 lyxrc
22029 \family default
22030  files to add a toolbar button.
22031 \end_layout
22032
22033 \begin_layout Paragraph
22034 Usage:
22035 \end_layout
22036
22037 \begin_layout Standard
22038 ?
22039 \end_layout
22040
22041 \begin_layout Paragraph
22042 See Also:
22043 \end_layout
22044
22045 \begin_layout Standard
22046 toolbar-add-to.
22047 \end_layout
22048
22049 \begin_layout Subsection
22050 undo
22051 \end_layout
22052
22053 \begin_layout Description
22054 Default\InsetSpace ~
22055 Bindings:
22056 \end_layout
22057
22058 \begin_deeper
22059 \begin_layout List
22060 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22061
22062 \series bold
22063 Menu\InsetSpace ~
22064 -
22065 \series default
22066
22067 \family default
22068
22069 \family sans
22070 \bar under
22071 E
22072 \bar default
22073 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22074
22075 \bar under
22076 U
22077 \bar default
22078 ndo
22079 \end_layout
22080
22081 \begin_layout List
22082 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22083
22084 \series bold
22085 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22086 -
22087 \series default
22088
22089 \family default
22090
22091 \family sans
22092 M-e\InsetSpace ~
22093 u
22094 \family default
22095
22096 \end_layout
22097
22098 \begin_deeper
22099 \begin_layout Standard
22100
22101 \family sans
22102 C-z
22103 \family default
22104  in
22105 \family default
22106
22107 \family typewriter
22108 cua.bind
22109 \family default
22110 .
22111 \newline
22112
22113 \family sans
22114 C-x\InsetSpace ~
22115 u or C-~S-slash
22116 \family default
22117  in
22118 \family default
22119
22120 \family typewriter
22121 emacs.bind
22122 \family default
22123 .
22124 \end_layout
22125
22126 \end_deeper
22127 \end_deeper
22128 \begin_layout Paragraph
22129 Purpose:
22130 \end_layout
22131
22132 \begin_layout Standard
22133 Undo the last major editing command.
22134 \end_layout
22135
22136 \begin_layout Paragraph
22137 Usage:
22138 \end_layout
22139
22140 \begin_layout Standard
22141 Self explanatory.
22142
22143 \end_layout
22144
22145 \begin_layout Standard
22146 Two things: first,
22147 \family default
22148
22149 \family typewriter
22150 undo
22151 \family default
22152  has unlimited depth.
22153
22154 \emph default
22155
22156 \emph on
22157 (Except in the beta-version, where this feature has been limited to 100
22158  steps for safety).
22159
22160 \emph default
22161
22162 You can keep invoking
22163 \family default
22164
22165 \family typewriter
22166 undo
22167 \family default
22168  until you run out of changes and the document is back in the state it was
22169  in when you loaded it.
22170 \end_layout
22171
22172 \begin_layout Standard
22173 Second,
22174 \family default
22175
22176 \family typewriter
22177 undo
22178 \family default
22179  does not work everywhere.
22180  You cannot undo changes to the document layout, for example.
22181 \end_layout
22182
22183 \begin_layout Paragraph
22184 See Also:
22185 \end_layout
22186
22187 \begin_layout Standard
22188 redo.
22189
22190 \end_layout
22191
22192 \begin_layout Subsection
22193 up
22194 \end_layout
22195
22196 \begin_layout Description
22197 Default\InsetSpace ~
22198 Bindings:
22199 \end_layout
22200
22201 \begin_deeper
22202 \begin_layout List
22203 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22204
22205 \series bold
22206 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22207 -
22208 \series default
22209
22210 \family default
22211
22212 \family sans
22213 Up
22214 \end_layout
22215
22216 \begin_deeper
22217 \begin_layout Standard
22218
22219 \family sans
22220 C-p
22221 \family default
22222  in
22223 \family default
22224
22225 \family typewriter
22226 emacs.bind
22227 \family default
22228 .
22229 \end_layout
22230
22231 \end_deeper
22232 \end_deeper
22233 \begin_layout Paragraph
22234 Purpose:
22235 \end_layout
22236
22237 \begin_layout Standard
22238 Moves the cursor down up line.
22239  If the cursor starting-position is at the top of the screen-display, the
22240  buffer scrolls downward to display the new current line about 1/4 of the
22241  screen-height from the top of the screen.
22242 \end_layout
22243
22244 \begin_layout Paragraph
22245 See Also:
22246 \end_layout
22247
22248 \begin_layout Standard
22249 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi
22250 n; line-end; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
22251 \end_layout
22252
22253 \begin_layout Subsection
22254 up-select
22255 \end_layout
22256
22257 \begin_layout Description
22258 Default\InsetSpace ~
22259 Bindings:
22260 \end_layout
22261
22262 \begin_deeper
22263 \begin_layout List
22264 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22265
22266 \series bold
22267 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22268 -
22269 \series default
22270
22271 \family default
22272
22273 \family sans
22274 S-Up
22275 \end_layout
22276
22277 \end_deeper
22278 \begin_layout Paragraph
22279 Purpose:
22280 \end_layout
22281
22282 \begin_layout Standard
22283 To select text from the current cursor position to the same position one
22284  line up.
22285  If the previous line is shorter than the current line, the cursor simply
22286  moves to the end of the previous line.
22287 \end_layout
22288
22289 \begin_layout Paragraph
22290 See Also:
22291 \end_layout
22292
22293 \begin_layout Standard
22294 up;
22295 \end_layout
22296
22297 \begin_layout Standard
22298 backward-select; forward-select; down-select; word-forward-select; word-backward
22299 -select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-selec
22300 t; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
22301 \end_layout
22302
22303 \begin_layout Section
22304 W-Z
22305 \end_layout
22306
22307 \begin_layout Subsection
22308 word-backward
22309 \end_layout
22310
22311 \begin_layout Description
22312 Default\InsetSpace ~
22313 Bindings:
22314 \end_layout
22315
22316 \begin_deeper
22317 \begin_layout List
22318 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22319
22320 \series bold
22321 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22322 -
22323 \series default
22324
22325 \family default
22326
22327 \family sans
22328 C-Left
22329 \end_layout
22330
22331 \end_deeper
22332 \begin_layout Paragraph
22333 Purpose:
22334 \end_layout
22335
22336 \begin_layout Standard
22337 Moves the cursor backward by one word.
22338 \end_layout
22339
22340 \begin_layout Paragraph
22341 Usage:
22342 \end_layout
22343
22344 \begin_layout Standard
22345 Self explanatory.
22346  If you are already at the beginning of a word, the cursor moves to the
22347  first letter of the previous word.
22348  If you are in the middle or at the end of a word, the cursor moves to the
22349  first letter of that word.
22350 \end_layout
22351
22352 \begin_layout Paragraph
22353 See Also:
22354 \end_layout
22355
22356 \begin_layout Standard
22357 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; tab-forward; line-begin; line-end;
22358  up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
22359 \end_layout
22360
22361 \begin_layout Subsection
22362 word-backward-select
22363 \end_layout
22364
22365 \begin_layout Description
22366 Default\InsetSpace ~
22367 Bindings:
22368 \end_layout
22369
22370 \begin_deeper
22371 \begin_layout List
22372 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22373
22374 \series bold
22375 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22376 -
22377 \series default
22378
22379 \family default
22380
22381 \family sans
22382 S-C-Left
22383 \end_layout
22384
22385 \end_deeper
22386 \begin_layout Paragraph
22387 Purpose:
22388 \end_layout
22389
22390 \begin_layout Standard
22391 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions
22392  during a
22393 \family default
22394
22395 \family typewriter
22396 word-backward
22397 \family default
22398  move.
22399  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
22400 \end_layout
22401
22402 \begin_layout Paragraph
22403 See Also:
22404 \end_layout
22405
22406 \begin_layout Standard
22407 word-backward; backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select;
22408  word-forward-select; line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select;
22409  screen-down-select; buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
22410 \end_layout
22411
22412 \begin_layout Subsection
22413 word-capitalize
22414 \end_layout
22415
22416 \begin_layout Description
22417 Default\InsetSpace ~
22418 Bindings:
22419 \end_layout
22420
22421 \begin_deeper
22422 \begin_layout List
22423 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22424
22425 \series bold
22426 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22427 -
22428 \series default
22429
22430 \family default
22431
22432 \family sans
22433 M-c\InsetSpace ~
22434 Right
22435 \end_layout
22436
22437 \end_deeper
22438 \begin_layout Paragraph
22439 Purpose:
22440 \end_layout
22441
22442 \begin_layout Standard
22443 Capitalizes the next character to the right of the current cursor, and moves
22444  the cursor position to the beginning of the next word.
22445 \end_layout
22446
22447 \begin_layout Paragraph
22448 Usage:
22449 \end_layout
22450
22451 \begin_layout Standard
22452 No case change occurs for preselected text.
22453 \end_layout
22454
22455 \begin_layout Paragraph
22456 Examples:
22457 \end_layout
22458
22459 \begin_layout Standard
22460 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the
22461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22462 \end_inset
22463
22464 p
22465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22466 \end_inset
22467
22468  in the word
22469 \emph default
22470
22471 \emph on
22472 description
22473 \emph default
22474  and you execute the
22475 \family default
22476
22477 \family typewriter
22478 word-capitalize
22479 \family default
22480  function,
22481 \emph default
22482
22483 \emph on
22484 description
22485 \emph default
22486  will change to
22487 \emph default
22488
22489 \emph on
22490 descriPtion.
22491
22492 \emph default
22493
22494 \end_layout
22495
22496 \begin_layout Paragraph
22497 See Also:
22498 \end_layout
22499
22500 \begin_layout Standard
22501 word-lowcase; word-upcase.
22502 \end_layout
22503
22504 \begin_layout Subsection
22505 word-delete-backward
22506 \end_layout
22507
22508 \begin_layout Description
22509 Default\InsetSpace ~
22510 Bindings:
22511 \end_layout
22512
22513 \begin_deeper
22514 \begin_layout List
22515 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22516
22517 \series bold
22518 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22519 -
22520 \series default
22521
22522 \family default
22523
22524 \family sans
22525 C-BackSpace
22526 \end_layout
22527
22528 \end_deeper
22529 \begin_layout Paragraph
22530 Purpose:
22531 \end_layout
22532
22533 \begin_layout Standard
22534 Deletes the previous word.
22535 \end_layout
22536
22537 \begin_layout Paragraph
22538 Usage:
22539 \end_layout
22540
22541 \begin_layout Standard
22542 If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the previous word
22543  is deleted.
22544
22545 \end_layout
22546
22547 \begin_layout Standard
22548 If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the beginning of the word
22549  is deleted to the cursor location.
22550
22551 \end_layout
22552
22553 \begin_layout Standard
22554 If the cursor is at the beginning of a paragraph, then the last word of
22555  the previous paragraph is deleted.
22556  Also in this case, if both paragraph have the same environment, LyX will
22557  join the two paragraphs.
22558
22559 \end_layout
22560
22561 \begin_layout Paragraph
22562 See Also:
22563 \end_layout
22564
22565 \begin_layout Standard
22566 word-delete-forward.
22567 \end_layout
22568
22569 \begin_layout Subsection
22570 word-delete-forward
22571 \end_layout
22572
22573 \begin_layout Description
22574 Default\InsetSpace ~
22575 Bindings:
22576 \end_layout
22577
22578 \begin_deeper
22579 \begin_layout List
22580 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22581
22582 \series bold
22583 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22584 -
22585 \series default
22586
22587 \family default
22588
22589 \family sans
22590 C-Delete
22591 \newline
22592 M-d
22593 \family default
22594  in
22595 \family default
22596
22597 \family typewriter
22598 emacs.bind
22599 \end_layout
22600
22601 \end_deeper
22602 \begin_layout Paragraph
22603 Purpose:
22604 \end_layout
22605
22606 \begin_layout Standard
22607 Deletes the next word.
22608 \end_layout
22609
22610 \begin_layout Paragraph
22611 Usage:
22612 \end_layout
22613
22614 \begin_layout Standard
22615 If the cursor is in between words (in whitespace), then the next word is
22616  deleted.
22617
22618 \end_layout
22619
22620 \begin_layout Standard
22621 If the cursor is in the middle of a word, then the end of the word is deleted
22622  to the cursor location.
22623
22624 \end_layout
22625
22626 \begin_layout Standard
22627 If the cursor is at the end of a paragraph, one of two things can happen.
22628  If the current and next paragraph have the same paragraph environment,
22629  LyX merges the two paragraphs, but doesn't delete any words.
22630  If the two paragraphs have different environments, nothing happens.
22631  Note that this is different from the behavior of
22632 \family default
22633
22634 \family typewriter
22635 word-delete-backward
22636 \family default
22637 .
22638 \end_layout
22639
22640 \begin_layout Paragraph
22641 See Also:
22642 \end_layout
22643
22644 \begin_layout Standard
22645 word-delete-backward.
22646 \end_layout
22647
22648 \begin_layout Subsection
22649 word-forward
22650 \end_layout
22651
22652 \begin_layout Description
22653 Default\InsetSpace ~
22654 Bindings:
22655 \end_layout
22656
22657 \begin_deeper
22658 \begin_layout List
22659 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22660
22661 \series bold
22662 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22663 -
22664 \series default
22665
22666 \family default
22667
22668 \family sans
22669 C-Right
22670 \end_layout
22671
22672 \end_deeper
22673 \begin_layout Paragraph
22674 Purpose:
22675 \end_layout
22676
22677 \begin_layout Standard
22678 Moves the cursor forward by one word.
22679
22680 \end_layout
22681
22682 \begin_layout Paragraph
22683 Usage:
22684 \end_layout
22685
22686 \begin_layout Standard
22687 Unlike
22688 \family default
22689
22690 \family typewriter
22691 word-backward
22692 \family default
22693 , this function always displays the same behavior.
22694  It always moves the cursor to the beginning of the next word, no matter
22695  where the starting cursor location may be.
22696 \end_layout
22697
22698 \begin_layout Paragraph
22699 See Also:
22700 \end_layout
22701
22702 \begin_layout Standard
22703 char-forward; char-backward; word-forward; word-backward; tab-forward; line-begi
22704 n; line-end; up; down; screen-up; screen-down; buffer-begin; buffer-end.
22705 \end_layout
22706
22707 \begin_layout Subsection
22708 word-forward-select
22709 \end_layout
22710
22711 \begin_layout Description
22712 Default\InsetSpace ~
22713 Bindings:
22714 \end_layout
22715
22716 \begin_deeper
22717 \begin_layout List
22718 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22719
22720 \series bold
22721 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22722 -
22723 \series default
22724
22725 \family default
22726
22727 \family sans
22728 S-C-Right
22729 \end_layout
22730
22731 \end_deeper
22732 \begin_layout Paragraph
22733 Purpose:
22734 \end_layout
22735
22736 \begin_layout Standard
22737 Highlights (selects) the text between the starting and ending positions
22738  during a
22739 \family default
22740
22741 \family typewriter
22742 word-forward
22743 \family sans
22744
22745 \family default
22746
22747 move.
22748  The highlighted text is shown in reverse video.
22749 \end_layout
22750
22751 \begin_layout Paragraph
22752 See Also:
22753 \end_layout
22754
22755 \begin_layout Standard
22756 word-forward;
22757 \end_layout
22758
22759 \begin_layout Standard
22760 backward-select; forward-select; up-select; down-select; word-backward-select;
22761  line-begin-select; line-end-select; screen-up-select; screen-down-select;
22762  buffer-begin-select; buffer-end-select.
22763 \end_layout
22764
22765 \begin_layout Subsection
22766 word-lowcase
22767 \end_layout
22768
22769 \begin_layout Description
22770 Default\InsetSpace ~
22771 Bindings:
22772 \end_layout
22773
22774 \begin_deeper
22775 \begin_layout List
22776 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22777
22778 \series bold
22779 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22780 -
22781 \series default
22782
22783 \family default
22784
22785 \family sans
22786 M-c\InsetSpace ~
22787 Down
22788 \end_layout
22789
22790 \end_deeper
22791 \begin_layout Paragraph
22792 Purpose:
22793 \end_layout
22794
22795 \begin_layout Standard
22796 Forces a word to all lowercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the
22797  next word.
22798 \end_layout
22799
22800 \begin_layout Paragraph
22801 Usage:
22802 \end_layout
22803
22804 \begin_layout Standard
22805 Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected.
22806  No case change occurs for preselected text.
22807 \end_layout
22808
22809 \begin_layout Paragraph
22810 Examples:
22811 \end_layout
22812
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the
22815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22816 \end_inset
22817
22818 p
22819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22820 \end_inset
22821
22822  in the word
22823 \emph default
22824
22825 \emph on
22826 DESCRIPTION
22827 \emph default
22828  and you execute the
22829 \family default
22830
22831 \family typewriter
22832 word-lowcase
22833 \family default
22834  function,
22835 \emph default
22836
22837 \emph on
22838 DESCRIPTION
22839 \emph default
22840  will change to
22841 \emph default
22842
22843 \emph on
22844 DESCRIption
22845 \emph default
22846 .
22847 \end_layout
22848
22849 \begin_layout Paragraph
22850 See Also:
22851 \end_layout
22852
22853 \begin_layout Standard
22854 word-capitalize; word-upcase.
22855 \end_layout
22856
22857 \begin_layout Subsection
22858 word-upcase
22859 \end_layout
22860
22861 \begin_layout Description
22862 Default\InsetSpace ~
22863 Bindings:
22864 \end_layout
22865
22866 \begin_deeper
22867 \begin_layout List
22868 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22869
22870 \series bold
22871 Keyboard\InsetSpace ~
22872 -
22873 \series default
22874
22875 \family default
22876
22877 \family sans
22878 M-c\InsetSpace ~
22879 Up
22880 \end_layout
22881
22882 \end_deeper
22883 \begin_layout Paragraph
22884 Purpose:
22885 \end_layout
22886
22887 \begin_layout Standard
22888 Forces a word to all uppercase, then moves the cursor to the start of the
22889  next word.
22890 \end_layout
22891
22892 \begin_layout Paragraph
22893 Usage:
22894 \end_layout
22895
22896 \begin_layout Standard
22897 Only the portion of the word to the right of the cursor is affected.
22898  No case change occurs for preselected text.
22899 \end_layout
22900
22901 \begin_layout Paragraph
22902 Examples:
22903 \end_layout
22904
22905 \begin_layout Standard
22906 If your current cursor location is immediately to the left of the
22907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22908 \end_inset
22909
22910 p
22911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22912 \end_inset
22913
22914  in the word
22915 \emph default
22916
22917 \emph on
22918 description
22919 \emph default
22920  and you execute the
22921 \family default
22922
22923 \family sans
22924 word-upcase
22925 \family default
22926  function,
22927 \emph default
22928
22929 \emph on
22930 description
22931 \emph default
22932  will change to
22933 \emph default
22934
22935 \emph on
22936 descriPTION
22937 \emph default
22938 .
22939 \end_layout
22940
22941 \begin_layout Paragraph
22942 See Also:
22943 \end_layout
22944
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22946 word-capitalize; word-lowcase.
22947 \end_layout
22948
22949 \begin_layout Chapter
22950 General Information
22951 \end_layout
22952
22953 \begin_layout Standard
22954
22955 \emph on
22956 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22957 name "ch:misc"
22958 \end_inset
22959
22960  Ed.
22961  Note: This is otherwise known as The Dreaded Miscellaneous! It'll be a
22962  pain to maintain, since I'll probably be splitting it every few months!
22963  -jw
22964 \end_layout
22965
22966 \begin_layout Section*
22967 Reserved for Future Use.
22968 \end_layout
22969
22970 \end_body
22971 \end_document